Document:

First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 EXHIBIT 10.1 

 
  

 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT 
 dated as of 
 May
13, 2016 
 among 
  

 
 The Lenders Party Hereto 

and 
 JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 as Administrative Agent 
  

 
  
  

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 
 WELLS
FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, 
 and 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 as
Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers 
 with 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and U.S. Bank National Association 

as syndication agents 
 and 

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., 

as documentation agent 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
		 	 	Page	  
		
	 ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS
	 	 	1	  
	 Section 1.01     Defined Terms
	 	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02     Types, Facility and Currencies of Loans
	 	 	20	  
	 Section 1.03     Terms Generally
	 	 	20	  
	 Section 1.04     Accounting Terms; GAAP
	 	 	21	  
	 Section 1.05     Conversion of Foreign Currencies
	 	 	21	  
	 ARTICLE II. THE CREDITS
	 	 	22	  
	 Section 2.01     Commitments
	 	 	22	  
	 Section 2.02     Loans and Borrowings
	 	 	22	  
	 Section 2.03     Requests for Revolving Borrowings
	 	 	23	  
	 Section 2.04     Competitive Bid Procedure
	 	 	23	  
	 Section 2.05     Swingline Loans
	 	 	25	  
	 Section 2.06     Letters of Credit
	 	 	27	  
	 Section 2.07     Funding of Borrowings
	 	 	32	  
	 Section 2.08     Interest Elections
	 	 	33	  
	 Section 2.09     Termination and Reduction of Commitments
	 	 	34	  
	 Section 2.10     Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt
	 	 	35	  
	 Section 2.11     Prepayment of Loans
	 	 	36	  
	 Section 2.12     Fees
	 	 	37	  
	 Section 2.13     Interest
	 	 	38	  
	 Section 2.14     Unavailability, Illegality, Alternate Rate of
Interest
	 	 	39	  
	 Section 2.15     Increased Costs
	 	 	41	  
	 Section 2.16     Break Funding Payments
	 	 	42	  
	 Section 2.17     Taxes
	 	 	42	  
	 Section 2.18     Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of
Payments
	 	 	46	  
	 Section 2.19     Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
	 	 	48	  
	 Section 2.20     Increase of Commitments; Incremental Term Loan
	 	 	49	  
	 Section 2.21     Defaulting Lenders
	 	 	50	  
	 ARTICLE III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	 	 	52	  
	 Section 3.01     Status
	 	 	52	  
	 Section 3.02     Authority; No Conflict
	 	 	52	  
	 Section 3.03     Binding Effect
	 	 	53	  
	 Section 3.04     Governmental Approval
	 	 	53	  
	 Section 3.05     Litigation
	 	 	53	  
	 Section 3.06     Compliance with ERISA
	 	 	53	  
	 Section 3.07     Financial Information
	 	 	53	  
	 Section 3.08     Material Liabilities
	 	 	53	  
	 Section 3.09     Taxes
	 	 	53	  
	 Section 3.10     Environmental Compliance
	 	 	53	  
	 Section 3.11     Margin Securities
	 	 	54	  
	 Section 3.12     Other Revolving Credit Agreements
	 	 	54	  
	 Section 3.13     Compliance with Laws
	 	 	54	  

  
 i 

					
	 Section 3.14     Investment Company Act
	 	 	54	  
	 Section 3.15     Ownership of Property
	 	 	54	  
	 Section 3.16     Insurance
	 	 	54	  
	 Section 3.17     Sanctions
	 	 	54	  
	 ARTICLE IV. CONDITIONS
	 	 	55	  
	 Section 4.01     Effective Date
	 	 	55	  
	 Section 4.02     Each Credit Event
	 	 	56	  
	 ARTICLE V. COVENANTS
	 	 	56	  
	 Section 5.01     Preservation of Existence, etc
	 	 	57	  
	 Section 5.02     Keeping of Books
	 	 	57	  
	 Section 5.03     Reporting Requirements
	 	 	57	  
	 Section 5.04     Taxes, Claims for Labor and Materials; Compliance with
Laws
	 	 	58	  
	 Section 5.05     Maintenance, etc
	 	 	59	  
	 Section 5.06     Insurance
	 	 	59	  
	 Section 5.07     Litigation
	 	 	59	  
	 Section 5.08     Liens
	 	 	59	  
	 Section 5.09     Character of Business
	 	 	60	  
	 Section 5.10     Merger; etc
	 	 	60	  
	 Section 5.11     Sale of Assets
	 	 	60	  
	 Section 5.12     Restriction on Funded Debt and Short–Term Debt
	 	 	61	  
	 Section 5.13     Multiemployer Plans
	 	 	61	  
	 Section 5.14     Ratio of Total Indebtedness to Total Capital
	 	 	61	  
	 Section 5.15     Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit
	 	 	61	  
	 Section 5.16     Other Revolving Agreements
	 	 	62	  
	 ARTICLE VI. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	 	 	62	  
	 ARTICLE VII. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
	 	 	64	  
	 ARTICLE VIII. MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	67	  
	 Section 8.01     Notices
	 	 	67	  
	 Section 8.02     Waivers; Amendments
	 	 	68	  
	 Section 8.03     Expenses; Indemnity
	 	 	70	  
	 Section 8.04     Successors and Assigns
	 	 	72	  
	 Section 8.05     Survival
	 	 	75	  
	 Section 8.06     Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
	 	 	75	  
	 Section 8.07     Severability
	 	 	76	  
	 Section 8.08     Governing Law
	 	 	76	  
	 Section 8.09     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
	 	 	76	  
	 Section 8.10     Headings
	 	 	77	  
	 Section 8.11     Confidentiality
	 	 	77	  
	 Section 8.12     Maximum Interest Rate
	 	 	78	  
	 Section 8.13     USA PATRIOT Act
	 	 	78	  
	 Section 8.14     Recording of Conversations
	 	 	78	  
	 Section 8.15     Issuing Bank Funds
	 	 	78	  
	 Section 8.16     Payment of Major Currency
	 	 	79	  
	 Section 8.17   Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial
Institutions
	 	 	79	  

  
 ii 

 LIST OF SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS 

 

					
	 SCHEDULES:

 

	 Schedule 1.01
	  	–	  	 Existing Letters of Credit

	 Schedule 2.01
	  	–	  	 Commitments

	 Schedule 2.01A
	  	–	  	 Letter of Credit Commitment

	 Schedule 5.03
	  	–	  	 Borrower’s Website

	
	 EXHIBITS:

			
	 Exhibit A
	  	–	  	 Form of Assignment and Assumption

	 Exhibit B
	  	–	  	 Form of Opinion of Borrower’s Counsel

	 Exhibit C
	  	–	  	 Form of Increased Commitment Supplement

	 Exhibit D-1
	  	--	  	 Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax
Purposes)

	 Exhibit D-2
	  	--	  	 Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax
Purposes)

	 Exhibit D-3
	  	--	  	 Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax
Purposes)

	 Exhibit D-4
	  	--	  	 Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax
Purposes)

  
 iii 

 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of
May 13, 2016 (the “Agreement”), among LEGGETT & PLATT, INCORPORATED, a Missouri corporation, as the Borrower, the Lenders party hereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as the Administrative
Agent. 
 Leggett & Platt, Incorporated, as the borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent
and the lenders party thereto have entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of August 19, 2011 as amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2013, and the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of
August 15, 2014 (as amended, the “Existing Credit Agreement”). 
 The Borrower and the parties hereto
wish to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. 
 In
consideration of mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety as follows: 

ARTICLE I.  

Definitions 

Section 1.01     Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the
meanings specified below: 
 “ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such
Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate. 

“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, as of any day, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the LIBO Rate
multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate. 
 “Administrative Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A. (and its subsidiaries and affiliates) in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder. 

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative
Agent. 
 “Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. 

“Agent Party” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01(d). 

“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate
in effect on such day, (b) the NYFRB Rate in effect on such day plus  1⁄2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on
such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the LIBO Rate at

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 1 

 
approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and
including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively. 

“Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption. 
 “Applicable
Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that for purposes of Section 2.21 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist,
“Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the total Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the
Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination. 

“Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan or with respect to the facility
fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “Fixed Spread” or “Facility Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon the higher of the ratings by S&P
and Moody’s, respectively, applicable on such date to the Index Debt. In the event the ratings for the Index Debt fall within different ratings categories, the Applicable Rate shall (a) be based on the higher of such ratings if there is
only one category difference between such ratings or (b) be based on the category that is one level lower than the highest of such ratings if there is more than one category difference between such ratings. 

 

					
	
Ratings for Index

Debt
	 	Fixed Spread	 	
Facility Fee
 Rate

	 >= A+ /
A1
	 	0.690%	 	0.060%
	 = A / A2
	 	0.805%	 	0.070%
	 = A- / A3
	 	0.910%	 	0.090%
	 = BBB+ /Baa1
	 	1.015%	 	0.110%
	
<=BBB/Baa2
	 	1.100%	 	0.150%

 For purposes of the foregoing, if the ratings established or deemed to have been established by Moody’s
and S&P for the Index Debt shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of Moody’s or S&P), such change shall be effective as of the date on which it is first announced by the applicable rating agency. Each
change in the Applicable Rate shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of Moody’s or S&P
shall change, or if either such rating agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating
system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 2 

 
Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation. 

“Assignment and Assumption” means an Assignment and Assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with
the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 8.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. 

“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution
Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution. 
 “Bail-In Legislation” means, with
respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU
Bail-In Legislation Schedule. 
 “Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes
the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business
appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any
ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, unless such ownership interest results in or provides such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts
within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permits such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made
by such Person. 
 “Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States
of America. 
 “Borrower” means Leggett & Platt, Incorporated, a Missouri corporation. 

“Borrowing” means (a) Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued
on the same date and, in the case of Fixed Rate Loans, as to which a single currency and Interest Period is in effect and (b) a Competitive Loan or group of Competitive Loans of the same Type made on the same date. 

“Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Borrowing. 

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New
York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Fixed Rate Loan or Set Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for
dealings in deposits of the applicable Major Currency in London, England and in the interbank or other market used to determine the interest rate thereon. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 3 

 “Capitalized Lease” means any lease of real or personal property
the obligation for Rentals with respect to which is, or is required to be, capitalized for financial reporting purposes under GAAP, provided that, there shall be excluded from Capitalized Leases all leases of automotive equipment, other
rolling stock and office equipment. 
 “Cash Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.06(c). 
 “Cash Pooling Arrangements” means cash pooling arrangements maintained by
the foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business in order to manage cash and investments for such Subsidiaries. 

“Change in Law” means the occurrence after the date of this Agreement or, with respect to any Lender, such
later date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement of (a) the adoption of or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application
thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) compliance by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or any Issuing Bank’s holding
company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
(x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank
for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a
“Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued. 
 “Code” means the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor Federal tax code. Any reference to any provision of the Code shall also include the income tax regulations promulgated thereunder, whether final or temporary. 

“Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving
Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced
from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09, (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 8.04 and (c) increased from time to time pursuant to
Section 2.20(a). The amount of each Lender’s Commitment as of the Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01, in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment or in the
Increased Commitment Supplement pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed or increased its Commitment, as applicable. As of the Effective Date, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments is $750,000,000. 

“Communications” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01(d)(ii). 

“Competitive Bid” means an offer by a Lender to make a Competitive Loan in accordance with
Section 2.04. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 4 

 “Competitive Bid Rate” means, with respect to any Competitive
Bid, the Variable Rate or the Set Rate, as applicable, offered by the Lender making such Competitive Bid. 

“Competitive Bid Request” means a request by the Borrower for Competitive Bids in accordance with
Section 2.04. 
 “Competitive Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

 “Competitive Loan Maturity Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.04. 

“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however
denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes. 
 “Consolidated Current Liabilities”
shall mean such liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as shall be determined to constitute current liabilities under GAAP. 

“Consolidated Total Assets” for any period means the gross book value of the assets of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Contract Rate” has the meaning
assigned to such term in Section 8.12. 
 “Control” means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled”
have meanings correlative thereto. 
 “Controlled Group” means all members of a controlled group of
corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control, which, together with the Borrower, are treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code. 

“Credit Party” means the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender.

 “Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse
of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default. 
 “Defaulting Lender” means any
Lender, as determined by the Administrative Agent, that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters
of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is
the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in
writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 5 

 
obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent
(specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business
Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund
prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit
Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of (i) a Bankruptcy Event or (ii) a Bail-In Action. 

“dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America. 

“Dollar Equivalent” means, as of any date of determination, (a) in the case of any amount denominated in
dollars, such amount, and (b) in the case of any amount denominated in another currency, the amount of dollars which is equivalent to such amount of other currency as of such date, determined by using the Spot Rate on the date two
(2) Business Days prior to such date or on such other date as may be requested by the Borrower and approved by the Administrative Agent. As used herein, the term “Spot Rate” means, with respect to any day, the rate determined
on such date on the basis of the offered exchange rates, as reflected in the foreign currency exchange rate display of the WM/Reuters (or on any successor or substitute page, or any successor to or substitute WM/Reuters, providing exchange rate
quotations comparable to those currently provided by the WM/Reuters on such page, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at or about 10:00 a.m. (New York, New York time), to purchase dollars with the other applicable
currency, provided that, if at least two such offered rates appear on such display, the rate shall be the arithmetic mean of such offered rates and, if no such offered rates are so displayed, the Spot Rate shall be determined by the
Administrative Agent on the basis of the arithmetic mean of such offered rates as determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with its normal practice. 

“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any institution established in any EEA Member Country which is
subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any institution established in an
EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent. 

“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and
Norway. 
 “EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted
with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 6 

 “Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions
specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 8.02). 

“Electronic Signature” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a
contract or other record and adopted by a person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record. 

“Electronic System” means any electronic system, including e-mail, e-fax, Intralinks®, ClearPar®, Debt Domain, Syndtrak and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated or
hosted by the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank and any of its respective Related Parties or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system. 

“Entitled Person” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.16. 

“Environmental Judgments and Orders” means all judgments, decrees or orders entered against the Borrower or
one of its Subsidiaries arising from or in any way associated with any Environmental Requirements, whether or not entered upon consent. 

“Environmental Liabilities” means any liabilities, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, arising from any
Environmental Requirements. 
 “Environmental Requirements” means any legal requirement relating to health,
safety or the environment and applicable to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective real property interests, including but not limited to any such requirement under CERCLA or similar state legislation and all federal, state and local
laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, writs and decrees. 
 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended, from time to time, or any successor law, and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder. Any reference to any provision of ERISA shall also be deemed to be a reference to any successor
provision or provisions thereof. 
 “EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation
Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time. 

“Euro” means the single currency of the participating member states of the European Union 

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VI. 

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be
withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized
under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes,
(b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 7 

 
amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan, Letter of Credit or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which
(i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan, Letter of Credit or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in
each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.19, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in a Loan, Letter of Credit or
Commitment or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(f) and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under
FATCA. 
 “FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or
any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to
Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code. 
 “Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate
calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the NYFRB shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business
Day by the NYFRB as the federal funds effective rate. 
 “Financial Statements” has the meaning assigned in
Section 3.07. 
 “Fixed Rate” means, with respect to any Fixed Rate Borrowing (other than a
Fixed Rate Borrowing denominated in Mexican Pesos, British Pounds Sterling or Canadian Dollars), the Major Currency in which it is denominated and the Interest Period therefor, the rate appearing on the Reference Page (as defined below in this
definition) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for deposits denominated in such Major Currency with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the
event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Fixed Rate” with respect to such Fixed Rate Borrowing, such Major Currency and such Interest Period shall be the rate at which deposits in the Dollar
Equivalent amount of $1,000,000 denominated in such Major Currency and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London or European
(as determined by the Administrative Agent) interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. The “Fixed Rate” with respect to a Fixed Rate Borrowing
denominated in Mexican Pesos with respect to each day during each Interest Period therefor shall be a rate of interest per annum equal to the Mexican Peso Negotiated Rate. For purposes hereof, the “Mexican Peso Negotiated Rate”
means, with respect to a Fixed Rate Borrowing denominated in Mexican Pesos, for the relevant Interest Period, a rate per annum established by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its sole and absolute discretion, as last quoted to Borrower no later than
11:00 a.m., London time, three Business Days prior to the disbursement or renewal of such Fixed Rate Borrowing denominated in Mexican Pesos; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Mexican Peso Negotiated Rate be
based on the Prime Rate. The “Fixed Rate” with respect to a Fixed Rate Borrowing denominated in British Pounds Sterling with respect to 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 8 

 
the Interest Period therefor shall be the London interbank offer rate (LIBOR) administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other person which takes over the administration of that
rate) as displayed on page LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen as at or about 11:00 am London time on the first day of such Interest Period (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) for a maturity comparable to the
relevant Interest Period. The term “Reference Page” means, with respect to a currency, the page of the Reuters Group service providing rate quotations for deposits of such currency; provided that in the event the Applicable
Rate does not appear on such service, the term “Reference Page” means the applicable page of such other comparable publicly available rate quoting service as may be selected by the Administrative Agent. For avoidance of doubt, the
“Fixed Rate” with respect to a Fixed Rate Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars with respect to the Interest Period therefor shall be a rate of interest per annum equal to the CDOR Rate. For purposes hereof, the “CDOR
Rate” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the average rate for bankers acceptances as administered by the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada (or any other Person that takes over the administration of that rate)
with a tenor equal to the relevant period displayed on CDOR01 page of the Reuters screen (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen or service that displays such rate,
or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) at or about 10:15 a.m. (Toronto, Ontario time) on the first day of the
applicable Interest Period. “Fixed Rate”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Fixed
Rate. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the “Fixed Rate” for any Borrowing (including any Fixed Rate Borrowing denominated in Mexican Pesos, British Pounds Sterling or Canadian Dollars and determined by reference
to the Mexican Peso Negotiated Rate, the CDOR Rate or otherwise) shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement. 

“Foreign Lender” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and
(b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is a resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. 

“Funded Debt” means the sum of: 

(i)    the sum of (a) all Indebtedness having a final maturity of more than 12 months from the date
of determination thereof (or which is renewable or extendable at the option of the obligor for a period or periods more than 12 months from the date of creation), including (without limitation) all guaranties included in the definition of
Indebtedness extending more than 12 months from the date of such guaranties; plus (b) Capitalized Leases; minus 

(ii)    to the extent included is the Indebtedness under clause (i) of this definition, the sum of
(a) any portion of such Indebtedness which is properly included in Consolidated Current Liabilities and (b) the aggregate undrawn amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, applied in accordance
with the provisions of Section 1.04. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 9 

 “Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any
state, department, agency or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government (including any supra-national bodies such as the
European Union or the European Central Bank), any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including, without limitation, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International
Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing) and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled (through stock or capital ownership or otherwise) by any of the
foregoing. 
 “Hazardous Materials” includes, without limitation, (a) hazardous waste, as defined in
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq. and its implementing regulations, and amendments, or in any applicable state or local law or regulation, (b) “hazardous substance”,
“pollutant”, or “contaminant” as defined in CERCLA or in any applicable state or local law or regulation, (c) gasoline, or any other petroleum product or by–product, including, crude oil or any fraction thereof and
(d) toxic substances, as defined in the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, or in any applicable state or local law or regulation, as each such Act, statute or regulation may be amended from time to time. 

“Impacted Interest Period” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “LIBO Rate.”

 “Increase Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a). 

“Increased Commitment Supplement” has the meaning specified in Section 2.20(a). 

“Incremental Term Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.20(b). 

“Incremental Term Loan Amendment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.20(b). 

“Indebtedness” of any corporation or other business entity shall include, without duplication, all
obligations of such entity which consists of (i) debt for borrowed money, (ii) obligations secured by any lien or other charge upon property or assets owned by such entity, even though such entity has not assumed or become liable for the
payment of such obligations, including obligations arising in connection with Permitted Securitization Transactions, (iii) obligations created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property
acquired by such entity, (iv) obligations arising under or in connection with any letter of credit, including all undrawn amounts and all amounts drawn and not reimbursed under any letter of credit (unless Cash Collateral has been provided to
the Administrative Agent to secure the obligations with respect thereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement), (v) Synthetic Lease Obligations, (vi) all guaranties of obligations of others made by the Borrower and/or its
Subsidiaries, or (vii) obligations under Capitalized Leases. “Guaranty” for purposes of this Agreement refers to all forms of undertaking to guarantee the obligations of others, by way of guaranty, suretyship or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include (a) money borrowed by Subsidiaries from the Borrower or from other Subsidiaries, including money borrowed by foreign Subsidiaries as a result of Cash Pooling Arrangements,
(b) money borrowed by the 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 10 

 
Borrower from Subsidiaries, (c) a guaranty by the Borrower or a Subsidiary, if, in connection with the giving of the guaranty by the Borrower or Subsidiary, Indebtedness is placed on the
Borrower’s balance sheet as a result of transactions with respect to which the guaranty was given or if such guaranty is a performance and completion guaranty applicable to a Subsidiary, (d) trade accounts payable and expenses arising out
of or incurred in the ordinary course of business, or (e) fair value adjustments required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Investments and Hedging Activities”, as amended from
time to time. 
 “Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with
respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a) hereof, Other Taxes. 

“Indemnitee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.03(b). 

“Index Debt” means senior, unsecured long-term indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower that is not
guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any other credit enhancement. 
 “Information” has the meaning
assigned to such term in Section 8.11. 
 “Interest Election Request” means a request by the
Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08. 
 “Interest Payment
Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such
Loan is a part and, in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the
first day of such Interest Period, (c) with respect to any dollar Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid, (d) with respect to any Variable Rate Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December (or any
other dates that are specified in the applicable Competitive Bid Request as Interest Payment Dates with respect to such Borrowing) and on the related Competitive Loan Maturity Date, and (e) with respect to any Set Rate Loan, the Competitive
Loan Maturity Date applicable to such Loan and, in the case of a Set Rate Loan with a Competitive Loan Maturity Date of more than three months’ duration from the date the Loan is made, each day prior to the applicable Competitive Loan Maturity
Date that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the day such Competitive Loan is made (or any other dates that are specified in the applicable Competitive Bid Request as Interest Payment Dates with respect to such Borrowing). 

“Interest Period” means with respect to any Fixed Rate Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such
Borrowing and ending on the seventh day thereafter or ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect, provided, that (i) if any Interest
Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month,

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 11 

 
in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period (other than a seven day Interest Period) that commences on the last Business Day
of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the
date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing. 

“Interpolated Rate” means, at any time, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded to the
same number of decimal places as the LIBO Screen Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis
between: (a) the LIBO Screen Rate for the longest period for which the LIBO Screen Rate is available for the applicable currency that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period; and (b) the LIBO Screen Rate for the shortest period (for
which that LIBO Screen Rate is available for the applicable currency) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time. 

“ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998”
published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance). 

“Issuing Bank” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, U.S. Bank National
Association and any other Lender that agrees to act as Issuing Bank, each in its capacity as the issuer of one or more Letters of Credit hereunder. Any Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by
Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. No Lender shall be required to be an Issuing Bank unless it has
(a) a Letter of Credit Commitment or (b) otherwise agreed to issue one or more Letters of Credit hereunder. Each reference herein to the “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to be a reference to each relevant Issuing Bank. 

“LC Disbursement” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit. 

“LC Exposure” means, at any time, the Dollar Equivalent sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all
outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable
Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of
Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn. 

“Lender Parent” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or
indirectly, a subsidiary. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 12 

 “Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01
and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or an Increased Commitment Supplement, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless
the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank. 

“Letter of Credit” means (a) any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement and (b) the
letters of credit listed on Schedule 1.01 hereto. 
 “Letter of Credit Commitment” means, with
respect to a Lender, the commitment of such Lender to act as an Issuing Bank and issue Letters of Credit hereunder. The amount of each such Issuing Bank’s Letter of Credit Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01A, or in any
amendment hereto or other agreement executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank, or if an Issuing Bank has entered into an Assignment and Assumption, the amount set forth for such Issuing Bank as its Letter of Credit
Commitment in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent. As of the Effective Date, the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Commitments is $100,000,000. 

“LIBO Rate” means, for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE
Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for the relevant currency) for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that
displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such
rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; in each case the “LIBO Screen Rate”) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest
Period; provided that, if the LIBO Screen Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement and provided, further, if the LIBO Screen Rate shall not be available at such time
for such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”) with respect to the applicable currency then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate, provided, that, if any Interpolated Rate shall be less than zero, such rate
shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement. 
 “LIBO Screen Rate” has the meaning assigned
to it in the definition of “LIBO Rate.” 
 “Lien” means any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or security device of any kind (including liens or charges upon properties acquired or to be acquired under conditional sales agreements or other title retention devices) in respect of property of a Person, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom. 
 “Loan Documents” means this
Agreement, including any schedules and exhibits hereto, any notes executed pursuant to Section 2.10, any letter of credit applications and any written agreements executed by the Borrower and the Issuing Bank regarding the Issuing
Bank’s Letter of Credit Commitment or the respective rights and obligations between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance of Letters of Credit and all other certificates,

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 13 

 
agreements and other documents or instruments now or hereafter executed and/or delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing. 

“Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement. 

“Major Currency” means dollars, Euros, British Pounds Sterling, Mexican Pesos, Canadian Dollars, Swiss Francs
and any other lawful currency which is requested by the Borrower, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, is freely transferable into dollars and that all the Lenders have the capability to fund, as determined by the Administrative Agent
based on discussions with each of the Lenders. 
 “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect
on: (i) the business operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Loan
Document; or (iii) the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Loan Document. 

“Maturity Date” means May 13, 2021. By written notice sent to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders, the Borrower may request that the then effective Maturity Date (the “Current Maturity Date”) be extended to a date one year from the then Current Maturity Date (an “Extension Request”). An Extension Request
may be delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders at any time prior to the date which is 90 days prior to the then Current Maturity Date when no Default exists. Within 45 days of the receipt by the Lenders of an Extension
Request, each Lender shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a written consent to, or a rejection of, the Borrower’s Extension Request. The decision whether to accept or reject an Extension Request shall be made by each
Lender in its sole discretion based on such information as it may deem necessary and no Lender shall have any obligation to agree to any extension of the then Current Maturity Date. The failure of a Lender to respond to any Extension Request within
such 45-day period shall be deemed a rejection of such request. If all the Lenders consent to an Extension Request, the Maturity Date shall be the date one year from the then Current Maturity Date as specified in a notice from the Administrative
Agent. If Lenders holding 50% or less of the Revolving Exposures and unused Commitments reject an Extension Request (the “Rejecting Lenders”), then the Borrower may take one of the following actions on or before the then Current
Maturity Date: (i) by written notice to each Rejecting Lender and the Administrative Agent, terminate the Commitment of each Rejecting Lender if simultaneously with such termination the Borrower pays to each Rejecting Lender all amounts owed by
the Borrower to such Rejecting Lender hereunder or (ii) treat such Rejecting Lender as a Non-consenting Lender under Section 2.19(b). If the Borrower consummates either of the foregoing actions on or before the then Current Maturity
Date, then the Maturity Date shall be the date one year from the then Current Maturity Date as specified in a notice from the Administrative Agent. 

“Maximum Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.12(a). 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto which is a nationally
recognized rating agency. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 14 

 “Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA. 
 “Net Worth” has the meaning assigned to such term in clause (g)
of Article VI. 
 “New Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.20(a). 
 “NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. 

“NYFRB Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such
day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day(or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business
Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” means the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m. on such day received to the Administrative Agent from a Federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided,
further, that if any of the aforesaid rates shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement. 

“Original Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.16. 

“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or
former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or
perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan, Letter of Credit or Loan Document). 

“Other Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.16. 

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or
similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any
such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19). 

“Outstanding Credit” means an amount equal to the sum of the total Revolving Exposures plus the aggregate
Dollar Equivalent principal amount of outstanding Competitive Loans. 
 “Overnight Bank Funding Rate”
means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight Fixed Rate borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions (as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on its public
website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the NYFRB shall commence to publish such composite rate). 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 15 

 “Participant” has the meaning set forth in
Section 8.04(c). 
 “Participant Register” has the meaning set forth in
Section 8.04(c). 
 “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA. 
 “Permitted Securitization Transaction” means any
transaction or series of transactions structured as true sales pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Receivable Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries) and any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivable Entity) any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (and any assets related thereto including,
without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivables and proceeds of such accounts receivable); provided that for any such
transaction to constitute a Permitted Securitization Transaction hereunder, the purchase commitment of the Receivable Entity shall not exceed $200,000,000. As used in this definition, the term “Receivable Entity” means a bankruptcy
remote single purposes entity that is a Subsidiary of the Borrower or another Person in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower makes an investment and that is established for the sole purpose of purchasing accounts receivable from the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in transactions structured as true sales. 
 “Person” means an individual, a
corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including, but not limited to, a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof. 

“Plan” means at any time an employee pension benefit plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or
subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code and is either (i) maintained by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group for employees of any member of the Controlled Group or (ii) maintained pursuant
to a collective bargaining agreement or any other arrangement under which more than one employer makes contributions and to which a member of the Controlled Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within the
preceding five plan years made contributions. 
 “Platform” means Intralinks or a substantially similar
electronic transmission system. 
 “Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced
from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

 “Recipient” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank,
as applicable. 
 “Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(b)(iv). 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 16 

 “Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person,
such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates. 

“Rentals” means all fixed rents payable by the lessee for the applicable period exclusive of any amounts
required to be paid on account of maintenance, repairs, insurance, taxes, and similar charges. The term “Rentals” shall not include Rentals payable under leases between the Borrower and any Subsidiary or between any Subsidiaries.

 “Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposures and unused Commitments
representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Exposures and unused Commitments at such time; provided that, for purposes of declaring the Loans to be due and payable pursuant to Article VI, and for all purposes
after the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Article VI or the Commitments expire or terminate, then (i) as to each Lender, clause (a) of the definition of Swingline Exposure shall only be applicable for purposes of
determining its Revolving Exposure to the extent such Lender shall have funded its participation in the outstanding Swingline Loans and (ii) the outstanding Competitive Loans of the Lenders shall be included in their respective Revolving
Exposures in determining the Required Lenders. 
 “Revolving Availability Period” means the period from and
including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments. 

“Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding Dollar
Equivalent principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time. 

“Revolving Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw–Hill, Inc. 

“Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target
of any Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and Crimea). 
 “Sanctioned
Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, the United
Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, or other relevant sanctions authority, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or
(c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b). 

“Sanctions” means all economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced
from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the
European Union, 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 17 

 
any European Union member state, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, or other relevant sanctions authority. 

“Secured Debt” shall mean all (a) Funded Debt, Short-Term Debt and other Indebtedness secured by a
mortgage, security interest, pledge, or other lien on property or assets or by any title retention agreement, (b) all Funded Debt in respect of Capitalized Leases, and (c) the aggregate amount of uncollected accounts receivable of the
Borrower subject at such time to a sale of receivables (or similar transaction, including any Permitted Securitization Transaction) regardless of whether such transaction is effected in a manner that would not be reflected on the balance sheet of
the Borrower in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Set Rate” means, with respect to any Competitive Loan (other than
a Variable Rate Competitive Loan), the fixed rate of interest per annum specified by the Lender making such Competitive Loan in its related Competitive Bid. “Set Rate” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to
whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to a Set Rate. 

“Short–Term Debt” means (i) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for money borrowed
from banks, trust companies and others having a maturity of no more than one year from the date of origin and not extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor, excluding however, to the extent included, the aggregate undrawn amount of all
letters of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and (ii) guaranties which constitute Indebtedness but not Funded Debt. 

“Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one
and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative
Agent is subject for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. 

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, or other business entity, 80% or more of the outstanding
stock of which, or ownership interest in, is owned by the Borrower, a Subsidiary, the Borrower and one or more other Subsidiaries or another Subsidiary together with one or more other Subsidiaries (except directors qualifying shares, if any), except
that the term “Subsidiary” shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Swingline Exposure”
means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) at any time shall be the sum of (a) its Applicable
Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time (excluding any Swingline Loans made by such Lender in its capacity as a Swingline Lender that are included with respect to such Swingline Lender by clause (b) below) and (b) the
aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans made by such Lender as a Swingline Lender outstanding at such time (less the amount of participations funded by the other Lenders in such Swingline Loans). 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 18 

 “Swingline Lender” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its
capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder. 
 “Swingline Loan” means a loan made pursuant to
Section 2.05. 
 “Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the obligation to pay rent or other payment
amounts under a lease of (or other indebtedness arrangements conveying the right to use) real or personal property which may be classified and accounted for as an operating lease or off–balance sheet liability for accounting purposes but as a
secured or unsecured loan for tax purposes under the Code. 
 “Tax Returns” has the meaning assigned in
Section 3.09. 
 “Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties,
deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), value added taxes, or any other goods and services, use or sales taxes, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or
penalties applicable thereto. 
 “Term Loan Lender” has the meaning assigned in
Section 2.20(b). 
 “Total Capital” means the sum of Total Indebtedness and stockholders’
equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP. 

“Total Indebtedness” means the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries at any given time minus (b), to the extent included is such Indebtedness, the aggregate undrawn amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary. 

“Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan,
or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Fixed Rate, the Alternate Base Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, the Set Rate or the Variable Rate. 

“UCP” means the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber
of Commerce Publication No. 600, as the same may be amended from time to time. 
 “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means (i) any corporation partnership or other business entity that is owned in part by the Borrower, by Subsidiaries and/or by any other Unrestricted Subsidiaries and does not fall within the definition of
“Subsidiary” and (ii) any Subsidiary which the Borrower may designate as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by at least five days’ notice to the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that the Borrower may make such
designation only if the Borrower, both immediately before and immediately after the delivery of such designation to the Administrative Agent, would have been entitled to create other Funded Debt under Section 5.12 hereof. As of the
Effective Date, the following are Unrestricted Subsidiaries under clause (i) of this definition: Taizhou Intes-Leggett & Platt Special Textile Co., Ltd.; Pullmaflex Southern Africa (Proprietary) Limited; Pointe Lookout, L.P.; Webb City
Apartments, L.P.; 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 19 

 
Raymond James Missouri Tax Credit Fund III L.L.C.; Raymond James Missouri Tax Credit Fund IV L.L.C.; Church Corporate Park Owner’s, LLC; Trio Line Polska Sp z.o.o.; and TL PL Sp z.o.o. As of
the Effective Date, no Unrestricted Subsidiaries have been designated under clause (ii) of this definition and the Borrower may not designate any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under clause (ii) of this definition if, after
giving effect to such designation, the total assets of subsidiaries so designated would exceed 20% of Consolidated Total Assets. No Unrestricted Subsidiary as such shall be subject to any of the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, the
Borrower shall not consolidate or partially consolidate any Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding GAAP. 

“U.S. Person” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the
Code. 
 “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.17(f)(ii)(B)(3). 
 “Variable Rate” means, with respect to any Competitive Loan
(other than a Set Rate Competitive Loan), the variable rate of interest per annum specified by the Lender making such Competitive Loan in its related Competitive Bid, which may be expressed as a variable rate, plus or minus an applicable margin.
“Variable Rate” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to a Variable Rate. No Variable Rate
Borrowing may be established with respect to any Major Currency other than dollars. 
 “Write-Down and Conversion
Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and
conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule. 
 Section 1.02 Types, Facility and
Currencies of Loans. Loans and Borrowings hereunder are distinguished and referred to herein by Type (i.e., ABR, Fixed Rate, Federal Funds Effective Rate, Set Rate or Variable Rate), by the Major Currency in which it is denominated and by
the facility provided herein under which such Loan or Borrowing is made (i.e., under Section 2.01 and thus a “Revolving Loan” or “Revolving Borrowing”, under Section 2.04 and thus a
“Competitive Loan” or “Competitive Borrowing” or made under Section 2.05 and thus a “Swingline Loan” or “Swingline Borrowing”) or by any one or more of the foregoing.

 Section 1.03 Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural
forms of the terms defined. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or
other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set
forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import,
shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 20 

 
Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property”
shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. 

Section 1.04   Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an
accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to
eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any
provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately
before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used
herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial
Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein. 

Section 1.05   Conversion of Foreign Currencies. 

(a)        Dollar Equivalents. The Administrative Agent shall determine the
Dollar Equivalent of any amount when required or permitted hereby, and a determination thereof by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, rely on any
determination by the Borrower. The Administrative Agent may determine or redetermine the Dollar Equivalent of any amount on any date either in its own discretion or upon the request of the Borrower or any Lender, including without limitation, the
Dollar Equivalent of any Loan or Letter of Credit made or issued in a Major Currency other than dollars. 

(b)        Rounding–Off. The Administrative Agent may set up appropriate
rounding–off mechanisms or otherwise round–off amounts hereunder to the nearest higher or lower amount in whole dollars, whole Euros or whole units of any other Major Currency or whole cents or other sub unit of a Major Currency to ensure
amounts owing by any party hereunder or that otherwise need to be calculated or converted hereunder are expressed in whole units of the applicable Major Currency or in whole sub units of the applicable Major Currency, as may be necessary or
appropriate. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 21 

 ARTICLE II. 

The Credits 

Section 2.01    Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender
agrees to make advances to the Borrower in the Major Currency requested from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in: (a) such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding
such Lender’s Commitment or (b) the Outstanding Credit exceeding the total Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow loans under this
Section 2.01. 
 Section 2.02    Loans and Borrowings. 

(a)        Loans Made Ratably. Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a
Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations
hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required. 

(b)        Type of Loans and Borrowings. Subject to Section 2.14,
each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of dollar ABR Loans or Major Currency Fixed Rate Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith; provided that all Borrowings made on the Effective Date must be made as ABR
Borrowings and no Revolving Borrowing may be denominated in any currency other than a Major Currency. Each Swingline Loan that is denominated in a currency other than dollars shall be a Fixed Rate Loan and each Swingline Loan that is denominated in
dollars shall be a Federal Funds Effective Rate Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Fixed Rate Loan or Set Rate Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise
of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

(c)        Minimum Amounts. At the commencement of each Interest Period for
any Fixed Rate Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral Dollar Equivalent multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $1,000,000. At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall
be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $100,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments or that
is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e). Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is a Dollar Equivalent integral multiple of $250,000 and not less than $250,000. Borrowings
of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten Fixed Rate Revolving Borrowings outstanding and ten Fixed Rate Swingline Borrowings. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 22 

 (d)        Limitation on Interest
Periods. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Fixed Rate Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the
Maturity Date. 
 Section 2.03    Requests for Revolving Borrowings. To request a Revolving
Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a dollar Revolving Fixed Rate Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the
proposed Borrowing; (b) in the case of a Revolving Fixed Rate Borrowing denominated in a Major Currency other than dollars, not later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing; or
(c) in the case of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Business Day of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by
hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request for a Revolving Borrowing shall
specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02: 

(i)      the aggregate amount of such Borrowing; 

(ii)     the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day; 

(iii)    whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Fixed Rate Borrowing; 

(iv)     the Major Currency in which such Borrowing is to be denominated; 

(v)      in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable
thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and 

(vi)     the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed,
which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.07. 
 If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified,
then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Fixed Rate Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of seven
days’ duration. If no Major Currency is specified with respect to any requested Fixed Rate Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected dollars as the Major Currency. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in
accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing. 

Section 2.04    Competitive Bid Procedure. 

(a)        Competitive Loans and Requests for Bids. Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth herein, from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period the 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 23 

 
Borrower may request Competitive Bids and may (but shall not have any obligation to) accept Competitive Bids and borrow the loans proposed thereby; provided that the Outstanding Credit
shall not exceed the total Commitments at any time. To request Competitive Bids, the Borrower shall notify each Lender of such request by telephone, in the case of a Set Rate Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, four Business
Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing and, in the case of a Variable Rate Borrowing, not later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Competitive Bid Request shall be
confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of a written Competitive Bid Request in a form approved by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and
written Competitive Bid Request shall be the same for each Lender and shall specify the following information: 

(i)      the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing; 

(ii)     the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day; 

(iii)    whether such Borrowing is to be a Variable Rate Borrowing or a Set Rate Borrowing; 

(iv)     the date, which may not extend past the Maturity Date, on which the Competitive Loan will
become fully due and payable (such date applicable to a Competitive Loan, herein, its “Competitive Loan Maturity Date” and when establishing such date for a Set Rate Loan, the Borrower shall select a date so the period during which
such Competitive Loan is outstanding shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”); 

(v)      the Major Currency to be applicable to such Borrowing (provided that Variable
Rate Borrowings may only be denominated in dollars); and 
 (vi)     the location and number of
the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (d) of this Section. 

(b)        Submission of Bids. Each Lender may (but shall not have any
obligation to) make one or more Competitive Bids to the Borrower in response to a Competitive Bid Request. Each Competitive Bid by a Lender must be in a form approved by the Borrower and must be received by the Borrower by telecopy, in the case of a
Set Rate Competitive Borrowing, not later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the proposed date of such Competitive Borrowing, and in the case of a Variable Rate Borrowing, not later than 12:00 Noon, New York
City time, on the proposed date of such Competitive Borrowing. Competitive Bids that do not conform substantially to the form approved by the Borrower may be rejected by the Borrower, and the Borrower shall notify the applicable Lender as promptly
as practicable. Each Competitive Bid shall specify (i) the principal amount of the Competitive Loan or Loans that the Lender is willing to make and (ii) the Competitive Bid Rate or Rates at which the Lender is prepared to make such Loan or
Loans (with such Set Rate or any applicable margin included in the calculation of the Variable Rate, expressed as a percentage rate per annum in the form of a decimal to no more than four decimal places). 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 24 

 (c)        Acceptance and Rejection
of Bids. Subject only to the provisions of this paragraph, the Borrower may accept or reject any Competitive Bid. The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by telephone, confirmed by telecopy whether and to what extent
it has decided to accept or reject each Competitive Bid, in the case of a Fixed Rate Competitive Borrowing, not later than 10:30 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Competitive Borrowing, and in the
case of a Variable Rate Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the proposed date of the Competitive Borrowing; provided that (i) the failure of the Borrower to give such notice shall be deemed to be a rejection
of each Competitive Bid, (ii) the Borrower shall not accept a Competitive Bid made at a particular Competitive Bid Rate if the Borrower rejects a Competitive Bid made at a lower Competitive Bid Rate, (iii) the aggregate amount of the
Competitive Bids accepted by the Borrower shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the requested Competitive Borrowing specified in the related Competitive Bid Request, and (iv) to the extent necessary to comply with clause (iii) above,
the Borrower may accept Competitive Bids at the same Competitive Bid Rate in part, which acceptance, in the case of multiple Competitive Bids at such Competitive Bid Rate, shall be made pro rata in accordance with the amount of each such Competitive
Bid. A notice given by the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph shall be irrevocable and once notified of the acceptance of its bid under this paragraph, each successful bidder will thereupon become bound, subject to the terms and conditions hereof,
to make the Competitive Loan in respect of which its Competitive Bid has been accepted; provided that the obligations of such Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Competitive Loans
as required. 
 (d)        Funding of Competitive Bid Loans. Each Lender
that is bound to make a Competitive Loan shall make such Loan on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by
it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Competitive Loan available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the
Administrative Agent or by wire transfer, automated clearing house debit or interbank transfer to such other account, accounts or Persons designated by the Borrower in the applicable Competitive Bid Request; provided that Competitive Loans
made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(e) shall be remitted to the applicable Issuing Bank. 

Section 2.05    Swingline Loans. 

(a)        Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,
the Swingline Lender agrees to make advances to the Borrower in the applicable Major Currency requested from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in:
(i) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount of Swingline Loans exceeding $75,000,000, (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Exposures exceeding the total Commitments; (iii) any Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such
Lender’s Commitment and (iv) the Outstanding Credit exceeding the total Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a dollar Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding dollar Swingline Loan. Within
the foregoing limits and subject to the 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 25 

 
terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans. 

(b)        Request for Swingline Borrowings. To request a dollar Swingline
Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. To request a Swingline Loan denominated in a
Major Currency other than dollars, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed
Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of the requested Swingline Loan, the Major Currency with which such Swingline Loan will be denominated and if such
Swingline Loan will accrue interest at a Fixed Rate, the Interest Period applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each
Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in
Section 2.06(e), by remittance through the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan. With respect to the payment of any amount denominated in
Euros, the Swingline Lender shall not be liable to the Borrower or any of the Lenders in any way whatsoever for any delay, or the consequences of any delay, in the crediting to any account of any amount required by this Agreement to be paid by the
Swingline Lender in Euros if the Swingline Lender shall have taken all relevant steps to achieve, on the date required by this Agreement, the payment of such amount in Euros and in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds to the
account with the bank in the principal financial center in the participating member state of the European Union which the Borrower shall have specified for such purpose. “All relevant steps” means all such steps as may be prescribed from
time to time by the regulations or operating procedures of such clearing or settlement system as the Swingline Lender may from time to time determine for the purpose of clearing and settling payments of Euros. 

(c)        Lender Participation in Swingline Loans. The Swingline Lender may
by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans then
outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate and the Major Currency in which such Swingline Loans are denominated. Promptly upon receipt of notice under this paragraph, the
Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, three Business
Days after the date of receipt of such notice with respect to Swingline Loans denominated in a Major Currency other than dollars and on the date of the receipt of such notice with respect to Swingline Loans denominated in dollars, to pay to the
Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of the applicable Major Currency Swingline Loan or Loans in the currency in which such Loan or Loans is denominated. Each Lender
acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 26 

 
pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or
termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of the applicable
currency in immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the
Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to
this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender and shall be made by the Borrower in the currency in which such Loan is denominated. Any amounts
received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the
Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their
interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any
reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof. 

Section 2.06    Letters of Credit. 

(a)        General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the
Borrower may request the issuance of letters of credit for its own account or the account of one of its Subsidiaries, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, at any time and from
time to time during the Revolving Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the
Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, any Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuing Bank shall have no
obligation hereunder to issue, and shall not issue, any Letter of Credit the proceeds of which would be made available to any Person (i) to fund any activity or business of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any country or territory that, at
the time of such funding, is the subject of any Sanctions or (ii) in any manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by any party to this Agreement. 

(b)        Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain
Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for
doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a
Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 27 

 
extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with
paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the Major Currency in which such Letter of Credit is to be issued, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare,
amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant
that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension: (i) (x) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank at such time plus (y) the aggregate amount of all LC
Disbursements made by the Issuing Bank that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time shall not exceed its Letter of Credit Commitment, (ii) the total Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the total Commitments;
(iii) no Lender’s Revolving Exposures shall exceed such Lender’s Commitment; (iv) the Outstanding Credit shall not exceed the total Commitments; and (v) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $250,000,000; provided,
however, that without limiting the foregoing and without affecting the limitations contained herein, it is understood and agreed that the Borrower may from time to time request that an Issuing Bank issue Letters of Credit in excess of its individual
Letter of Credit Commitment in effect at the time of such request. Any Letter of Credit so issued by an Issuing Bank in excess of its individual Letter of Credit Commitment then in effect shall nonetheless constitute a Letter of Credit for all
purposes of the Credit Agreement, and shall not affect the Letter of Credit Commitment of any other Issuing Bank, subject to the limitations on the aggregate LC Exposure set forth in clause (v) of this Section 2.06(b). The Borrower may, at
any time and from time to time, reduce the Letter of Credit Commitment of any Issuing Bank with the consent of such Issuing Bank; provided that the Borrower shall not reduce the Letter of Credit Commitment of any Issuing Bank if, after giving effect
of such reduction, the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above shall not be satisfied. 

(c)        Expiration Date; Cash Collateralization. Each Letter of Credit
shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date up to twenty-four months after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, up to twenty-four months
after such renewal or extension) (provided that any Letter of Credit may provide for the renewal thereof for additional up to twenty-four month periods not to extend past the date in clause (ii) below) and (ii) the date five
Business Days prior to the Maturity Date; provided that the expiration date of a Letter of Credit may extend beyond the date referenced in clause (ii) above if the Borrower has on the date of its issuance: (A) posted cash collateral
to the Administrative Agent in an amount in the applicable currency in which the related Letter of Credit is issued and in immediate available funds equal to the amount of the related LC Exposure plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon
(any cash collateral provided to secure any LC Exposure is herein referred to as the “Cash Collateral”) in accordance with Section 2.06(i), (B) delivered a backstop Letter of Credit to the Administrative Agent in
such amount or (C) otherwise entered into alternative arrangement with respect to securing the LC Exposure applicable to such Letter of Credit, in each case of clause (A), (B) and (C) preceding on terms reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. If the Borrower is required to provide Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (c) with respect to a Letter of Credit, such Cash Collateral (to the extent not applied by the
Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.06(i)) shall be returned to the Borrower after the expiry date 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 28 

 
applicable to such Letter of Credit (as such date may be extended by any period required by Rule 3.14 of ISP). 

(d)        Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an
amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof and on the date hereof with respect to Letters of Credit listed on Schedule 1.01 hereto) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the
Lenders, the Issuing Bank that issued the Letter of Credit hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the
aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing and with respect to each Letter of Credit, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay in dollars and
immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent amount of each LC Disbursement made by the applicable Issuing Bank and not
reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire
participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence
and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. 

(e)        Reimbursement. If an Issuing Bank shall make any
LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount in the applicable currency in which such Letter of Credit is issued the amount of such
LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on
such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is
received prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the day of receipt, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of
receipt; provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Sections 2.03, 2.04 or 2.05, as applicable, that such payment be financed with a Borrowing
in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent
shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent amount thereof. Promptly following receipt of such
notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent in dollars its Applicable Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent amount of such payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to
Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it
from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 29 

 
Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made
payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the applicable Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank
for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of Borrowings as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement. To the extent that Lenders have made
payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank in respect to an LC Disbursement, then all payments by the Borrower thereafter with respect to its reimbursement obligations relating to such LC Disbursement shall be in dollars and in
the Dollar Equivalent amount thereof. 
 (f)        Obligations Absolute.
The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any
and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of: (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of
Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by an Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document
that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or
equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor any Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility
by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission,
interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical
terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the applicable Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse an Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages
(as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the applicable Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful
misconduct. 
 (g)        Disbursement Procedures. An Issuing Bank shall,
promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The applicable Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed
by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation
to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 30 

 (h)        Interim Interest. If
an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and
including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to
reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(e) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except
that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse an Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment. 

(i)        Cash Collateralization Upon an Event of Default. If any Event of
Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing more than 50% of the total LC Exposure) may demand the
deposit of Cash Collateral pursuant to this paragraph in an amount in the currencies in which the related Letters of Credit are issued and in immediate available funds equal to the amount of the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and
unpaid interest thereon. Cash Collateral provided by the Borrower shall be deposited in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders. Each deposit of Cash Collateral shall be
held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal,
over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, deposits of Cash
Collateral shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Banks for LC Disbursements for
which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time. If the Borrower is required to provide Cash Collateral
hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived. 

(j)        Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by
the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an existing Letter of Credit), the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit and the rules of the UCP
shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit. 
 (k)        Replacement of
the Issuing Bank. (i) The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the
Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b). From and
after the effective date of any such replacement, 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 31 

 
(x) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and
(y) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of
an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such
replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. 
 (ii)     Subject
to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Issuing Bank, any Issuing Bank may resign as an Issuing Bank at any time upon thirty days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders, in which case, such
Issuing Bank shall be replaced in accordance with Section 2.06(k)(i) above. 

(l)        Addition of an Issuing Bank. A Lender (or an entity that
concurrently becomes a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) with a Letter of Credit Commitment may be added as an Issuing Bank at any time by written agreement between the Borrower and the prospective Issuing Bank, provided,
that the aggregate LC Exposure shall not exceed $250,000,000. From and after the effective date of any such addition, (x) the new Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to
Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (y) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such additional Issuing Bank, or to such additional and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context requires.

 Section 2.07    Funding of Borrowings. 

(a)        By the Lenders. Each Lender shall make each Revolving Loan to be
made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 2:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the
Lenders and in the Major Currency requested. The Administrative Agent will make such Revolving Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the
Administrative Agent or by wire transfer, automated clearing house debit or interbank transfer to such other account, accounts or Persons designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans
made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank. 

(b)        Borrowings Assumed Made. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have
received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed time of any Revolving Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender
has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its
share of the applicable Revolving Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon,
for 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 32 

 
each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the
greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to
ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. 

Section 2.08    Interest Elections. 

(a)        Interest Options. Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of
the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a
different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the
affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not
apply to Competitive Borrowings or dollar Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued. 

(b)        Interest Election Request. To make an election pursuant to this
Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from
such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest
Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. 

(c)        Contents of Election Request. Each telephonic and written Interest
Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02: 

(i)      the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different
options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be
specified for each resulting Borrowing); 
 (ii)     the effective date of the election made
pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day; 
 (iii)    whether the
resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Fixed Rate Borrowing; and 
 (iv)     if the
resulting Borrowing is a Fixed Rate Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 33 

 Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise
each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing. If any such Interest Election Request requests a Fixed Rate Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to
have selected an Interest Period of seven days’ duration. If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Fixed Rate Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such
Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing or if such Borrowing is a Fixed Rate Borrowing, continued as a Fixed Rate Borrowing with an Interest Period of seven
days’ duration. 
 (d)        Limitations on Interest Election
Requests. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default
is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Fixed Rate Borrowing (except Fixed Rate Borrowings denominated in any Major Currency other than dollars may be continued as Fixed Rate Borrowings with Interest
Periods of seven days’ duration) and (ii) unless repaid, each dollar denominated Fixed Rate Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto. A Borrowing denominated in one Major
Currency may not be converted into another Major Currency. 
 Section 2.09    Termination and
Reduction of Commitments. The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise agree: (i) each reduction of the Commitments
shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $5,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000; (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with
Section 2.11, the sum of the Outstanding Credit would exceed the total Commitments; and (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent termination or reduction of the
commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans, such commitment of the Swingline Lender would equal or exceed the total Commitments. The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the commitment of the Swingline
Lender to make Swingline Loans; provided that (i) each reduction of such commitment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $1,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce
such commitment if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Swingline Loans, the aggregate Swingline Exposure would exceed the such commitment. The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce
the Commitments or the commitment of the Swingline Lender under this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following
receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments
and the commitment of the Swingline Lender delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the
Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments and the commitment of the Swingline Lender shall be permanent.

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 34 

 Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with
their respective Applicable Percentages; provided that if no Loans and no LC Disbursements are at the time outstanding, the Borrower shall have the right to allocate the amount of the reduction of the Commitments to one or more Lenders as it
shall determine in its discretion. Any termination of the Commitments (under the terms of this Section or pursuant to Article VI) shall automatically terminate the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans. 

Section 2.10    Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. 

(a)        Promise to Repay. The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to
pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Maturity Date, (ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline
Loan that is not denominated in dollars on the Maturity Date in the applicable Major Currency, (iii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each dollar Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the first date
after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least two Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made (provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing or a dollar Competitive Borrowing is
made, the Borrower shall repay all dollar Swingline Loans then outstanding) and (iv) with respect to each Competitive Borrowing, to the Administrative Agent for the account of each applicable Lender that has made the applicable Competitive
Borrowing, the then unpaid principal amount of such Competitive Borrowing on it Competitive Loan Maturity Date. 

(b)        Lender Records. Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its
usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time
hereunder. 
 (c)        Administrative Agent Records. The Administrative
Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto and Major Currency applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or
interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

 (d)        Records Prima Facie Evidence. The entries made in the accounts
maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent
to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

(e)        Promissory Notes. Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be
evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a
form approved by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 35 

 
thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 8.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named
therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns). 

Section 2.11    Prepayment of Loans. 

(a)        Optional Prepayment. The Borrower shall have the right at any time
and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing (other than Borrowings in Mexican Pesos) in whole or in part, subject to the requirements of this Section. 

(b)        Mandatory Prepayment; Mark to Market of Major Currencies. As of the
date of the delivery of each compliance certificate under Section 5.03(c) and as of the date of each Borrowing and each issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall calculate the Dollar Equivalent amount of the Revolving Exposures
and, if applicable, the Dollar Equivalent amount of each Competitive Loan. The Administrative Agent may also at any time and from time to time calculate the Dollar Equivalent amount of the Revolving Exposures and the Competitive Loans. The
Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower written notice of any such calculation. If as a result of any such calculation by the Borrower or by the Administrative Agent or if as of any other date: 

(i)      the Outstanding Credit exceeds the total Commitments then within five
(5) Business Days after the date of such calculation (or in the case of the calculation by the Administrative Agent, after the written notice is given to the Borrower), the Borrower shall prepay Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to such
excess, with such amount so paid to be applied to the Loans in the following order, until each is paid in full: dollar Swingline Loans, ABR Loans, Variable Rate Loans, Fixed Rate Loans and Set Rate Loans; or 

(ii)     the Swingline Exposures exceeds the total commitments of the Swingline Lender to make
Swingline Loans, then within five (5) Business Days after the date of such calculation (or in the case of the calculation by the Administrative Agent, after the written notice is given to the Borrower), the Borrower shall prepay the applicable
Swingline Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. 

(c)        Selection of Borrowings to be Prepaid. Prior to any optional or
mandatory prepayment of Borrowings hereunder, the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section. 

(d)        Notice of Prepayment. The Borrower shall notify the Administrative
Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Fixed Rate Borrowing or Set Rate Borrowing, not later than
12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, and (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, any dollar Swingline Borrowings or any Variable Rate Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York
City time, on the Business Day of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a
reasonably detailed 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 36 

 
calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that, if a notice of optional prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as
contemplated by Section 2.09, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.09. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating
solely to Swingline Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders (or with respect to Competitive Borrowings, the applicable Lenders) of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing (other than a Competitive Borrowing)
shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a
Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13. 

Section 2.12    Fees. 

(a)        Facility Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative
Agent for the account of each Lender a facility fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the average daily amount of the Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including August 19, 2011 to but excluding the date on which
such Commitment terminates; provided that, if such Lender continues to hold any Outstanding Credit after its Commitment terminates, then such facility fee shall continue to accrue on the daily amount of such Lender’s Outstanding Credit
from and including the date on which its Commitments terminates to but excluding the date on which such Lender ceases to hold any Outstanding Credit. Accrued facility fees shall be payable in arrears on the date which is thirty days following the
last day of each March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof; provided that any facility fees accruing after the date on
which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. All facility fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 (b)        Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate as interest on Fixed Rate Loans on the average daily amount of such
Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the August 19, 2011 to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s
Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure. Participation fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the thirtieth day
following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after August 19, 2011; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on
which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within thirty days after demand. All participation fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of
360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The Borrower agrees to pay to each Issuing Bank the following fees applicable to the Letters of Credit issued by such
Issuing Bank: (i) a drawing fee equal to $100 upon each drawing made 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 37 

 
under such Letters of Credit on the date of such drawing; (ii) an issuance fee equal to $300 upon each issuance of each such Letter of Credit payable on the date of issuance; (iii) a
renewal fee of $100 upon each renewal of each such Letter of Credit payable prior to the renewal of such Letter of Credit; and (iv) a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum (or such lower amount as may be agreed upon by the Borrower and the
applicable Issuing Bank) on the face amount of each Letter of Credit, which shall be payable quarterly in arrears to such Issuing Bank for its own account on the same date as the participation fee is payable hereunder unless otherwise agreed with
the applicable Issuing Bank. 
 (c)        Agent Fees. The Borrower agrees
to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. 

(d)        Payment of Fees. All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the
dates due, in dollars and in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of facility fees and participation fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto.
Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances. 
 Section 2.13    Interest. 

(a)        ABR Borrowings. The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall
bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate. 
 (b)        Fixed Rate
Borrowings. The Loans comprising each Fixed Rate Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan denominated in a currency other than dollars but excluding each dollar Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Fixed Rate for the Interest Period and
Major Currency in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate. 

(c)        Dollar Swingline Loans. Dollar Swingline Loans shall bear interest
each day at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%. 

(d)        Competitive Loans. The Loans comprising each Competitive Borrowing
shall bear interest at the applicable Competitive Bid Rate accepted for such Borrowing in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.04. 

(e)        Default Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal
of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a
rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2%
plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section. 

(f)        Payment of Interest. Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable
in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and upon termination of the Commitments; provided that: (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section shall be payable on

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 38 

 
demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan or a non–dollar denominated Swingline Loan prior to the end
of the Revolving Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Fixed Rate Loan prior to the end of
the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion. Interest on Loans shall be paid in the Major Currency of the applicable Loan. 

(g)        Computation of Interest. All interest hereunder shall be computed
on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that (i) interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate and (ii) interest on any Loan denominated in British Pounds
Sterling or Canadian Dollars, shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Fixed Rate or Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error. 

Section 2.14    Unavailability, Illegality, Alternate Rate of Interest. 

(a)        Unavailability. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period
for a Fixed Rate Borrowing: 
 (i)      deposits of the applicable Major Currency in the
principal amounts of the Fixed Rate Loan comprising such Borrowing are not generally available in the market utilized to determine the applicable Fixed Rate or 

(ii)     the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent
manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Fixed Rate for such Interest Period; or 

(iii)    the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders (or, with respect to Fixed Rate
Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender) that the Fixed Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such
Interest Period; 
 then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as
promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of
any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Fixed Rate Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Fixed Rate Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR dollar Borrowing or, if requested
under the Swingline, as a Federal Funds Effective Rate dollar Borrowing. 

(b)        Change in Legality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if
any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Fixed Rate Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 39 

 
(including, without limitation, as a result of a restriction on a Major Currency), then, by written notice to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, such Lender may: 

(i)      declare that the applicable Fixed Rate Loans will not thereafter be made by such
Lender hereunder, whereupon any request for such a Fixed Rate Borrowing shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for a dollar Loan (accruing interest as an ABR Loan, or if it is a Swingline Loan, as a Federal Funds Effective Rate Loan)
unless such declaration shall be subsequently withdrawn (any Lender delivering such a declaration hereby agreeing to withdraw such declaration promptly upon determining that such event of illegality no longer exists); and 

(ii)     require that all outstanding Fixed Rate Loans affected by the illegality made by it be
either (A), if such Loans are dollar Loans, converted to ABR Revolving Loans or dollar Swingline Loans, in which event all such Fixed Rate Loans shall be automatically converted as of the effective date of such notice as provided below, or
(B) repaid if such Fixed Rate Loan is denominated in any other Major Currency. 
 In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights
under clauses (i) or (ii) above of this paragraph (b), all payments and prepayments of principal which would otherwise have been applied to repay the affected Fixed Rate Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted
Fixed Rate Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Fixed Rate Loans. For purposes of this Section, a notice by any Lender shall be effective as to
each Fixed Rate Loan, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period currently applicable to such Fixed Rate Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt. 

(c)        Unavailability of Foreign Currency Loans. Notwithstanding any other
provision herein, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Loan denominated in a currency other than dollars or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any such Loan or in
the event that there shall occur any material adverse change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls which would in the opinion of the Administrative Agent make it
impracticable for Loans to be denominated in a currency other than dollars, then, by written notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent may: 

(i)      declare that such Loans will not thereafter be made, whereupon any request for such a
Borrowing in a currency other than dollars shall be deemed a request for a dollar Borrowing unless such declaration shall be subsequently withdrawn (the Administrative Agent agreeing to withdraw such declaration promptly upon determining that the
applicable event or condition no longer exists); and 
 (ii)     require that all outstanding
Loans so affected be repaid. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 40 

 Section 2.15    Increased Costs. 

(a)        Additional Costs. If any Change in Law shall: 

(i)      impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit liquidity or similar
requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (including without limitation, any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves established by the Board or any other reserves imposed
pursuant to Regulation D of the Board) (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank; 

(ii)     impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London or other interbank market utilized
to determine the Fixed Rate or any Set Rate any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement, any Fixed Rate Loans or any Set Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or 

(iii)    subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes
described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities
or capital attributable thereto; 
 and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other
Recipient of making, continuing, converting or maintaining any Fixed Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or maintaining any Set Rate Loans or to increase the cost to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other
Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise),
then the Borrower will pay to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such
additional costs incurred or reduction suffered. 
 (b)        Capital
Adequacy. If any Lender or any Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s capital or on
the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such
Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing
Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case
may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 41 

 (c)        Certificate. A
certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall
be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within thirty days after receipt thereof. 

(d)        Limit on Compensation. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender
or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to
compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 60 days prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in
Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or
reductions is retroactive, then the 60–day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If, following any demand by any Lender or any Issuing Bank under this Section, the item for which such
demand was made is changed to reduce or eliminate the effect on the applicable Lender or Issuing Bank, such Lender or Issuing Bank shall promptly so inform the Borrower and equitable reduce any amounts thereafter payable by the Borrower under this
Section. 
 Section 2.16    Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of
any principal of any Fixed Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto or (b) the payment of any Set Rate Loan other than on the corresponding Competitive Loan Maturity Date, then, in any such event, the
Borrower shall reimburse each applicable Lender on demand for the loss incurred or to be incurred by such Lender in the reemployment of the funds released by such prepayment. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such
Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within thirty days after
receipt thereof. 
 Section 2.17    Taxes. 

(a)        Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of
any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good
faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent having consulted with, or acting under the supervision of, a tax advisor of such withholding agent, whether internal or external) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such
payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with
applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to
additional sums payable under this Section 2.17) the 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 42 

 
applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made. 

(b)        Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. The Borrower shall timely
pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes. 

(c)        Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of
Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.17, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such
payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 

(d)        Tax Indemnity. The Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, within
thirty days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be
withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.
A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or an Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or an Issuing
Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. 
 (e)        Indemnification
by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already
indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of
Section 8.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document,
and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability
delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document
or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e). 

(f)        Status of Lenders. 

(i)      Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with
respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation
reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 43 

 
to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other
documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or
information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in
Section 2.17(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or
expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. 

(ii)      Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a
U.S. Person, 
 (A)      any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to
the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), an executed IRS
Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax; 

(B)      any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do
so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter
upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable: 

(1)      in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income
tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, an executed IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax
pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal
withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty; 

(2)      in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming that its extension of credit
will generate U.S. effectively connected income, an executed IRS Form W-8ECI; 

(3)      in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the
exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of
Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 44 

 
Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”)
and (y) an executed IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN; or 

(4)      to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, an
executed f IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2 or
Exhibit D-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are
claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect
partner; 
 (C)      any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally
entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to
time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly
completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and 

(D)      if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject
to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall
deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as
prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their
obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D),
“FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement. For purposes of determining withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, from and after the effective date of this Agreement, the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent shall treat (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to treat) this Agreement as not qualifying as a “grandfathered obligation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.1471-2(b)(2)(i). 
 Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or
becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 45 

 
promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. 

(g)        Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole
discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17),
it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses
(including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to
such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund
to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of
which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise
imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating
to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person. 

(h)        Survival. Each party’s obligations under this
Section 2.17 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all
obligations under any Loan Document. 
 (i)        Defined Terms. For
purposes of this Section 2.17, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA. 

Section 2.18    Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Payments. 

(a)        Payments. The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made
by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to the time
expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of
calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices designated for such purpose by notice to the Borrower, except payments to be made directly to an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly
provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 8.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by
it for 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 46 

 
the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date
for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments under each Loan Document shall be made in the
Major Currency herein specified. 
 (b)        Application of Payments. If
at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first,
towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed
LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties. 

(c)        Sharing of Payments; Limit on Set-off. If any Lender shall, by
exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans
resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender,
then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all
such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that
(i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and
(ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the
assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph
shall apply). Each Lender agrees that it will not exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim in an amount in excess of the Loans and other obligations owed directly to such Lender hereunder and in furtherance of the foregoing, any Lender
acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may not exercise against the Borrower rights of set–off and counterclaim with respect to such participation. 

(d)        Payments Assumed Made. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have
received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or an Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume
that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has
not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 47 

 
Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it
to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. 

Section 2.19    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. 

(a)        Mitigation Obligations. If any Lender requests compensation under
Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use
reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such
designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.15 or 2.17, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and
would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. 

(b)        Replacement of a Lender. If any Lender requests compensation under
Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, or if any Lender becomes a
Defaulting Lender or a Non-consenting Lender (as defined below in this section), then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without
recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 8.04), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 2.15 or Section 2.17) and
obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent
of the Administrative Agent (and if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding
principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued
interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to
Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in future compensation or payments under the applicable Section. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a
waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. In the event that (i) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent have requested the Lenders to consent to a
departure or waiver of any provisions of this Agreement or to agree to any other modification thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or other modification in question requires the agreement of all Lenders and (iii) the Required Lenders have
agreed to such consent, waiver or other modification, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or other 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 48 

 
modification shall be deemed a “Non-consenting Lender”. In addition, each Rejecting Lender (as defined in the definition of the term
Maturity Date) shall be a Non-consenting Lender hereunder. 
 Section 2.20    Increase of
Commitments; Incremental Term Loan. 
 (a)        Revolving Commitments.
By written notice sent to the Administrative Agent (which the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to the Lenders), the Borrower may at any time and from time to time request an increase of the aggregate amount of the Commitments by an
aggregate amount equal to any integral multiple of $5,000,000; provided that (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (ii) the aggregate amount of the Commitments shall not have been reduced, nor shall the Borrower have
given notice of any such reduction under Section 2.09; (iii) the sum of (A) the total amount of all Commitments after giving effect to any such increase, plus (B) the initial principal amount of any Incremental Term Loan,
shall not exceed $1,000,000,000; and (iv) the Commitment of a Lender shall not be increased without the consent of such Lender. If one or more of the Lenders is not increasing its Commitment, then, with notice to the Administrative Agent and
the other Lenders, another one or more financial institutions, each as approved by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (a “New Lender”), may commit to provide an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the requested increase
that will not be provided by the existing Lenders (the “Increase Amount”); provided, that the Commitment of each New Lender shall be at least $5,000,000. Upon receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent to the Lenders and
the Borrower that the Lenders, or sufficient Lenders and New Lenders, have agreed to commit to an aggregate amount equal to the Increase Amount, then: provided that no Default exists at such time or after giving effect to the requested
increase, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders willing to increase their respective Commitments and the New Lenders (if any) shall execute and deliver a supplement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the
“Increased Commitment Supplement”). If all existing Lenders shall not have provided their pro rata portion of the requested Increase Amount, the Revolving Loans will not be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the
Applicable Percentages determined hereunder. To remedy the foregoing, on the date of the effectiveness of the Increased Commitment Supplement, the Lenders shall make advances among themselves so that after giving effect thereto the Revolving Loans
will be held by the Lenders, pro rata in accordance with the Applicable Percentages hereunder. The advances so made by each Lender whose Applicable Percentage has increased as a result of the changes to the Commitments shall be deemed to be a
purchase of a corresponding amount of the Revolving Loans of the Lender or Lenders whose Applicable Percentages have decreased. The advances made under this Section shall be Loans of the same Type as those previously held by the Lender or
Lenders whose Applicable Percentages have decreased unless or until the Borrower shall have selected an alternative interest rate to apply thereto under the terms of this Agreement. All advances made under this Section shall be made through the
Administrative Agent. 
 (b)        Incremental Term Loan. By written notice
sent to the Administrative Agent (which the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to the Lenders), the Borrower may at any time and from time to time request the addition of an incremental term loan on terms and conditions agreed to by the
Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Term Loan Lender (the “Incremental Term Loan”); provided that (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (ii) no Lender shall be required to make any portion of
the Incremental Term Loan 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 49 

 
without its consent; (iii) the sum of (A) the total amount of all Commitments (after giving effect to any increase pursuant to clause (a) preceding), plus (B) the initial
principal amount of any Incremental Term Loan, shall not exceed $1,000,000,000. To effectuate the addition of the Incremental Term Loan, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender or other New Lender agreeing to provide such Incremental
Term Loan (a “Term Loan Lender”), shall execute an amendment in form and substance acceptable to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each of the Term Loan Lenders (the “Incremental Term Loan Amendment”). 

Section 2.21    Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender: 

(a)        Suspension of Facility Fees. Facility fees shall cease to accrue on
the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(a); 

(b)        Suspension of Voting. The Commitment, Revolving Exposure of, and
the outstanding Competitive Loans held by, such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment. waiver or other modification pursuant to
Section 8.02 that requires the consent of all Lenders), provided that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver, or other modification requiring the consent of such
Lender or each Lender affected thereby; 
 (c)        Participation
Exposure. If any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then: 

(i)        Reallocation. All or any part of such Swingline Exposure and
LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender (other than the portion of such Swingline Exposure referred to in clause (b) of the definition of such term) shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective
Applicable Percentages but only (x) to the extent that such reallocation does not, as to any non-Defaulting Lender, cause such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Exposure to exceed its Commitment and (y) if the conditions set forth in
Section 4.02 are satisfied at such time; 
 (ii)        Payment and
Cash Collateralization. If the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such
Swingline Exposure and (y) second, provide Cash Collateral to secure such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth
in Section 2.06(i) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding; 

(iii)        Suspension of Letter of Credit Fee. If the Borrower cash
collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to this Section 2.21(c), the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(b) with respect
to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized by the Borrower; and 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 50 

 (iv)        Issuing Banks Entitled to
Fees. If any Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to Section 2.21(c), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder, all letter
of credit fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Banks (pro rata based on the respective LC Exposure directly held by each Issuing Bank) until such LC
Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated; 
 (d)        Suspension of
Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit,
unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in
accordance with Section 2.21(c)(i), and Swingline Exposure related to any newly made Swingline Loan or LC Exposure related to any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner
consistent with Section 2.21(c)(i) (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein); and 

(e)        Setoff Against Defaulting Lender. Any amount payable to such
Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.18(c) but excluding
Section 2.19(b)) shall, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated account and, subject to any applicable requirements of law, be applied at such time or times as may
be determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii) second, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender
to the Issuing Banks or Swingline Lender hereunder, (iii) third, to the funding of any Loan or the funding or cash collateralization of any participating interest in any Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting
Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iv) fourth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for
future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (v) fifth, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the
Borrower or any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (vi) sixth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent
jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is (x) a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans or reimbursement obligations in respect of LC Disbursements which a Defaulting Lender has funded its participation obligations and
(y) made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the Loans of, and reimbursement obligations owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being
applied to the prepayment of any Loans, or reimbursement obligations owed to, any Defaulting Lender. 

(f)        Bankruptcy Event. If (i) a Bankruptcy Event or a Bail-In
Action with respect to a Lender Parent shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its
obligations under one or more other agreements in which 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 51 

 
such Lender commits to extend credit, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of
Credit, unless the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to
it in respect of such Lender hereunder. 
 (g)        Remedy of Defaulting
Lender Status. In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then
the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Revolving Loans of the other Lenders (other than
Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Revolving Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. 

ARTICLE III.  

Representations and Warranties 

Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that: 

Section 3.01    Status. The Borrower and each Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing (to the extent that such concept is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it was organized, has the power and legal authority to own its property and to carry on its business as now
being conducted, is duly qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or property makes such qualification necessary and has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on
its business as now conducted. 
 Section 3.02    Authority; No Conflict. The execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (i) are within the legal power and authority of the Borrower, (ii) have been duly authorized
by all requisite actions, (iii) do not and will not conflict with, contravene or violate any provision of or result in a breach of or default under, or require the waiver (not already obtained) of any provision of, or the consent (not already
given) of any Person under the terms of the Borrower’s articles of incorporation or by laws, or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it is
bound or to which any of its properties are subject, (iv) will not violate, conflict with, give rise to any liability under, or constitute a default under any law, regulation, order (including, without limitation, all applicable state and
federal securities laws) or any other requirement of any court, tribunal, arbitrator, or Governmental Authority, and (v) will not result in the creation, imposition, or acceleration of any indebtedness or tax or any mortgage, lien, reservation,
covenant, restriction, or other encumbrance of any nature upon, or with respect to, the Borrower or any of its properties. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 52 

 Section 3.03    Binding Effect. This Agreement
constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party when executed and delivered by each of the other parties thereto will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in
accordance with its terms. 
 Section 3.04    Governmental Approval. The execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not require any action, approval or consent of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority. 

Section 3.05    Litigation. On the Effective Date, there are no suits or proceedings pending,
or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 3.06    Compliance with ERISA. The Borrower and each member of the Controlled Group
have fulfilled their obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, and has not incurred
any liability to the PBGC or a Plan under Title IV of ERISA. Neither the Borrower nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred any material withdrawal liability with respect to any Multiemployer Plan under Title IV of ERISA, and no
such material liability is expected to be incurred. 
 Section 3.07    Financial
Information. The audited consolidated annual financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 (such annual financial statements hereinafter collectively called the “Financial
Statements”), have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly reflect the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the results of their operations as of the dates and for the periods stated. On the
Effective Date, since the date of the Financial Statements, there has occurred no change in the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect. 
 Section 3.08    Material Liabilities. The Borrower and its
Subsidiaries have no material liabilities, direct or contingent, except: (i) those disclosed in the Financial Statements, and (ii) those arising in the ordinary course of business since the date of such Financial Statements which have in
the aggregate no Material Adverse Effect. 
 Section 3.09    Taxes. Except where compliance
with subsections (i) and (ii) below, is being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings or where non–compliance, alone or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries: (i) have filed all material Federal, state, local and foreign income, excise, property and other tax returns (the “Tax Returns”) which are required to be filed by them, and (ii) have paid all taxes
due pursuant to the Tax Returns or pursuant to any assessment received by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary. 

Section 3.10    Environmental Compliance. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is subject
to any Environmental Liability which, alone or in the aggregate, could reasonably be 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 53 

 
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Hazardous Materials have been or are being used, produced, manufactured, processed, treated, recycled, generated, stored, disposed of, managed or
otherwise handled at, or shipped or transported to or from the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or are otherwise present at, on, in or under the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties, except for
Hazardous Materials used, produced, manufactured, processed, treated, recycled, generated, stored, disposed of, managed, or otherwise handled in compliance with all applicable Environmental Requirements, except where such noncompliance, alone or in
the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 3.11    Margin Securities. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is engaged
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System), and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. 

Section 3.12    Other Revolving Credit Agreements. The terms and provisions of this Agreement
are substantially similar to and no less favorable to the Lenders than the terms and provisions contained in other revolving credit agreements to which the Borrower is a party. 

Section 3.13    Compliance with Laws. Except where compliance is being contested in good faith
through appropriate proceedings or where non–compliance, alone or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations
and similar requirements of Governmental Authorities. 
 Section 3.14    Investment Company
Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 

Section 3.15    Ownership of Property. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has title to
its properties sufficient for the conduct of its business. 
 Section 3.16    Insurance. The
Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has (either in the name of the Borrower or in such Subsidiary’s own name), with reputable insurance companies or associations, insurance in at least such amounts and against at least such hazards as are
customary for companies engaged in similar businesses and owning and operating similar properties. 

Section 3.17    Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. The Borrower has implemented and maintains
in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Borrower, its Subsidiaries
and their respective officers and directors and to the knowledge of the Borrower its employees and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not knowingly engaged in any activity
that would reasonably be expected to result in the Borrower being designated as a Sanctioned Person. None of (a) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 54 

 
their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of the Borrower, any agent of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or
benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Borrowing or Letter of Credit, use of proceeds by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, directors, officers, employees, or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, any agent of
the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or other transaction contemplated by his Agreement will violate any Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions. 

Section 3.18    EEA Financial Institutions. The Borrower is not an EEA Financial Institution.

 ARTICLE IV.  

Conditions 

Section 4.01    Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to amend and restate the
Existing Credit Agreement, to make Loans and any agreement of any Issuing Bank to issue any Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with
Section 8.02): 
 (a)        The Administrative Agent (or its counsel)
shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or other electronic
transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement. 

(b)        The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion
(addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of the Borrower’s general in house counsel, substantially in the form of Exhibit B and covering such other matters relating to the Borrower or the
Loan Documents as the Required Lenders shall reasonably request. 
 (c)        The
Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of Borrower, the authorization of the execution,
delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower or the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent may request, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its
counsel. 
 (d)        The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and
other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including
fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document. 

(e)        The representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in the Loan
Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for any representation and 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 55 

 
warranty that is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects). 

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and any agreement of any Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived
pursuant to Section 8.02) at or prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on May 31, 2016 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments and the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make
Swingline Loans shall terminate at such time). 
 Section 4.02    Each Credit Event. The
obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and any agreement of any Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to receipt of the request therefor in accordance herewith and to the
satisfaction of the following conditions: 
 (a)        After the Effective Date,
the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in the Loan Documents (except, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.05 and in the last sentence of Section 3.07) shall be true and correct in all
material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the
date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, except to the extent such representations and warranties relate specifically to another date. 

(b)        At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or
the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 

(c)        At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or
the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable: (i) the Outstanding Credit shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments; and (ii) the Swingline Exposures shall not exceed the commitment of
the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans. 
 Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit
shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section. 

ARTICLE V. 

Covenants 

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable
hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that it: 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 56 

 Section 5.01    Preservation of Existence, etc.
Will preserve and maintain the corporate existence of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, unless the existence shall be discontinued as the result of a merger, consolidation or other transaction permitted pursuant to Section 5.10, or
unless the Borrower shall divest itself of the properties of any Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.05 or Section 5.11. 

Section 5.02    Keeping of Books. Will keep proper books of record and account in which full
and correct entries shall be made of all of its financial transactions and its assets and businesses so as to permit the presentation of financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and permit the Administrative Agent and each Lender and
their respective representatives, at their own expense, at reasonable times and with reasonable prior notice, to visit all of its offices and properties, discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers and examine any of its or their
books and other corporate records. 
 Section 5.03    Reporting Requirements. Will furnish
to the Administrative Agent (who upon receipt, shall furnish to each Lender): 

(a)        as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each
quarterly period, except the last, of each fiscal year, its quarterly report on Form 10–Q as prescribed by and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency); 

(b)        as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the last day
of each fiscal year, its annual report on Form 10–K as prescribed by and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency); 

(c)        within the periods provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the
written statement of the Borrower, signed by the principal financial officer, showing the calculations necessary to determine compliance with this Agreement and stating that the signer thereof has re-examined
the terms and provisions of this Agreement and at the date of said statement no Default has occurred or if the signer is aware of any such Default, he shall disclose in such statement the nature thereof; 

(d)        within the period provided in paragraph (b) above, the written
statement of such accountants that in making the examination necessary to their certification of such audit report they have obtained no knowledge of any Default, or if such accountants shall have obtained knowledge of any such Default, they shall
disclose in such statement such Default and the nature thereof; 

(e)        within fifteen (15) Business Days after the Borrower becomes aware of
the occurrence of any Default, a certificate of the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of the Borrower setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto; 

(f)        as soon as available, each Current Report on Form 8–K as
prescribed by and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency); 

(g)        promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders of the Borrower
generally, copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy statements so mailed; and 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 57 

 (h)        such additional information
as any Lender may reasonably request concerning the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.03 may be satisfied with respect to the information required thereby to the extent the Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, as applicable, are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or
any successor agency) and available publicly, in each case, by the deadlines set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b), as applicable, and meeting all such other requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section 5.03. Documents otherwise required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.03 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any
successor agency)) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on the Borrower’s website on the
Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 5.03; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have
access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by electronic mail of the posting of
any such documents, except the Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency). The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper
copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request by a Lender for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it
or maintaining its copies of such documents. 
 Section 5.04    Taxes, Claims for Labor and
Materials; Compliance with Laws. 
 (a)        Payment of Obligations.
Will promptly pay and discharge, and will cause each Subsidiary promptly to pay and discharge, all lawful taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the Borrower or such Subsidiary, and all trade accounts payable in
accordance with usual and customary business terms and all claims for work, labor or materials, which if unpaid might become a lien or charge upon any property, of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that, the Borrower, or such
Subsidiary shall not be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if the validity thereof shall concurrently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and if the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall set aside on its
or their books such reserves, if any, deemed by it or them to be adequate with respect thereto, and further provided that, no such payment or discharge of any such tax, assessment, charge, levy, account payable or claim shall be required in
respect of a Subsidiary to the extent that such Subsidiary’s assets are insufficient for such purpose so long as such tax, assessment, charge, levy, account payable or claim is not imposed upon or does not become a liability of the Borrower.

 (b)        Compliance with Laws. Will comply and will cause each
Subsidiary to comply, in all material respects and where the failure to comply would have a Material Adverse Effect with (A) ERISA, (B) the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and the rules and regulations thereunder,
(C) all governmental consumer protection laws and regulations, (D) all governmental equal employment practice requirements and (E) all other laws, rules, 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 58 

 
regulations and orders to which it may be subject. The Borrower will maintain in effect and take commercially reasonable actions to enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance
by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions. 

(c)        Compliance with Environmental Matters. Will comply, and will cause
each Subsidiary to comply, in all material respects and when the failure to comply would have a Material Adverse Effect, with all applicable Environmental Requirements and Environmental Judgments and Orders. 

Section 5.05    Maintenance, etc. Will maintain, preserve and keep, and will cause each
Subsidiary to maintain, preserve and keep, its and their operating properties (whether owned in fee or a leasehold interest) in good repair and working order and from time to time will make all necessary repairs, replacements, renewals, and
additions so that at all times the efficiency thereof shall be maintained, and will maintain, and cause each Subsidiary to maintain, franchises, licenses and permits necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses; provided,
however, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall, notwithstanding the foregoing, have the right to sell, abandon or dispose of, property or other assets which in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower or the Subsidiary are no longer useful
or of productive value or which may be advantageously sold, abandoned or otherwise disposed of in the proper conduct of the business of the Borrower (or any Subsidiary), and shall have the right to terminate the existence of any Subsidiary or any
right, franchise or privilege of the Borrower or any Subsidiary if, in the judgment of the Borrower, it shall be or become no longer advantageous to maintain the same. 

Section 5.06    Insurance. Will maintain and will cause each Subsidiary to maintain, insurance
coverage by reputable insurance companies or associations in such forms and amounts and against such hazards as are customary for companies engaged in similar businesses and owning or operating similar properties. 

Section 5.07    Litigation. Will promptly give notice in writing to the Lenders of all
litigation and of the proceedings before any governmental or regulatory agencies affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary, which litigation or proceeding is required to be reported on a Form 10–Q or Form 10–K of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (as such Form and requirements pertinent thereto are in effect on the date hereof), or which litigation or proceeding involves the reasonable likelihood of or has resulted in a determination of uninsured liability of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary in excess of $100,000,000. 
 Section 5.08    Liens. Will be
permitted, and its Subsidiaries will be permitted to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien, provided, however, that at the time of the creation of each Lien (including each Lien granted in connection with a Permitted Securitization Transaction)
and immediately after giving effect thereto and to the application of any proceeds of the Indebtedness secured thereby, the aggregate outstanding principal Indebtedness and other monetary obligations then secured by all Liens shall not exceed 15% of
Consolidated Total Assets. Without limitation of the independent application and effect of this Section, it is expressly agreed and understood that Liens permitted by this Section are and shall be permitted only upon the express condition that the
obligations so secured do not violate the applicable provisions of Section 5.12. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 59 

 Section 5.09    Character of Business. Will
continue to carry out substantially the same type of business carried on during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, and businesses reasonably related thereto; and will not engage in any business which would materially change the type of
business previously conducted on a consolidated basis. 
 Section 5.10    Merger;
etc. Will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, merge or consolidate with any other Person except that: 

(a)        any Subsidiary may be merged into a wholly–owned Subsidiary or into
the Borrower; 
 (b)        the Borrower shall be permitted to merge into a
wholly–owned Subsidiary of the Borrower in order to change the Borrower’s state of incorporation; provided that, immediately after the consummation of the transaction and after giving effect thereto no Default would exist; and 

(c)        the Borrower shall be permitted to merge or consolidate with another
Person; provided that, the Borrower is the surviving corporation and if immediately after the consummation of the transaction and after giving effect thereto no Default would exist. 

Section 5.11    Sale of Assets. Will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease
or transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets (other than products sold in the ordinary course of business), except that (a) any Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any of its
assets to the Borrower or a wholly–owned Subsidiary, (b) the Borrower may dispose of its assets or the stock or assets of a Subsidiary if required to do so by a final court order, and (c) the foregoing limitation on the sale, lease,
transfer or other disposition of assets shall not prohibit during any fiscal quarter, the sale of accounts receivable in a Permitted Securitization Transaction or any other sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets unless the aggregate
assets to be so sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed (including, without limitation, the accounts receivable sold in a Permitted Securitization Transaction), when combined with all other assets sold, leased, transferred or otherwise
disposed (including, without limitation, the accounts receivable sold in a Permitted Securitization Transaction) during such fiscal quarter and the immediately preceding 3 fiscal quarters constituted more than 40% of Consolidated Total Assets at the
end of the most recent fiscal year immediately preceding such fiscal quarter. As used herein, a “substantial part” of the assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall mean an amount equal to 40% or more of Consolidated Total Assets as of
the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are publically available immediately preceding the sale, lease, transfer, or other disposition in question (without giving effect to such sale, lease, transfer, or
other disposition in question). In calculating the amount of the accounts receivable sold in any sale of account receivable, including, but not limited to a Permitted Securitization Transaction, for purposes of this Section 5.11 during
any period of calculation, the amount of the collections received during that period by the Receivable Entity (which term is defined in the definition of the term “Permitted Securitization Transaction”) on the accounts receivable so
sold shall be subtracted therefrom. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 60 

 Section 5.12    Restriction on Funded Debt and
Short–Term Debt. Will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, guarantee, assume, permit to exist or become liable, directly or indirectly, in respect of any Funded Debt or Short–Term Debt other than: 

(a)        Funded Debt and Short–Term Debt outstanding hereunder; 

(b)        Funded Debt and Short–Term Debt outstanding on
December 31, 2015, as shown on the Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet as at said date; 

(c)        Funded Debt of Subsidiaries to the Borrower or to other Subsidiaries and
Funded Debt of the Borrower to Subsidiaries; 
 (d)        Other Funded Debt and
Short–Term Debt (including Secured Debt) of the Borrower and Subsidiaries; provided that, at the time of issuance or incurrence and immediately after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof: 

(i)        Total Indebtedness does not exceed 65% of Total Capital; and 

(ii)        In the case of Secured Debt, the principal amount of Secured Debt will
not exceed 15% of Consolidated Total Assets. 
 Notwithstanding anything provided by in this Agreement, but subject to such limitations as
to amount provided by this Section, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to execute and deliver guarantees of all types guaranteeing the obligations of any and all Persons irrespective of whether such Persons may be the Borrower,
Subsidiaries, Unrestricted Subsidiaries, employees, suppliers, subcontractors, or others. All guarantees given by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute Indebtedness to the extent provided in the definition of
“Indebtedness” set out in Section 1.01. 
 Section 5.13    Multiemployer
Plans. Will not permit the aggregate complete or partial withdrawal liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to Multiemployer Plans incurred by the Borrower and members of the Controlled Group to exceed $50,000,000 at any time. For
purposes of this Section, the amount of withdrawal liability of the Borrower and members of the Controlled Group at any date shall be the aggregate present value of the amount claimed to have been incurred less any portion thereof which the Borrower
and members of the Controlled Group have paid or as to which the Borrower reasonably believes, after appropriate consideration of possible adjustments arising under Sections 4219 and 4221 of ERISA, it and members of the Controlled Group will
have no liability, provided that the Borrower shall obtain prompt written advice from independent actuarial consultants supporting such determination. 

Section 5.14    Ratio of Total Indebtedness to Total Capital. Will maintain a ratio of Total
Indebtedness to Total Capital of not more than 0.65 to 1.00. 
 Section 5.15    Use of Proceeds
and Letters of Credit. 
 (a)        Will use the proceeds of the Loans only to
refinance existing Indebtedness and for other lawful corporate purposes. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 61 

 
of the Board, including Regulations G, U and X. Letters of Credit will be issued only to support transactions of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business. 

(b)        Will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Borrower shall
not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or
authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with
any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country to the extent such activities, business or transaction would be prohibited by Sanctions if conducted by a corporation incorporated, domiciled or doing business in the United States or in a European
Union member state, or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto. 

Section 5.16    Other Revolving Agreements. Will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to,
enter into any revolving credit agreement, unless, concurrent with entering into such revolving credit agreement, the Borrower agrees to amend this Agreement (or amend any such revolving credit agreement in such manner) in order to cause the terms
and provisions of this Agreement to be substantially similar to and not less favorable to the Lenders than such new or amended revolving credit agreement. 

ARTICLE VI.  

Events of Default 

If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur: 

(a)        the Borrower shall fail to pay when due any amount payable under
Section 2.06(e) or the principal amount of any Loan. The Borrower shall fail to pay any interest or fee accrued hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any other amount hereunder within five (5) Business Days after such amount
is due; 
 (b)        the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant,
restriction or agreement contained in this Agreement and not described in clause (a) immediately above for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof shall be given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or by the
Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender; 
 (c)        any
representation, warranty, certification or statement made by the Borrower in or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect as of the date made; 

(d)        a default or event of default as defined in any of the other Loan
Documents; 
 (e)        the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall: 

(i)      apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator of itself
or of its property; 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 62 

 (ii)      be unable, or admit in writing
inability, to pay its debts as they mature; 
 (iii)      make a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors; 
 (iv)      be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or 

(v)      file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or a petition or answer seeking reorganization
or an arrangement with creditors or to take advantage of any insolvency law or an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceedings, or corporate action shall be
taken by it for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; 
 (f)        an
order, judgment or decree shall be entered, without the application, approval or consent of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, by any court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, approving a petition seeking reorganization of the Borrower or
such Subsidiary, or appointing a receiver, trustee or liquidator or the like of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, of all or a substantial part of its assets, and such order, judgment or decree shall continue unstayed or in effect for any period of
sixty (60) consecutive days (provided that no Lender shall be required to make any Loan and no Issuing Bank shall be required to consider issuing new Letters of Credit or renewing existing Letters of Credit during such sixty
(60) day period); 
 (g)        any judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or
of any similar process in an uninsured amount in excess of $100,000,000 in any single proceeding or series of related proceedings shall be entered or filed against the Borrower or any Subsidiary or against any property or assets of either and
remains unpaid, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days (provided that no Lender shall be required to make any Loan and no Issuing Bank shall be required to consider issuing new Letters of Credit or renewing
existing Letters of Credit during such sixty (60) day period). As used in paragraphs (f) and (g) of this Article VI, the term “Subsidiary” shall be limited to those Subsidiaries, standing alone or in the
aggregate, whose capital surplus and retained earnings (“Net Worth”) on an unconsolidated basis are at that time equal to 10% or more of the consolidated Net Worth of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; 

(h)        any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d–3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 30% or more of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of the Borrower; 

(i)        as of any date a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower
consists of individuals who were not either (A) directors of the Borrower as of the corresponding date of the previous year, (B) selected, nominated or appointed to become directors by the Board of Directors of the Borrower of which a
majority consisted of individuals described in clause (A), or (C) selected, nominated or appointed to become directors by the Board of Directors of the Borrower of which a majority consisted of individuals described in clause (A) and
individuals described in clause (B); or 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 63 

 (j)        any bond, debenture, note, or
other indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall become due before stated maturity by the acceleration of the maturity thereof by reason of default or shall become due by its terms and shall not be promptly paid or extended in
either case where such indebtedness exceeds $50,000,000 in the aggregate; 

(k)        then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the
Borrower described in clause (e) or (f) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take
either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments (including the Letter of Credit Commitments) and the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans, and thereupon all such
commitments shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable),
and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment,
demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower, and (iii) require Cash Collateral for the LC Exposure in accordance with
Section 2.06(i) hereof; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (e) or (f) of this Article, the Commitments and the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans shall
automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding and Cash Collateral for the LC Exposure, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become
due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower. 

ARTICLE VII. 
 The
Administrative Agent 
 Each of the Lenders and each of the Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., as the “Administrative Agent” hereunder on its behalf and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of
the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. 
 The bank serving as the
Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. 

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent
shall not have 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 64 

 
any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent
is required to exercise pursuant to a written direction provided to the Administrative Agent by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in
Section 8.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the
consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 8.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful
misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible
for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in
connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document
or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the
Administrative Agent. 
 The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for
relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement
made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent
accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. 

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more
sub–agents who are appointed by the Administrative Agent and are Affiliates of the Administrative Agent or approved by the Borrower. The Administrative Agent and any such sub–agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights
and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub–agent and to the Related Parties of each Administrative Agent and any such sub–agent, and shall apply
to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. 

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the
Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 65 

 
right, with the consent of the Borrower (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such
appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an
office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and
duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable
to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 8.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of
such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub–agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent. 

Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that the extensions of credit made hereunder are commercial loans and letters of credit
and not investments in a business enterprise or securities. Each Lender further represents that it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and has, independently and without reliance upon
the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire or hold Loans hereunder.
Each Lender shall, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States
securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document
furnished hereunder or thereunder and in deciding whether or to the extent to which it will continue as a lender or assign or otherwise transfer its rights, interests and obligations hereunder. 

Certain of the Lenders and/or their Affiliates may have been designated as
“co-syndication agents”, “documentation agent”, “joint bookrunners” and “joint lead arrangers” hereunder in recognition of the level of each of their Commitments. No
such Lender or Affiliate (other than JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as the Administrative Agent) is an agent for the Lenders or the Borrower and no such Lender nor any such Affiliates (other than the Administrative Agent) shall have any obligation
hereunder other than those existing in its capacity as a Lender. Without limiting the foregoing, no such Lender nor any of its Affiliates shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Lender or the Borrower. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 66 

 ARTICLE VIII. 

Miscellaneous 

Section 8.01  Notices. 

(a)    Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by
telephone or other means, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows: 

(i)    if to the Borrower, to it at Post Office Box 757, Carthage, Missouri 64836, Attention: Senior Vice
President and Treasurer (Telecopier: (417) 358–8027) with a copy to Post Office Box 757, Carthage, Missouri 64836, Attention: Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer (Telecopier: (417) 358–8449); 

(ii)    if to the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 10 South
Dearborn, Floor L2S, Chicago, Illinois 60603-2300, Attention of Loan and Agency Services Group (Fax no. (844) 490-5663) with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 2200 Ross Avenue, Third Floor, Dallas, Texas 75201, Attention: Maria Riaz,
Telephone: 214.965.2053; Telecopy: 214.965.2044 and if such notice is a notice of a Borrowing denominated in a currency other than dollars, with a copy to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, 25 Bank Street, Canary Wharf, London E14 5JP, United Kingdom,
Attention: The Manager, Telecopy No. +44 (0) (207) 777-2360; email: loan_and_agency_london@jpmorgan.com; and 

(iii)    if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its
Administrative Questionnaire. 
 Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be
deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business
on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through Electronic Systems, to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b). 

(b)    Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or
furnished using Electronic Systems pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and
the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that
approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. 
 Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes,
(i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as
available, 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 67 

 
return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended
recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and
(ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the
recipient. 
 (c)    Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other
communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. 
 (d)    Electronic Systems.

 (i)    The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make
Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or a substantially similar Electronic System. 

(ii)    Any Electronic System used by the Administrative Agent is provided “as is” and “as
available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of such Electronic Systems and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory,
including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications
or any Electronic System. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other Person or entity
for damages of any kind, including , without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative
Agent’s transmission of communications through an Electronic System. “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of the Borrower
pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through an Electronic
System. 
 Section 8.02  Waivers; Amendments. 

(a)    No Waiver. No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender
in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right
or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative
and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 68 

 
shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or
knowledge of such Default at the time. 
 (b) Amendment.    Neither this Agreement nor any other
Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, (x) pursuant to an Increased Commitment Supplement executed in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.20(a) which only needs
to be signed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders increasing or providing new Commitments thereunder if the Increased Commitment Supplement does not increase the aggregate amount of the Commitments to an amount in excess of
$1,000,000,000 and (y) in any circumstance other than as described in clause (x), pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall
(i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder,
without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce
the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.18(b) or (c) in
a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby or change any other provision of this Agreement that provides for the ratable treatment of the Lenders, in each case, without the written consent of each Lender,
(v) subject to clause (C) of the last proviso of this provision, change any of the provisions of this Section, the definition of “Required Lenders”, Section 2.21(b) or any other provision of any Loan Document
specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder or change the definition of “Defaulting Lenders”, without, in each case, the
written consent of each Lender, and (vi) release the Borrower without the written consent of each Lender; provided further that, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein or in any Loan Document: 

(A)    no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of
the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the applicable Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, 

(B)    no such agreement shall amend or modify the provisions of Section 2.07 or
any letter of credit application and any bilateral agreement between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank regarding the Issuing Bank’s Letter of Credit Commitment or the respective rights and obligations between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank
in connection with the issuance of Letters of Credit without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, respectively, 

(C)    the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may, without the input or consent of
the Required Lenders, or any other Lender, effect amendments to 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 69 

 
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, in connection with the addition or replacement of an Issuing Bank or any
increases in an Issuing Bank’s Letter of Credit Commitment; provided that, no such agreement shall adversely alter the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Banks hereunder without the prior written consent of such
Administrative Agent and the applicable affected Issuing Bank, as the case may be, 

(D)    the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may jointly amend, modify or supplement
this Agreement or any other Loan Document to cure or correct administrative errors or omissions, any ambiguity, mistake, typographical error, omission, defect or inconsistency or to effect administrative changes, so long as such amendment,
modification or supplement does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Lender and such amendment shall become effective without any further consent of any other party to such Loan Document, and 

(E)    this Agreement may be amended with only the consent of the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent and each Term Loan Lender to effectuate the intent of Section 2.20(b) and the making of any Incremental Term Loan, including without limitation any Incremental Term Loan Amendment, waiver, consent or other amendment
to any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document necessary or advisable to effectuate any Incremental Term Loan or any provisions thereof in accordance with the terms of, or the intent of, this Agreement, including, without
limitation, to provide for “tranche voting” that will require only the requisite Lenders having Commitments under the Revolving Loan or the requisite Term Loan Lenders under the Incremental Term Loans, as the case may be, to effectuate
amendments and waivers that by their terms affect only the rights or duties of the applicable class of Lenders. Such amendment and/or waivers shall be effective when executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Term Loan Lender and
any New Lender shall become a party to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to such amendment and be deemed a “Lender” hereunder thereafter for all purposes. 

Section 8.03    Expenses; Indemnity. 

(a)     Expenses.    The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein and the preparation of the Loan
Documents, (ii) the reasonable fees of counsel to the Administrative Agent in the preparation of the Loan Documents, amendments and waivers to the Loan Documents (and any syndication thereof), (iii) all taxes (other than Excluded Taxes),
if any, upon any documents or transactions pursuant hereto, (iv) all expense and costs of collection and enforcement of remedies incurred by the Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank (including without limitation, reasonable fees, charges and
disbursements of one primary counsel to the Administrative Agent and one local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction or otherwise retained with the Borrower’s consent) if default is made in the payment of any obligations under the Loan
Documents, and (v) the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one primary counsel for the Lenders in connection with collection and enforcement of remedies if default is made in the payment of any obligations under the Loan Documents.

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 70 

 (b)    INDEMNIFICATION. THE BORROWER SHALL INDEMNIFY
EACH JOINT LEAD ARRANGER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, EACH ISSUING BANK, EACH LENDER, AND EACH RELATED PARTY OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING PERSONS (EACH SUCH PERSON BEING CALLED AN “INDEMNITEE”) AGAINST, AND HOLD EACH INDEMNITEE HARMLESS
FROM, ANY AND ALL LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LIABILITIES AND RELATED EXPENSES, INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY INDEMNITEE: 

(i)    GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION. WHICH ARE RAISED BY OR OWED TO A THIRD PARTY AND ARISE OUT OF OR
AS A RESULT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT; PROVIDED THAT SUCH INDEMNITY SHALL NOT, AS TO ANY INDEMNITEE, BE AVAILABLE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LIABILITIES OR RELATED EXPENSES ARE DETERMINED TO HAVE
RESULTED FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF SUCH INDEMNITEE OR 
 (ii)    CURRENCY
INDEMNIFICATION. ARISE OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR AS A RESULT OF THE FAILURE TO PAY ANY LOAN OR LC DISBURSEMENT DENOMINATED IN A CURRENCY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREON, IN THE CURRENCY IN WHICH SUCH LOAN WAS MADE OR APPLICABLE LETTER OF CREDIT
ISSUED, INCLUDING, IN EACH SUCH CASE, ANY LOSS OR REASONABLE EXPENSE SUSTAINED OR INCURRED OR TO BE SUSTAINED OR INCURRED BY ANY LENDER OR ANY ISSUING BANK (A) IN LIQUIDATING OR EMPLOYING DEPOSITS FROM THIRD PARTIES, OR WITH RESPECT TO
COMMITMENTS MADE OR OBLIGATIONS UNDERTAKEN WITH THIRD PARTIES, TO EFFECT OR MAINTAIN ANY LOAN OR LETTER OF CREDIT HEREUNDER OR ANY PART THEREOF, (B) IN LIQUIDATING OR CLOSING OUT ANY FOREIGN CURRENCY CONTRACT, AND (C) ARISING FROM ANY
CHANGE IN THE VALUE OF DOLLARS IN RELATION TO ANY LOAN OR LC DISBURSEMENT MADE IN ANOTHER CURRENCY. Each joint lead arranger, the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Borrower within fifteen (15) Business
Days of engaging counsel or incurring any other expense in defense of any claim that might result in an indemnified liability. 

(c)    Indemnification by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount
required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the applicable Issuing Bank or the
Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought and based on the Applicable Percentages) of such unpaid amount;
provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the applicable Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in
its capacity as such. 
 (d)     Demand Obligations. All amounts due under this Section shall be
payable not later than thirty days after written demand therefor. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 71 

 Section 8.04    Successors and Assigns. 

(a)    Benefit and Binding Effect. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise
transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or
otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors
and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of an Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit)), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related
Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement. 

(b)    Assignments. 

(i)    Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one
or more assignees (other than an Ineligible Institution) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment, participations in Letters of Credit and the Loans at the time owing to it)
with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of: 

(A)    the Borrower, provided that, the Borrower shall be deemed to have
consented to an assignment unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten Business Days after having received notice thereof; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an
assignment by a Lender: (1) to one of its own Affiliates; (2) if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to any other Lender; or (3) if an Event of Default under clauses (a), (e) or (f) of
Article VI has occurred and is continuing, to any assignee; and 

(B)    the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent
shall be required for an assignment of any Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) with a Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment; 

(C)    each Issuing Bank; and 

(D)    each Swingline Lender. 

(ii)    Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions: 

(A)    except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the
assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 72 

 
Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be
required if an Event of Default under clauses (a), (e) or (f) of Article VI has occurred and is continuing; 

(B)    each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of
all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; 

(C)    the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative
Agent (x) an Assignment and Assumption or (y) to the extent applicable, an agreement incorporating an Assignment and Assumption by reference pursuant to a Platform as to which the Administrative Agent and the parties to the Assignment and
Assumption are participants, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and 

(D)    the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative
Agent an Administrative Questionnaire. 
 For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term
“Ineligible Institution” has the following meanings: 
 “Ineligible Institution” means
(a) a natural person, (b) a Defaulting Lender or its Lender Parent, (c) a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person or relative(s) thereof or (d) the
Borrower or any of its Affiliates; provided that, such holding company, investment vehicle or trust shall not constitute an Ineligible Institution if it (x) has not been established for the primary purpose of acquiring any Loans or Commitments,
(y) is managed by a professional advisor, who is not such natural person or a relative thereof, having significant experience in the business of making or purchasing commercial loans, and (z) has assets greater than $25,000,000 and a
significant part of its activities consist of making or purchasing commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business; provided, further, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, any Person (other than a
Lender) shall be an Ineligible Institution if after giving effect to any proposed assignment to such Person, such Person would hold more than 25% of the then outstanding Total Revolving Credit Exposure or Commitments, as the case may be. 

(iii)    Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section,
from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender
under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption
covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and
8.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 73 

 
Section 8.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this
Section. 
 (iv)    The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower,
shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements
owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person
whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Issuing Bank
and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. 

(v)    Upon its receipt of (x) a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning
Lender and an assignee or (y) to the extent applicable, an agreement incorporating an Assignment and Assumption by reference pursuant to a Platform as to which the Administrative Agent and the parties to the Assignment and Assumption are
participants, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such
assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the
assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(c), 2.06(d) or (e), 2.07(b), 2.18(d) or 8.03(c) or such Lender or assignee is otherwise a Defaulting
Lender, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest
thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph. 

(c)    Participations. Any Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities
(a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld) of the Borrower but without the consent of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, provided that (A) no consent of the Borrower shall be required for a participation by a Lender:
(1) to one of its own Affiliates; (2) to any agency, department, board, governmental body or subdivision of the United States of America; (3) if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to any other Lender; or (4) if
an Event of Default under clauses (a), (e) or (f) of Article VI has occurred and is continuing, to any party; (B) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (C) such Lender shall
remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (D) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in
connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement
and to approve any amendment, modification 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 74 

 
or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any
amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 8.02(b) that affects such Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a
register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant
Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any
Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in
registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the
Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no
responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. 
 (d)    Pledge. Any Lender may at any
time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not
apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such
Lender as a party hereto. 
 Section 8.05    Survival. All covenants, agreements,
representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon
by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and
notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and
effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or
terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 8.03 and Article VII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby,
the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. 

Section 8.06    Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. ORAL AGREEMENTS OR COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 75 

 
CREDIT OR TO FOREBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT INCLUDING PROMISES TO EXTEND OR RENEW SUCH DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE. TO PROTECT THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE SWINGLINE
LENDER, EACH ISSUING BANK AND EACH LENDER FROM MISUNDERSTANDING OR DISAPPOINTMENT, ANY AGREEMENTS REACHED COVERING SUCH MATTERS ARE CONTAINED IN THIS WRITING, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY SEPARATE LETTER AGREEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO FEES PAYABLE
TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT WHICH ARE THE COMPLETE AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES, EXCEPT AS THEY MAY LATER AGREE IN WRITING TO MODIFY IT. This Agreement, the other Loan Document and any separate letter agreements with
respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject
matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when
taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a
signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. The words
“execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed
to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a
paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act,
or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that nothing herein shall require the Administrative Agent to accept electronic signatures in any form or format without its prior written consent.

 Section 8.07    Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal
or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and
the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. 

Section 8.08    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the applicable law pertaining in the State of New York, other than those conflict of law provisions that would defer to the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. This governing law election has been made by the parties in reliance (at least
in part) on Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York, as amended (as and to the extent applicable), and other applicable law. 

Section 8.09    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 76 

 
IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY
(WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF
LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. 

Section 8.10    Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein
are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement. 

Section 8.11    Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the
Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel
and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any
regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or
any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to
(i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative
transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or
(ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from
the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower and other than
information pertaining to this Agreement routinely provided by arrangers to data service providers, including league table providers, that serve the lending industry; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after
the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation
to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 77 

 Section 8.12    Maximum Interest Rate. 

(a)    No interest rate specified in any Loan Document shall at any time exceed the Maximum Rate. If at
any time the interest rate (the “Contract Rate”) for any obligation under the Loan Documents shall exceed the Maximum Rate, thereby causing the interest accruing on such obligation to be limited to the Maximum Rate, then any
subsequent reduction in the Contract Rate for such obligation shall not reduce the rate of interest on such obligation below the Maximum Rate until the aggregate amount of interest accrued on such obligation equals the aggregate amount of interest
which would have accrued on such obligation if the Contract Rate for such obligation had at all times been in effect. As used herein, the term “Maximum Rate” means, at any time with respect to any Lender, the maximum rate of
nonusurious interest under applicable law that such Lender may charge Borrower. The Maximum Rate shall be calculated in a manner that takes into account any and all fees, payments, and other charges contracted for, charged, or received in connection
with the Loan Documents that constitute interest under applicable law. Each change in any interest rate provided for herein based upon the Maximum Rate resulting from a change in the Maximum Rate shall take effect without notice to Borrower at the
time of such change in the Maximum Rate. 
 (b)    No provision of any Loan Document shall require the
payment or the collection of interest in excess of the maximum amount permitted by applicable law. If any excess of interest in such respect is hereby provided for, or shall be adjudicated to be so provided, in any Loan Document or otherwise in
connection with this loan transaction, the provisions of this Section shall govern and prevail and neither Borrower nor the sureties, guarantors, successors, or assigns of Borrower shall be obligated to pay the excess amount of such interest or any
other excess sum paid for the use, forbearance, or detention of sums loaned pursuant hereto. In the event any Lender ever receives, collects, or applies as interest any such sum, such amount which would be in excess of the maximum amount permitted
by applicable law shall be applied as a payment and reduction of the principal of the obligations outstanding hereunder, and, if the principal of the obligations outstanding hereunder has been paid in full, any remaining excess shall forthwith be
paid to the Borrower. 
 Section 8.13    USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the
requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107–56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to
obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act. 

Section 8.14    Recording of Conversations. Each Issuing Bank may electronically record
telephone conversations between itself and the Borrower solely for the limited purpose of establishing the terms and conditions regarding each Letter of Credit and each party agrees that such recordings may be submitted in evidence to a court or in
a proceeding only when the terms of a Letter of Credit are at issue. 
 Section 8.15    Issuing
Bank Funds. Each Issuing Bank agrees that any payments under the Letters of Credit issued by it will be made with the Issuing Bank’s own funds and not with funds of the Borrower; in no event shall any such payment be made from or in
reliance upon 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 78 

 
funds of any other Person. The Borrower’s reimbursement obligations under Section 2.06(e) shall not arise with respect to a Letter of Credit until payment has actually been made
by the Issuing Bank in connection with the drawing or demand for payment under the Letter of Credit. 

Section 8.16    Payment of Major Currency. This is a loan transaction in which the
specification of the applicable Major Currency is of the essence, and the stipulated currency shall in each instance be the currency of account and payment in all instances. A payment obligation in one currency hereunder (the “Original
Currency”) shall not be discharged by an amount paid in another currency (the “Other Currency”), whether pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any Other Currency or in another place except to the extent
that such tender or recovery results in the effective receipt by a party hereto of the full amount of the Original Currency payable to such party. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent, any
Issuing Bank or any Lender under any Loan Document (in this Section 8.16 called an “Entitled Person”) shall be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Entitled Person of any sum
due hereunder in the Other Currency such Entitled Person may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Original Currency with the amount of the Other Currency; and the Borrower, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such
judgment, agrees to indemnify such Entitled Person against, and to pay such Entitled Person on demand, in the Original Currency, the amount (if any) by which the sum originally due to such Entitled Person in the Original Currency hereunder exceeds
the amount of the Other Currency so purchased. 
 Section 8.17    Acknowledgement and Consent to
Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA
Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by: 

(a)    the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such
liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and 

(b)    the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable: 

(i)     a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability; 

(ii)    a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other
instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of
any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or 

(iii)    the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of
the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority. 

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 79 

 Section 8.18    Amendment and Restatement. This
Agreement constitutes an amendment and restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement and as such, except for the Indebtedness and other than obligations provided for in the Existing Credit Agreement (which Indebtedness and obligations shall survive
and be renewed and restated by the terms of this Agreement), all terms and provisions of this Agreement supersede in their entirety the terms and provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety. This Agreement is not intended as and
shall not be construed as a release or novation of any obligation. Any commitment of any Lender that it has to the Borrower under the terms of any other letter of credit reimbursement agreement in effect on the Effective Date is not terminated and
shall continue in accordance with the terms of the applicable reimbursement agreement. 
 [Signatures on Following Page.]

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Page 80 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	LEGGETT & PLATT, INCORPORATED
		
	 By:  
	 	/s/ Sheri L. Mossbeck
		 	Name: Sheri L. Mossbeck
		 	 Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Matthew C. Flanigan
		 	Name: Matthew C. Flanigan
		 	 Title: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

	
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually and as Administrative Agent
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Maria S. Riaz
		 	Name: Maria S. Riaz
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Dan Beckwith
		 	Name: Dan Beckwith
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Jerrod J. Clements
		 	Name: Jerrod J. Clements
		 	Title: Assistant Vice President
	
	THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Mark Maloney
		 	Name: Mark Maloney
		 	Title: Authorized Signatory

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Signature Page 

 
			
	SUNTRUST BANK
		
	 By:  
	 	/s/ Lisa Garling
		 	Name: Lisa Garling
		 	Title: Director
	
	PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ David Bentzinger
		 	Name: David Bentzinger
		 	Title: Senior Vice President
	
	CITIZENS BANK, N.A.
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Stephen Keelty
		 	Name: Stephen Keelty
		 	Title: SVP
	
	TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Mark Narbey
		 	Name: Mark Narbey
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	BMO HARRIS BANK, N.A.
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Matt Mayer
		 	Name: Matt Mayer
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Andrew L. Massaro
		 	Name: Andrew L. Massaro
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. NEW YORK BRANCH
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Brian Crowley
		 	Name: Brian Crowley
		 	Title: Managing Director
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Cara Younger
		 	Name: Cara Younger
		 	Title: Director

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Signature Page 

 
			
	
	SVENSKA HANDELSBANKEN AB (PUBL) NEW YORK BRANCH
		
	 By:  
	 	/s/ Mark Cleary
		 	Name: Mark Cleary
		 	Title: Senior Vice President
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Nancy D’Albert
		 	Name: Nancy D’Albert
		 	Title: Vice President
	
	BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ John P. Malloy
		 	Name: John P. Malloy
		 	Title: Senior Vice President
	
	ARVEST BANK
		
	 By:
	 	/s/ Stuart Puckett
		 	Name: Stuart Puckett
		 	Title: Loan Manager

  
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT – Signature Page 

 LIST OF SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS 

 

					
	 SCHEDULES:

			
	 Schedule 1.01
	 	–	    	Existing Letters of Credit
	 Schedule 2.01
	 	–	    	Commitments
	 Schedule 2.01A
	 	–	    	Letter of Credit Commitments
	 Schedule 5.03
	 	–	    	Borrower’s Website
	
	 EXHIBITS:

			
	 Exhibit A
	 	–	    	Form of Assignment and Assumption
	 Exhibit B
	 	–	    	Form of Opinion of Borrower’s Counsel
	 Exhibit C
	 	–	    	Form of Increased Commitment Supplement
	 Exhibit D-1
	 	--	    	Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
	 Exhibit D-2
	 	--	    	Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Lenders that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
	 Exhibit D-3
	 	--	    	Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
	 Exhibit D-4
	 	--	    	Form of U.S. Tax Certificate (For Non-U.S. Participants that are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 SCHEDULE 1.01 

TO 
 LEGGETT & PLATT,
INCORPORATED 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT 

NONE 

 SCHEDULE 2.01 

TO 
 LEGGETT & PLATT,
INCORPORATED 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

COMMITMENTS 
  

			
	
Lender
	    	Commitment
	 JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
	    	$95,000,000.00
	 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
	    	$95,000,000.00
	 U.S. Bank National Association
	    	$95,000,000.00
	 The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
	    	$60,000,000.00
	 SunTrust Bank
	    	$50,000,000.00
	 PNC Bank, National Association
	    	$50,000,000.00
	 Citizens Bank, N.A.
	    	$45,000,000.00
	 Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC
	    	$45,000,000.00
	 BMO Harris Bank, N.A.
	    	$45,000,000.00
	 Bank of America, N.A.
	    	$45,000,000.00
	 Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. New York
Branch
	    	$40,000,000.00
	 Svenska Handelsbanken AB (PUBL) New York
Branch
	    	$30,000,000.00
	 Branch Bank and Trust Company
	    	$30,000,000.00
	 Arvest Bank
	    	$25,000,000.00
	 Total
	    	$750,000,000.00        

 SCHEDULE 2.01A 

TO 
 LEGGETT & PLATT,
INCORPORATED 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENTS 
  

			
	
Lender
	    	Commitment
	 JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
	    	$33,333,333.34
	 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
	    	$33,333,333.33
	 U.S. Bank National Association
	    	$33,333,333.33
	 Total
	    	$100,000,000.00        

 SCHEDULE 5.03 

TO 
 LEGGETT & PLATT,
INCORPORATED 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

BORROWER’S WEBSITE 

http://www.leggett.com 

  

 EXHIBIT A 

TO 
 LEGGETT & PLATT,
INCORPORATED 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION 

 ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION 

This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth
below and is entered into by and between [Insert name of Assignor] (the “Assignor”) and [Insert name of Assignee] (the “Assignee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings
given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto
are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full. 

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby
irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of
the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all
of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any Letters of Credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be
assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other
documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other
claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively
as the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor. 

 

					
	 1.
	  	Assignor:	  	    
                                         
                 
			
	 2.
	  	Assignee:	  	                                      
                        
			
		  		  	[and is an Affiliate of [identify Lender]1]
			
	 3.
	  	Borrower(s):	  	Leggett & Platt, Incorporated
			
	 4.
	  	Administrative Agent:	  	 JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

			
	 5.
	  	Credit Agreement:	  	 The $750,000,000 First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 2016 among Leggett & Platt,
Incorporated, the Lenders parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto

  
  

1Select as applicable. 

	6.	 Assigned Interest: 

 

					
	 Aggregate Amount
of
 Commitment/Revolving

Loans for all Lenders
	 	 Amount of
Commitment/
 Revolving Loans

Assigned
	 	
Percentage Assigned of

Commitment/Revolving Loans2

	 $
	 	$	 	%

  

					
	 Aggregate Amount
of
 Competitive Loans of

Assignor
	 	 Amount
of
 Competitive Loans
	 	
Percentage Assigned of Competitive

Loans3

	 $
	 	$	 	%

 Effective Date:
                          , 20      [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.] 
 The terms set forth in this Assignment and
Assumption are hereby agreed to: 
  

					
	 ASSIGNOR
  

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:	 	 
		 	Title:                                   
                                     

  

					
	 ASSIGNEE
  

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:	 	 
		 	Title:                                   
                                     

  
  

2Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders
thereunder. 
 3Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Competitive
Loans of the Assignor. 

							
	 [Consented to and]4 Accepted:

 
 JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

			
	By:	 		 	                                    
                                  
		 		 	Name:                                   
                         
		 		 	Title:                                   
                           

  

							
	 [Consented to:]5

 
 Leggett & Platt, Incorporated

			
	By:	 		 	                                    
                                  
		 		 	Name:                                   
                         
		 		 	Title:                                   
                           

  
  

4To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of
the Credit Agreement. 
 5To be added only if the consent of the Borrower is required by
the terms of the Credit Agreement. 

 ANNEX 1 

Leggett & Platt, Incorporated 

First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION 

1.         Representations and Warranties. 

1.1         Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that
(i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action
necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in
connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of
the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their
respective obligations under any Loan Document. 
 1.2.         Assignee.
The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to
become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and
after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the
Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.03 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and
(v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that
(i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender. 

2.         Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative
Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts
which have accrued from and after the Effective Date. 
 3.         General
Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which
together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment 

  
 STANDARD TERMS AND
CONDITIONS TO THE ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION, 
 Page 1 

 
and Assumption by telecopy or other electronic communication shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, other than those conflict of law provisions that would defer to the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. This governing law election has been made by the
parties in reliance (at least in part) on Section 5–1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York, as amended (as and to the extent applicable), and other applicable law. 

  
 STANDARD TERMS AND
CONDITIONS TO THE ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION, 
 Page 2 

 EXHIBIT B 

TO 
 LEGGETT & PLATT,
INCORPORATED 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE BORROWER 

[Effective Date] 
 To the Lenders
and the Administrative 
             Agent Referred to Below 

c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as 

            Administrative Agent 

2200 Ross Avenue, Third Floor 

Dallas, Texas 75201 
 Dear Sirs:

 I refer to the First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 2016 (the “Credit
Agreement”), among Leggett & Platt, Incorporated, a Missouri corporation (the “Borrower”), the banks and other financial institutions identified therein as Lenders, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. 
 As Senior Vice President and General
Counsel of the Borrower, I have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates or statements of public officials and officers of the Borrower and other
documents, records and instruments and have conducted such other investigations of fact and law as I have deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of this opinion. I have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal competence and capacity
of natural persons, the authenticity of documents submitted to me as originals and the conformity with authentic original documents of all documents submitted to me as copies. 

When relevant facts were not independently established, I have relied without independent investigation as to matters of fact
upon statements of governmental officials and upon representations made in or pursuant to the Loan Documents and certificates and statements of appropriate representatives of the Borrower. 

Upon the basis of the foregoing and subject to the limitation of this letter, I am of the opinion that: 

1.         The Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of Missouri. 
 2.         The execution, delivery and
performance of the Loan Documents are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. The Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitute legal, valid
and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general
principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. 

 3.       The execution, delivery and performance of
the Loan Documents by the Borrower (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority with respect to the Borrower, except such as may be required by the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, (b) will not violate any law or regulation applicable to the Borrower or the charter, by–laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any order of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Borrower,
(c) to the best of my actual knowledge, will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by
the Borrower, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower. 

4.       Except as disclosed in Borrower’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-K filed
February 25, 2016, there are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the best of my actual knowledge, overtly threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries (a) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) that
involve the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. 
 5.       Neither the Borrower nor
any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940. 

For the purposes of this opinion, I have assumed that you are lawfully organized and existing banking associations, having
all requisite power and authority and having taken all corporate or other action necessary to execute and deliver the instruments to which you are a party and to effect the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents. I have also assumed that
you have duly executed the Credit Agreement and that the Credit Agreement is a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of yours. 

My opinion expressed in paragraph 1 above, to the extent it relates to the legal existence and good standing of the Company
in Missouri, is based solely on a confirmation of good standing obtained from the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Missouri and is limited accordingly. 

I express no opinion as to the enforceability of any provision in any of the Loan Documents purporting or attempting to
(A) confer exclusive jurisdiction and/or venue upon certain courts or otherwise waive the defenses of forum non conveniens or improper venue or (B) confer subject matter jurisdiction on a court not having independent grounds
therefore or (C) modify or waive the requirements for effective service of process for any action that may be brought or (D) waive the right of the Borrower and any other person to a trial by jury or (E) provide that remedies are
cumulative or that decisions by a party are conclusive or (F) modify or waive the rights to notice, legal defenses, statutes of limitations or other benefits that cannot be waived under applicable law. 

I am a member of the bar of the State of Missouri and the foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Missouri
and the Federal laws of the United States of America. For purposes of the opinion expressed in paragraph 2 above, we have assumed with your consent that the laws of the State of New York do not differ from the laws of Missouri in any manner
that would render such opinion incorrect. This opinion is rendered solely to you in connection with the above matter. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or relied upon by any other Person (other than your successors and
assigns as Lenders and Persons that acquire participations in your Loans) without my prior written consent. 

 I am a stockholder and full-time employee and officer of the Borrower. 

 

	
	 Very truly yours,

	
	   

	 John Moore

	 Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 EXHIBIT C 

TO 
 LEGGETT & PLATT,
INCORPORATED 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

INCREASE COMMITMENT SUPPLEMENT 

 INCREASED COMMITMENT SUPPLEMENT 

This INCREASED COMMITMENT SUPPLEMENT (this “Supplement”) is dated as of
            ,         and entered into by and among Leggett & Platt, Incorporated, a Missouri corporation (the
“Borrower”), each of the banks or other lending institutions which is a signatory hereto (the “Lenders”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as agent for itself and the other lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors in
such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), and is made with reference to that certain First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 2016 (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the
Borrower, certain lenders and the Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein as set forth in the Credit Agreement. 

RECITALS 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower and the Lenders are entering into
this Increased Commitment Supplement to provide for the increase of the aggregate Commitments; 
 WHEREAS, each
Lender [party hereto and already a party to the Credit Agreement] wishes to increase its Commitment [, and each Lender, to the extent not already a Lender party to the Credit Agreement (herein a “New Lender”), wishes to become a
Lender party to the Credit Agreement];6 
 WHEREAS, the
Lenders are willing to agree to supplement the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in
consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

Section 1.     Increase in Commitments. Effective as of the date hereof, each Lender severally
agrees that its Commitment shall be increased to [or in the case of a New Lender, shall be] the amount set forth opposite its name on the signature pages hereof. 

Section 2.     [New Lenders. Each New Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy
of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements of the Borrower delivered under Section 5.03 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Supplement; (ii) agrees that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it
has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Supplement; (iii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and
based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take
such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental
thereto; and (v) agrees that it is a “Lender” under the Credit Agreement and will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

  
  

6Bracketed alternatives should be included if there are New Banks. 

 Section 3.        
Representations and Warranties. In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Supplement and to supplement the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein, Borrower represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and each Lender that
(a) the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Loan Documents are and will be true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the effective date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of
that date and for that purpose, this Supplement shall be deemed to be a Loan Document, and (b) no event has occurred and is continuing or will result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Supplement that would
constitute a Default. 
 Section 4.         Effect of Supplement. The
terms and provisions set forth in this Supplement shall modify and supersede all inconsistent terms and provisions set forth in the Credit Agreement and except as expressly modified and superseded by this Supplement, the terms and provisions of the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect. The Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party hereto agree that the Credit Agreement as supplemented hereby and the
other Loan Documents shall continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. Any and all agreements, documents, or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or
pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement as supplemented hereby, are hereby amended so that any reference in such documents to the Agreement shall mean a reference to the Agreement as supplemented hereby. 

Section 5.         Applicable Law. This Supplement shall be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the applicable law pertaining in the State of New York, other than those conflict of law provisions that would defer to the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. This governing law election has been made by the
parties in reliance (at least in part) on Section 5–1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York, as amended (as and to the extent applicable), and other applicable law. 

Section 6.         Counterparts, Effectiveness. This Supplement may be
executed in any number of counterparts, by different parties hereto in separate counterparts and on telecopy or other electronically reproduced counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same
document. This Supplement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. 

Section 7.         ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS SUPPLEMENT EMBODIES THE FINAL,
ENTIRE AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDE ANY AND ALL PREVIOUS COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE
CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO. ORAL AGREEMENTS OR COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND
CREDIT OR TO FOREBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT INCLUDING PROMISES TO EXTEND OR RENEW SUCH DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE. TO PROTECT THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS FROM MISUNDERSTANDING OR DISAPPOINTMENT, ANY AGREEMENTS
REACHED COVERING SUCH MATTERS ARE CONTAINED IN THIS WRITING, WHICH IS THE COMPLETE AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES, EXCEPT AS THEY MAY LATER AGREE IN WRITING TO MODIFY IT. 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplement to be
duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above. 
  

					
	 Leggett & Platt, Incorporated

		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Name:
	 	 
		 	 Title:
	 	 

  

					
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Name:
	 	 
		 	 Title:
	 	 

 New Total Commitment: 

$                       
              

					
	 JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as the Administrative Agent

		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Name:
	 	 
		 	 Title:
	 	 

$                       
              

					
	 [Lender]

		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Name:
	 	 
		 	 Title:
	 	 

$                       
              

					
	 [NEW LENDER]

		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Name:
	 	 
		 	 Title:
	 	 

 EXHIBIT D-1 

TO 
 LEGGETT & PLATT,
INCORPORATED 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

[FORM OF]  
 U.S. TAX
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

 [FORM OF] 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 

Reference is hereby made to the First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 2016 (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) by and among Leggett & Platt, Incorporated, a Missouri corporation (the “Borrower”), each of the banks or other lending institutions which is
a signatory hereto (the “Lenders”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as agent for itself and the other Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”). 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is
the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any promissory note evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the
Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in
Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code. 
 The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a
certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform
the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which
each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. 
 Unless
otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement. 
  

 

			
	 [NAME OF LENDER]

		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

 Date:             
    , 20[   ] 

 EXHIBIT D-2 

TO 
 LEGGETT & PLATT,
INCORPORATED 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

[FORM OF]  
 U.S. TAX
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

 [FORM OF] 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 

Reference is hereby made to the First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 2016 (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) by and among Leggett & Platt, Incorporated, a Missouri corporation (the “Borrower”), each of the banks or other lending institutions which is
a signatory hereto (the “Lenders”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as agent for itself and the other Lenders. 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is
the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of
the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code. 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E
or IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have
at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them
in the Credit Agreement. 
  

			
	 [NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

 Date:                  , 20[
  ] 

 EXHIBIT D-3 

TO 
 LEGGETT & PLATT,
INCORPORATED 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

[FORM OF]  
 U.S. TAX
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

 [FORM OF] 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 

Reference is hereby made to the First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 2016 (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) by and among Leggett & Platt, Incorporated, a Missouri corporation (the “Borrower”), each of the banks or other lending institutions which is
a signatory hereto (the “Lenders”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as agent for itself and the other Lenders. 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is
the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation,
neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the
Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled
foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code. 
 The undersigned has
furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an
IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that
(1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective
certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them
in the Credit Agreement. 
  

			
	 [NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

		
	 By:
	 	
		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

 Date:                  ,
20[   ] 

 EXHIBIT D-4 

TO 
 LEGGETT & PLATT,
INCORPORATED 
 FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

[FORM OF]  
 U.S. TAX
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

 [FORM OF] 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes) 

Reference is hereby made to the First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 2016 (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) by and among Leggett & Platt, Incorporated, a Missouri corporation (the “Borrower”), each of the banks or other lending institutions which is
a signatory hereto (the “Lenders”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as agent for itself and the other Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”). 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is
the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any promissory note evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as
well as any promissory note evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a
bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent
shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in
Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code. 
 The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS
Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form
W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes,
the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective
certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments. 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them
in the Credit Agreement. 
  

			
	 [NAME OF LENDER]

		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

 Date:                  ,
20[   ]EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

 
 CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS,
LLC, 
 as Issuer, 
 and 

CORPUS CHRISTI LIQUEFACTION, LLC, 

CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI PIPELINE, L.P., and 

CORPUS CHRISTI PIPELINE GP, LLC, 

as Guarantors, 
 AND EACH
GUARANTOR THAT MAY BECOME PARTY HERETO 
  
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
May 18, 2016 
  
  

The Bank of New York Mellon 

Trustee 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	13.03
	       (c)
	  	13.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)
	  	10.05
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06; 10.05; 13.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03; 13.02; 13.05
	       (b)
	  	10.04
	       (c)(1)
	  	13.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	13.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	10.05; 10.06; 10.07
	       (e)
	  	13.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05; 12.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	2.12
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	13.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	13.01

  
 N.A. means
not applicable. 
  

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 Article 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	  
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02
	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	31	  
	 Section 1.03
	 	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	32	  
	 Section 1.04
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	32	  
		
	 Article 2 THE NOTES
	  	 	34	  
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	 Form and Dating.
	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.02
	 	 Execution and Authentication.
	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.03
	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent; Depositary.
	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.04
	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
	  	 	37	  
	 Section 2.05
	 	 Holder Lists.
	  	 	37	  
	 Section 2.06
	 	 Transfer and Exchange.
	  	 	37	  
	 Section 2.07
	 	 Replacement Notes.
	  	 	52	  
	 Section 2.08
	 	 Outstanding Notes.
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 2.09
	 	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 2.10
	 	 Temporary Notes.
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 2.11
	 	 Cancellation.
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 2.12
	 	 Defaulted Interest.
	  	 	54	  
		
	 Article 3 REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO PURCHASE NOTES
	  	 	54	  
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	 Notices to Trustee.
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 3.02
	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 3.03
	 	 Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 3.04
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	56	  
	 Section 3.05
	 	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.
	  	 	56	  
	 Section 3.06
	 	 Notes Redeemed in Part.
	  	 	57	  
	 Section 3.07
	 	 Optional Redemption.
	  	 	57	  
	 Section 3.08
	 	 Open Market Purchases; No Mandatory Redemption or Sinking Fund
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 3.09
	 	 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds, Excess Loss Proceeds, PLD Excess Proceeds
and LNG SPA Mandatory Offer Amount.
	  	 	58	  
		
	 Article 4 COVENANTS
	  	 	60	  
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	 Payment of Notes.
	  	 	60	  
	 Section 4.02
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	 	61	  
	 Section 4.03
	 	 Reporting Requirements.
	  	 	61	  
	 Section 4.04
	 	 Compliance Certificate.
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 4.05
	 	 Taxes.
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 4.06
	 	 Restricted Payments.
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 4.07
	 	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 4.08
	 	 Limitation on Indebtedness.
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 4.09
	 	 Incurrence of Senior Debt.
	  	 	67	  

  
 i 

							
	 Section 4.10
	 	 Permitted Development Expenditures.
	  	 	70	  
	 Section 4.11
	 	 Expansions.
	  	 	70	  
	 Section 4.12
	 	 Asset Sales.
	  	 	73	  
	 Section 4.13
	 	 Transactions with Affiliates.
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 4.14
	 	 Liens.
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 4.15
	 	 Nature of Business.
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 4.16
	 	 Maintenance of Existence.
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 4.17
	 	 Change of Control.
	  	 	77	  
	 Section 4.18
	 	 Limitation on Investments and Loans.
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 4.19
	 	 Events of Loss.
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 4.20
	 	 Performance Liquidated Damages.
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 4.21
	 	 LNG SPA Mandatory Offer.
	  	 	81	  
	 Section 4.22
	 	 Access.
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 4.23
	 	 Insurance.
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 4.24
	 	 Compliance with Law.
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 4.25
	 	 Limitation on Guarantees.
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 4.26
	 	 Material Project Agreements.
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 4.27
	 	 Customary Lifting and Balancing Arrangements
	  	 	86	  
	 Section 4.28
	 	 Sharing of Project Facilities.
	  	 	86	  
	 Section 4.29
	 	 LNG SPA Maintenance.
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 4.30
	 	 Amendment of LNG SPAs.
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 4.31
	 	 Sale of Supplemental Quantities.
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 4.32
	 	 Export Authorizations.
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 4.33
	 	 FERC Order.
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 4.34
	 	 Hedging Arrangements.
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 4.35
	 	 Project Construction; Maintenance of Properties.
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 4.36
	 	 Maintenance of Liens.
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 4.37
	 	 Credit Rating Agencies.
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 4.38
	 	 Additional Note Guarantees.
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 4.39
	 	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	92	  
	 Section 4.40
	 	 Separateness.
	  	 	92	  
	 Section 4.41
	 	 Use of Proceeds.
	  	 	94	  
	 Section 4.42
	 	 Payments for Consents.
	  	 	94	  
	 Section 4.43
	 	 Changes in Covenants when Notes Rated Investment Grade
	  	 	94	  
		
	 Article 5 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	95	  
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	 Merger, Liquidation, Sale of All Assets.
	  	 	95	  
	 Section 5.02
	 	 Successor Corporation Substituted.
	  	 	96	  
		
	 Article 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	97	  
			
	 Section 6.01
	 	 Events of Default.
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 6.02
	 	 Declaration of Declared Event of Default
	  	 	101	  
	 Section 6.03
	 	 Acceleration.
	  	 	101	  
	 Section 6.04
	 	 Waivers of Defaults and Acceleration
	  	 	101	  
	 Section 6.05
	 	 Remedies of Holders.
	  	 	102	  
	 Section 6.06
	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	102	  

  
 ii 

							
	 Section 6.07
	 	 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	 	102	  
	 Section 6.08
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee.
	  	 	103	  
	 Section 6.09
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	  	 	103	  
	 Section 6.10
	 	 Priorities.
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 6.11
	 	 Undertaking for Costs.
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 6.12
	 	 Applicability of the CSAA
	  	 	104	  
		
	 Article 7 TRUSTEE
	  	 	105	  
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	 Duties of Trustee.
	  	 	105	  
	 Section 7.02
	 	 Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	106	  
	 Section 7.03
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 7.04
	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 7.05
	 	 Notice of Defaults.
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 7.06
	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders.
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 7.07
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity.
	  	 	109	  
	 Section 7.08
	 	 Replacement of Trustee.
	  	 	110	  
	 Section 7.09
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	111	  
	 Section 7.10
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification.
	  	 	111	  
	 Section 7.11
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	  	 	111	  
	 Section 7.12
	 	 Authorization to Enter Into Accession Agreement.
	  	 	111	  
	 Section 7.13
	 	 Trustee Protective Provisions.
	  	 	112	  
		
	 Article 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	112	  
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	112	  
	 Section 8.02
	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
	  	 	112	  
	 Section 8.03
	 	 Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	113	  
	 Section 8.04
	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	113	  
	 Section 8.05
	 	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions.
	  	 	114	  
	 Section 8.06
	 	 Repayment to Company.
	  	 	115	  
	 Section 8.07
	 	 Reinstatement.
	  	 	115	  
		
	 Article 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	116	  
			
	 Section 9.01
	 	 Without Consent of Holders.
	  	 	116	  
	 Section 9.02
	 	 With Consent of Holders.
	  	 	117	  
	 Section 9.03
	 	 Decisions under Other Finance Documents.
	  	 	119	  
	 Section 9.04
	 	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
	  	 	120	  
	 Section 9.05
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
	  	 	120	  
	 Section 9.06
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
	  	 	120	  
	 Section 9.07
	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	120	  
		
	 Article 10 COLLATERAL AND SECURITY
	  	 	121	  
			
	 Section 10.01
	 	 Security.
	  	 	121	  
	 Section 10.02
	 	 Security Documents.
	  	 	121	  
	 Section 10.03
	 	 Collateral.
	  	 	121	  
	 Section 10.04
	 	 Release of Security Interests.
	  	 	122	  

  
 iii 

							
	 Section 10.05
	 	 Release of Collateral.
	  	 	123	  
	 Section 10.06
	 	 Certificates of the Company.
	  	 	123	  
	 Section 10.07
	 	 Certificates of the Trustee.
	  	 	123	  
	 Section 10.08
	 	 Termination of Security Interest.
	  	 	124	  
		
	 Article 11 NOTE GUARANTEES
	  	 	124	  
			
	 Section 11.01
	 	 Note Guarantee.
	  	 	124	  
	 Section 11.02
	 	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
	  	 	125	  
	 Section 11.03
	 	 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee Notation.
	  	 	125	  
	 Section 11.04
	 	 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
	  	 	126	  
	 Section 11.05
	 	 Releases.
	  	 	127	  
		
	 Article 12 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 	128	  
			
	 Section 12.01
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge.
	  	 	128	  
	 Section 12.02
	 	 Application of Trust Money.
	  	 	129	  
		
	 Article 13 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	130	  
			
	 Section 13.01
	 	 Trust Indenture Act Controls.
	  	 	130	  
	 Section 13.02
	 	 Notices.
	  	 	130	  
	 Section 13.03
	 	 Communication by Holders with Other Holders.
	  	 	132	  
	 Section 13.04
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	  	 	132	  
	 Section 13.05
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
	  	 	132	  
	 Section 13.06
	 	 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
	  	 	132	  
	 Section 13.07
	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
	  	 	133	  
	 Section 13.08
	 	 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction.
	  	 	133	  
	 Section 13.09
	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
	  	 	134	  
	 Section 13.10
	 	 Successors.
	  	 	134	  
	 Section 13.11
	 	 Severability.
	  	 	134	  
	 Section 13.12
	 	 Counterpart Originals.
	  	 	134	  
	 Section 13.13
	 	 Trustee’s Receipt of Funds to the Extent not Required to be Applied to Payment of the
Notes
	  	 	134	  
	 Section 13.14
	 	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	134	  

  
 iv 

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 Exhibit A-1
	  	 FORM OF NOTE

	 Exhibit A-2
	  	 FORM OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

	 Exhibit B
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	 Exhibit C
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

	 Exhibit D
	  	 FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

	 Exhibit E
	  	 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

	 Exhibit F
	  	 ADDITIONAL NOTES AND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES

	 Exhibit G
	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

	 Exhibit H
	  	 FORM OF CSAA AMENDMENT

	 Exhibit I
	  	 FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

  
 v 

 INDENTURE dated as of May 18, 2016 among Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company (the “Company”), Corpus Christi Liquefaction, LLC (“CCL”), Cheniere Corpus Christi Pipeline, L.P. (“CCP”), Corpus Christi Pipeline GP, LLC (“CCP GP”) and
any other Guarantors (as defined herein) that may become a party hereto from time to time, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. 

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders (as defined herein) of Notes (as defined herein). 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY
REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 

“Abandonment” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Acceptable Bank” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Acceptable Debt Service Reserve LC” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Acceptable Rating Agency” means S&P, Fitch, Moody’s, or any other “nationally recognized statistical rating
organization” registered with the SEC, including any successor to S&P, Fitch or Moody’s. 
 “Account Bank”
has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Additional Interest” means all liquidated damages then owing
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes” means Notes (other than the Initial Notes and Exchange
Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01(d) and Exhibit F. 
 “Additional Proceeds
Prepayment Account” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Additional Senior Debt” has the
meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Affiliate” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 

“Applicable Law” means, except as the context may otherwise require, all applicable laws (including common law), rules,
regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any Governmental Authority. 

  
 1 

 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or
for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 
  

	 	(a)	the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Section 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.12; and 

  

	 	(b)	the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 

 

	 	(i)	any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $50,000,000; 

  

	 	(ii)	a transfer of assets between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(iii)	dispositions in compliance with any applicable court or governmental order; 

  

	 	(iv)	an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to any other Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(v)	the sale, lease or other disposition of (A) products, services, inventory or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business or (B) obsolete, superfluous or replaced assets, or assets that are not, or
cease to be, necessary for the construction and operation of the Development; 

  

	 	(vi)	the sale, transfer or other disposition of cash or Authorized Investments; 

  

	 	(vii)	the settlement, release, waiver or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business or a grant of a Lien not prohibited by this Indenture; 

 

	 	(viii)	a Restricted Payment made in accordance with this Indenture, a Permitted Investment or a Permitted Payment; 

  

	 	(ix)	the sale or other disposition of LNG (or other commercial products); 

  

	 	(x)	the sale of Gas in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(xi)	the sale or other disposition of Permitted Investments; 

  
 2 

	 	(xii)	the sale of liquefaction and other services in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(xiii)	the sale of any LNG related to additional liquefaction trains developed by the Company; 

  

	 	(xiv)	the transfer or novation of Permitted Hedging Instruments in accordance with the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(xv)	conveyance of gas interconnection or metering facilities to gas transmission companies and conveyance of electricity substations to electricity providers pursuant to its electricity purchase arrangements for operating
the Project Facilities; 

  

	 	(xvi)	any transaction or series of transactions permitted by Section 4.27 or Section 4.28; 

  

	 	(xvii)	any single transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to the terms of an agreement existing on the Notes Issue Date; and 

 

	 	(xviii)	sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights pursuant to Sharing Arrangements permitted by Section 4.28. 

“Authorized Investments” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Authorized Officer” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Bankruptcy” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Bankruptcy Code” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and any other state or federal insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Base Committed Quantity” means not less than 398,697,500 MMBtu per annum, being the
quantity of LNG contracted to be sold at plateau production pursuant to the Initial LNG SPAs as at the Notes Issue Date; provided, in each case, that following the full payment of the required amount upon any LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment
and/or LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, the Base Committed Quantity will be reduced to the quantity of LNG contracted to be sold at plateau production pursuant to the Qualifying LNG SPAs used to calculate the amount of Senior Debt that the Company is not
required to repay upon an Indenture LNG SPA Prepayment Event under Section 4.21; provided further that upon incurrence of any Expansion Senior Debt, the Base Committed Quantity shall be increased to take into account the quantity
of LNG contracted to be sold at plateau production pursuant to the Qualifying LNG SPAs that have been taken into account in order to incur such Expansion Senior Debt, with such increase becoming effective at financial close of such Expansion Senior
Debt. 
 “Bechtel” means Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. 

  
 3 

 “Board of Directors” means: 

 

	 	(a)	with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; 

 

	 	(b)	with respect to a partnership, the board of directors, members or managers of the general partner of the partnership; 

  

	 	(c)	with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or managers or any controlling committee of managing members or managers thereof; and 

 

	 	(d)	with respect to any other Person, the board, managers or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 

“Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Business Day” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Business Interruption Insurance Proceeds” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Calculation Date” means the last day of the month immediately preceding the date on which a Restricted Payment is made. 

“Calculation Period” means, on any Calculation Date, for purposes of calculating Historical DSCR or Projected Fixed DSCR in
connection with a Restricted Payment: 
  

	 	(a)	in the case of Historical DSCR, the period commencing 12 months prior to, and ending on, the applicable Calculation Date; provided that prior to the first anniversary of Substantial Completion of Train Two under
the EPC Contract (T1/T2), the Calculation Period shall mean the period beginning on the first day of the first full month following Substantial Completion of Train Two under EPC Contract (T1/T2), and ending on the Calculation Date; and

  

	 	(b)	in the case of Projected Fixed DSCR, the period commencing on the first day after the applicable Calculation Date through the following 12 month period (with such ratio being calculated on a pro forma basis
giving effect to such Restricted Payment). 

 “Capital Stock” means: 

 

	 	(a)	in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation; 

  
 4 

	 	(b)	in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 

 

	 	(c)	in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited or membership interests (however designated)); and 

 

	 	(d)	any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person; 

provided that any instrument evidencing Indebtedness convertible or exchangeable into Capital Stock, whether or not such instrument includes any right
of participation with Capital Stock, shall not be deemed to be Capital Stock unless and until such instrument is so converted or exchanged. 

“Cash Flow” means, with respect to any period, all funds received or, as applicable in the relevant context, projected to be
received by the Obligors during such period, including: 
  

	 	(a)	fees and other amounts received by CCL under the LNG SPAs; 

  

	 	(b)	earnings on funds held in the Secured Accounts (excluding interest and investment earnings that accrue on the amounts on deposit in any of the Senior Debt Service Reserve Account or any account established to prefund
interest on any Senior Debt, if any, in any case, that are not transferred to the Revenue Account pursuant to the CSAA); 

  

	 	(c)	any amounts deposited in the Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds Account to the extent applied to the payment of Operation and Maintenance Expenses or Project Costs in accordance with Article 5 of the CSAA;

  

	 	(d)	all cash paid to the Obligors during such period as Business Interruption Insurance Proceeds; 

  

	 	(e)	proceeds from the transfer, sale or disposition of assets or rights of the Obligors in the ordinary course of business in accordance with Section 12.17 of the Common Terms Agreement (other than as set forth
in sub-clause (iii) below) to the extent such proceeds have been or will be used to pay Operation and Maintenance Expenses; 

  

	 	(f)	amounts paid under any Material Project Agreement; 

  

	 	(g)	amounts received under Permitted Hedging Instruments other than in respect of interest rates; 

  

	 	(h)	 solely with respect to calculation of Historical DSCR, (I) all cash paid to the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries during the applicable period from any direct or indirect owner of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries by way of equity contribution or Subordinated Debt (as permitted pursuant to the terms of

  
 5 

	 	
the Senior Debt Instruments then in effect) and (II) in the case of the first Restricted Payment made after the expiry or termination of any period during which the making of Restricted Payments
has been restricted, any cash then on deposit in the Secured Accounts (without double counting any other amounts of Cash Flow taken into account in the calculation of the Historical DSCR); and 

 

	 	(i)	with respect to calculation of Projected Fixed DSCR for any purpose other than such calculation under Section 4.06(b), any cash projected to be on deposit in the Secured Accounts at the commencement of the
such period as a result of a restriction on making of Restricted Payments applicable prior to such period; 

 but excluding,
in each case: 
  

	 	(i)	all amounts required to be deposited in the Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds Account used to reimburse Equity Funding; 

  

	 	(ii)	proceeds of third-party liability insurance; 

  

	 	(iii)	proceeds from the sale, lease or other disposition of obsolete, superfluous or replaced assets, or assets that are not, or cease to be, necessary for the construction and operation of the Development, as described in
sub-clause (B) of clause (v) under the definition of “Asset Sale” hereunder and dispositions of Project Property if an Obligor replaces such Project Property within 180 days following such disposition or has obtained a commitment
to replace such Project Property within 180 days following such disposition and replaces such Project Property within 270 days following such disposition; and 

  

	 	(iv)	proceeds of Senior Debt and other Indebtedness (and corresponding amounts received by the Obligors pursuant to any guarantees) permitted by this Indenture in Section 4.08 other than amounts received under
Permitted Hedging Instruments included under clause (g) above; and 

  

	 	(v)	except as provided in clause (h) above, Equity Funding received from Cheniere or any direct or indirect holders of equity interests of the Company; and any cash deposited into the Additional Proceeds Prepayment
Account. 

 “Cash Flow Available for Debt Service” means for any period, the amount that is equal to
(a) Cash Flow minus (b) Operation and Maintenance Expenses, in each case for such period; provided that Operation and Maintenance Expenses included in the calculation of Historical DSCR and Projected Fixed DSCR will exclude
(i) that portion of Operation and Maintenance Expenses arising prior to the Project Completion Date that are Project Costs and, in the case of an Expansion, arising prior to the completion date of such Expansion and that are pre-completion
project costs of such Expansion, (ii) that portion of Operation and Maintenance Expenses that are Required Capital Expenditures and (iii) Operation and Maintenance Expenses arising from and after the Project Completion Date or the
completion date of an Expansion, as applicable, relating to expenditure on items that were, as of the Project Completion Date or the completion date of 

  
 6 

 
such Expansion, as applicable, outstanding or punch list items under the EPC Contract (T1/T2) or Expansion engineering, procurement and/or construction contract that are paid out of Senior Debt
or Equity Funding. 
 “Catastrophic Casualty Event” means any Event of Loss where Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation
Proceeds are received in an aggregate amount for a single loss or related series of losses exceeding $500,000,000. 
 “CCL”
has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. 
 “CCP” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. 

“CCP Construction Contract” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“CCP GP” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. 

“CCP Pipeline Precedent Agreement” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“CEI Equity Contribution Agreement” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Change of Control” means the Sponsor and its Affiliates together (a) at any time prior to the Project Completion Date
shall fail to own, directly or indirectly in the aggregate, more than 50% of the equity ownership interests in the Company, or control, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power of the Company, or (b) on or
following the Project Completion Date shall fail to control, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power in the Company. 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control; provided that, on and following the
Project Completion Date, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Company shall have received letters from any two Acceptable Rating Agencies (or if only one Acceptable Rating Agency is then rating the Notes, the Company shall
have received a letter from that Acceptable Rating Agency) to the effect that the Acceptable Rating Agency has considered the contemplated Change of Control and that, if such event occurs, such Acceptable Rating Agency would reaffirm the then
current rating of the Notes as of the date of such event. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“CMI (UK) LNG SPAs” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“CMI Export Authorization Letter” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Collateral” means any property right or interest subject to a Security Interest. 

“Common Terms Agreement” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

  
 7 

 “Company” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. 

“Condemnation Proceeds” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Constitutional Documents” means certificates of formation, limited liability company agreements, partnership agreements,
certificates of incorporation, bylaws or any similar entity organizational or constitutive document. 
 “Construction
Account” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Continuing” (including, with its
corresponding meaning, the terms “Continuance” and “Continuation”) means: 
  

	 	(a)	with respect to a Declared Event of Default, that such default has occurred without the need for declaration, or been declared by the Trustee in conformity with the requirements of this Indenture, and no Cessation
Notice shall have been given with respect thereto; 

  

	 	(b)	with respect to any Unmatured Event of Default, that such unmatured default has occurred and has not been waived or cured; and 

  

	 	(c)	with respect to any Event of Default, that such event of default has occurred and has not been declared, waived or cured. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business in
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania shall be principally administered, which office as of the date of this instrument is located at the address specified in Section 13.02, except that with respect to presentation of Notes for payment or for registration
of transfer or exchange, such term shall mean the office or agency of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate agency business shall be conducted, which office at the date of this instrument is located at 101 Barclay Street, New
York, New York 10286; Attention: Corporate Trust Division - Corporate Finance Unit, or, in the case of any of such offices or agency, such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company. 

“Corpus Christi Pipeline” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Corpus Christi Terminal Facility” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Covered Modification” means any modification, consent or waiver under any Finance Document requiring the vote of the
Indenture Trustee as a Senior Creditor Group Representative, including, for the avoidance of doubt, those set forth in Section 7.2(a), Section 7.2(b), and Section 7.2(c) of the CSAA. 

“CSAA” means the Common Security and Account Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2015, among the Company as the Borrower, the
Guarantors, each Senior Creditor Group Representative on its own behalf and on behalf of the relevant Senior Creditor Group, the Intercreditor Agent, the Security Trustee and the Account Bank. 

  
 8 

 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global
form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Date of First Commercial Delivery” has the meaning given in the applicable LNG
SPA. 
 “Decision” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof, issued in accordance with
Section 2.06, and, in the case of Initial Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means a common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream. 

“Development” means the financing, development, acquisition, ownership, occupation, construction, equipping, testing, repair,
operation, maintenance and use of the Project Facilities and the purchase, storage and sale of Gas and the storage and sale of LNG, the export of LNG from the Project Facilities (and, if the Company so elects, the import of LNG to the extent any
Obligor has all necessary Permits therefor), the transportation of Gas to the Project Facilities by third parties, and the sale of other services or other products or by-products of the Project Facilities and all activities incidental thereto, in
each case in accordance with the Transaction Documents. “Develop” and “Developed” shall have corresponding meanings. For the avoidance of doubt, any Trains other than Train One and Train Two shall not be part of the
Development and any facilities related thereto shall not be part of the Project Facilities for purposes of the Finance Documents unless and until the development of such other Trains has been undertaken pursuant to an Expansion otherwise permitted
under the Finance Documents. 
 “Development Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of all expenditures
of the Obligors payable during such period that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “purchase of property, plant and equipment” or similar items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Obligors. 

“Direct Agreements” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms
of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the requirements of Section 4.06. The amount of
Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Obligors may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such
Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 

  
 9 

 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was
formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company. 

“EIG Note Purchase Agreement” means the amended and restated note purchase agreement, dated as of March 1, 2015, by and
among Cheniere CCH HoldCo II, LLC, as issuer, Cheniere Energy, Inc., as Parent (and solely for the purposes of agreeing to Article 9 thereof), EIG Management Company, LLC, as administrative agent, the Bank of New York Mellon, as collateral agent,
and certain other parties thereto. 
 “El Campesino Contingent LNG SPA” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the
CSAA. 
 “EPC Contract (T1/T2)” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“EPC Contract (T3)” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Equity Funding” means contributions made to the Company in the form of (a) Subordinated Debt, equity funding and
payment of costs incurred by the Obligors prior to the Signing Date and Cash Flows that are applied or committed to be applied towards pre-Project Completion Date Project Costs, and, following the Project Completion Date, towards other capital
expenditures in respect of the Project Facilities; provided that such Cash Flows following the Project Completion Date would qualify to be distributed as Restricted Payments based on meeting the conditions set forth in
Section 4.06 hereof or are otherwise eligible to be used for Required Capital Expenditures, and (b) in-kind contributions of real property up to $51,000,000 as set forth in an appraisal provided by the Obligors. 

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, any of the shares of Capital Stock of such Person, all of the warrants,
options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of Capital Stock of such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Capital Stock of such Person or warrants, rights or options for
the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares, and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or non-voting, and whether or not such shares,
warrants, options or rights are outstanding on any date of determination, in each such case including all voting rights and economic rights related thereto. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. 

“Event of Loss” means any event that causes Project Property, or any portion thereof, to be damaged, destroyed or rendered
unfit for normal use for any reason whatsoever, and shall include an Event of Taking. 
 “Event of Taking” has the meaning
given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

  
 10 

 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in an Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f). 

“Exchange Offer” means (i) the Registered Exchange Offer or (ii) the Private Exchange. 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Export Authorization” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“External Train” means one or more Trains, and related storage, loading and other ancillary infrastructure, if any,
constructed at or adjacent to the site of, the Development and is not owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “External
Train Entity” means the entity undertaking development of the External Train. 
 “Facility Agent” has the meaning
given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Facility Agreements” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA.

 “Facility Debt Commitment” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Facility Lenders” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction
not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture). 

“FERC Order” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Finance Documents” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA; provided that such term shall include any
other document designated as a Finance Document by the Company and the Security Trustee (on instruction from Requisite Secured Parties). 

“Fitch” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“FTA Authorization” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“GAAP” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Gas” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Gas and Power Supply Services Agreement” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

  
 11 

 “Global Note Legend” means (i) in the case of the Initial Notes, the legend
set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) and (ii) in the case of any Additional Notes, a legend required or permitted by Section 2.01(d). 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes, the Unrestricted Global Notes and
any Additional Notes issued as a Global Note, deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in accordance with Section 2.01 and Section 2.06. 

“Governmental Authorities” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Government Securities” means securities that are: 
  

	 	(a)	direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or 

  

	 	(b)	obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit
obligation by the United States of America, 

 which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the
issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest
on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder
of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 

“Guarantors” means CCL, CCP and CCP GP, each of which is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and
operated together with the Company as a single unit, and any future Domestic Subsidiaries of the Company which, subject to the provisions of Section 4.38, guarantee the Notes. 

“Hedging Bank” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Hedging Instruments” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Hedging Termination Amount” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Historical DSCR” means for any Calculation Period, the ratio of: 

 

	 	(a)	the Cash Flow Available for Debt Service for such period; to 

  

	 	(b)	 Senior Debt Obligations incurred or paid in such period (other than (i) pursuant to voluntary prepayments or
mandatory prepayments, (ii) LC Costs, (iii) interest in 

  
 12 

	 	
respect of the Senior Debt paid prior to the end of the Term Loan Availability Period (or, if no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments remain outstanding, any debt service that was pre-funded by the
incurrence of Permitted Senior Debt, one of the use of proceeds of which was expressly for this purpose), (iv) under any Permitted Hedging Instruments in respect of interest rates, in each case paid prior to the end of the Term Loan
Availability Period, (v) net payable amounts under Permitted Hedging Instruments that are not in respect of interest rates, (vi) Hedging Termination Amounts, (vii) Working Capital Debt. 

“Holdco” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Holdco Pledge Agreement” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“IAI Global Note” means a Global Note issued in accordance with 2.01(c)(1)(B) hereof. 

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than
$5,000,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $5,000,000. 
 “Impairment” has the
meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. “Impair” and “Impaired” shall have a corresponding meaning. 

“Indebtedness” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Indenture Payment Date” means this Indenture payment dates of June 30 and December 31. 

“Independent Accountants” means any independent firm of accountants of recognized standing in the relevant jurisdiction. 

“Independent Engineer” means Lummus Consultants International Limited and any replacement thereof appointed (a) pursuant
to the terms of the Common Terms Agreement if Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding or (b) if no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding, by the Requisite Secured Parties, and
if no Event of Default shall then be Continuing, after consultation with the Company. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a
Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
 “Initial LNG SPAs” has the meaning given
in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Initial Notes” means $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.000% Senior
Secured Notes due 2024 issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 

  
 13 

 “Initial Purchasers” means, with respect to the Initial Notes, Morgan
Stanley & Co. LLC, as representative, and with respect to any Additional Notes, the purchaser or purchasers of such Additional Notes from the Company. 

“Initial Senior Debt” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB. 
 “Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds
Account” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Insurance Proceeds” has the meaning given in
Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Intercreditor Agent” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Intercreditor Agreement” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Interest Payment Date” means June 30 and December 31 of each year, commencing on December 31, 2016, or if any
such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day. 
 “Investment” means, for any Person: 

 

	 	(a)	the acquisition (whether for cash, property of such Person, services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other
Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition (including any “short sale” or any other sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); 

 

	 	(b)	the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or
otherwise, to resell such property to such Person, but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having a term not exceeding 90 days representing the purchase price of inventory or supplies sold in the ordinary course of business); and

  

	 	(c)	the entering into of any guarantee of, or other contingent obligation (other than an indemnity which is not a guarantee) with respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of any other Person; 

provided, that Investment shall not include amounts deposited pursuant to the escrow agreement entered with respect to disputed amounts
under any engineering, procurement and construction contract then in effect. 
 “Investment Grade” means one long-term
unsecured credit rating equal to or better than (a) Baa3 by Moody’s, (b) BBB- by S&P, (c) BBB- by Fitch or (d) any comparable credit ratings by any other nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. 

  
 14 

 “Investment Grade LNG Buyer” means an LNG Buyer that: 

 

	 	(a)	has, or has its obligations guaranteed by an entity that has, at least two Investment Grade ratings; 

  

	 	(b)	has, or has its obligations guaranteed by an entity that has, one Investment Grade rating and a tangible net worth of at least $4.5 billion per mtpa of LNG committed to be purchased by such LNG Buyer pursuant to its LNG
SPA, up to a maximum of $10 billion of tangible net worth; or 

  

	 	(c)	for the purposes of LNG SPAs under Section 4.06, Section 4.21, or Section 4.29, has all of its obligations under the applicable LNG SPA supported by a letter of credit issued by an
Acceptable Bank. 

 “Kinder Morgan Intrastate Firm Gas Transportation Agreement” has the meaning given in
Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “La Quinta Ship Channel Franchise” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the
CSAA. 
 “LC Costs” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders for use by such
Holders in connection with an Exchange Offer. 
 “Lien” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“LNG” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“LNG Buyer” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“LNG SPA” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Loans” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Manager” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Management Services Agreement” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Material Adverse Effect” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Material Project Agreements” means: 
  

	 	(a)	the Initial LNG SPAs and any related parent guarantees; 

  

	 	(b)	the EPC Contract (T1/T2) together with any related guarantees of Bechtel’s obligations; 

  
 15 

	 	(c)	the Technology License Agreement (T1/T2); 

  

	 	(d)	the Real Property Documents; 

  

	 	(e)	the Management Services Agreements; 

  

	 	(f)	the O&M Agreements; 

  

	 	(g)	the CCP Pipeline Precedent Agreement; 

  

	 	(h)	the CEI Equity Contribution Agreement; 

  

	 	(i)	the Gas and Power Supply Services Agreement; 

  

	 	(j)	the CMI Export Authorization Letter; 

  

	 	(k)	the Kinder Morgan Intrastate Firm Gas Transportation Agreement; 

  

	 	(l)	the TGP Precedent Agreement; 

  

	 	(m)	the La Quinta Ship Channel Franchise; and 

  

	 	(n)	any Subsequent Material Project Agreement (upon an Obligor becoming a party to such Subsequent Material Project Agreement); 

as such list may be updated from time to time by the Company in a manner that is not inconsistent with this Indenture. 

“MMBtu” means million British thermal units. 

“Moody’s” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Net Cash Proceeds” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Non-FTA Authorization” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 
  

	 	(a)	as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (ii) is
directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and 

  

	 	(b)	as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary). 

 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

  
 16 

 “Notes” means the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes,
unless the context otherwise requires. 
 “Notes Issue Date” means the first date of the original issuance of the Notes
under this Indenture. 
 “Note Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under
this Indenture and the Notes, as set forth in the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “O&M Agreements” has the meaning
given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Obligors” means the Company and the Guarantors. The “Obligors” are
also referred to as “Loan Parties” or “Securing Parties” in the CSAA and certain Finance Documents. 
 “Offering
Memorandum” means that certain confidential offering memorandum, dated as of May 18, 2016, pursuant to which the Notes were first offered to eligible purchasers in a private placement. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer of the Company, which officer must be the
principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. 

“Operation and Maintenance Expenses” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Operator” has the meaning give in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion or opinions from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets
the requirements of Section 13.05. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the
Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
 “PDE
Senior Debt” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Performance Liquidated Damages” has the
meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Permit” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Permitted Business” means (a) the development, construction, operation, expansion, reconstruction, debottlenecking,
improvement, maintenance and ownership of the Development or related to or using by-products of the Development, all activity reasonably necessary or undertaken in connection with the foregoing and any activities incidental or related to any of the
foregoing, including, the development, construction, operation, maintenance, financing and ownership of any facilities reasonably related to the Development or related to or using by-products of the Development and (b) the buying, selling,
storing and transportation of hydrocarbons for use in connection with the Development or related to or using by-products of the Development. 

  
 17 

 “Permitted Completion Amount” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the
CSAA. 
 “Permitted Development Expenditures” means Development Expenditures that: 

 

	 	(a)	are required by applicable law or regulations, any consent from a Governmental Authority, Industry Standards or Prudent Industry Practice applicable to the Development; or 

 

	 	(b)	are otherwise used for the Development; or 

  

	 	(c)	are incurred in connection and in compliance with Section 4.27 or Section 4.28; and 

are funded from (i) Equity Funding not otherwise committed to other expenditure for the Development, (ii) Insurance Proceeds and
Condemnation Proceeds to the extent permitted by Article 5 of the CSAA or proceeds of dispositions to the extent permitted by Section 12.17 of the Common Terms Agreement while in effect or any equivalent provision of any other
Senior Debt Instrument, (iii) Cash Flow permitted to be used for Operation and Maintenance Expenses (pursuant to clauses (c) and (k) of the definition thereof) or (iv) Expansion Senior Debt permitted to be incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09(c) or other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.08, in the case of each of the foregoing sub-clauses (i), (ii) and (iv), which use for the contemplated development could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 “Permitted Finance Costs” means, for any period, the sum of all amounts of
principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable in relation to Indebtedness (other than Senior Debt and other than LC Costs and other amounts payable in relation to Indebtedness that constitute Operation and Maintenance Expenses) permitted by
Section 12.14(b) (including guarantees thereof permitted under Section 12.15 of the Common Terms Agreement during such period plus all amounts payable during such period pursuant to Permitted Hedging Instruments that
are not secured, plus any amounts required to be deposited in margin accounts pursuant to Permitted Hedging Instruments; provided that Permitted Finance Costs will not include funds categorized as Operation and Maintenance Expenses
under the last sentence of the definition thereof. For purposes of this Indenture, “Permitted Finance Costs” shall include amounts payable in relation to Indebtedness (other than Senior Debt and other than LC Costs and other amounts
payable in relation to Indebtedness that constitute Operation and Maintenance Expenses) permitted by the indenture, and shall not include funds categorized as Operation and Maintenance Expenses under the exception thereunder for obligations to repay
advances in relation to secured Permitted Hedging Instruments or Indebtedness permitted by the indenture. 
 “Permitted Hedging
Instrument” means a Hedging Instrument entered into by an Obligor in the ordinary course of business and that (i) is with a Hedging Bank, a Gas Hedge Provider or any other party that is a counterparty to a Hedging Instrument,
(ii) if secured by the Collateral as a result of accession to the CSAA is of the type referred to in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of Hedging Instrument and (iii) is entered for non-speculative purposes and is on
arm’s-length terms. 

  
 18 

 “Permitted Investment” means: 

 

	 	(a)	Authorized Investments; 

  

	 	(b)	by way of trade credit in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(c)	as specifically contemplated under the Finance Documents to which the Trustee is a party or by the terms of a Material Project Agreement as long as (i) such Material Project Agreement was in place on the Notes
Issue Date, but only to the extent permitted by such Material Project Agreement on the Notes Issue Date, (ii) such Material Project Agreement was approved by the Intercreditor Agent at a time when at least $1 billion of Loans or Senior Debt
Commitments in connection therewith were outstanding or (iii) such Investment does not exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate with all other Investments permitted under this clause (c)(iii); 

 

	 	(d)	advance payments to contractors in the ordinary course of business on usual commercial terms; 

  

	 	(e)	Investments among and between the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(f)	any Investment by the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a result of such investment such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets
to, or is liquidated into, the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(g)	Investments existing on the Notes Issue Date; 

  

	 	(h)	repurchases of the Senior Notes; 

  

	 	(i)	Investments received as a result of a foreclosure by the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured investment in default; 

 

	 	(j)	surety and performance bonds and workers’ compensation, utility, lease, tax, performance and similar deposits and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business, including cash deposits incurred in connection
with Gas purchases; 

  

	 	(k)	any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests that constitute Indebtedness) of the Company; 

 

	 	(l)	amounts deposited pursuant to the escrow agreement entered into with respect to disputed amounts under any engineering, procurement and construction contract or another construction contract with respect to development
of the Project Facilities as permitted under the Finance Documents; 

  
 19 

	 	(m)	advances, deposits and prepayments for purchases of any assets, including any Equity Interests; 

  

	 	(n)	guarantees of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.08 and Section 4.25; 

  

	 	(o)	Investments pursuant to Permitted Hedging Instruments; 

  

	 	(p)	any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.12; 

 

	 	(q)	any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (i) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (ii) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

  

	 	(r)	(i) advances to or reimbursements of employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) loans or advances to employees
made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,500,000 at any one time outstanding; 

 

	 	(s)	advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business; and 

  

	 	(t)	other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other
investments made pursuant to this clause (t) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000. 

“Permitted Liens” means: 
  

	 	(a)	Liens for taxes not delinquent or being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings in relation to which appropriate reserves are maintained and liens for customs duties that have been deferred in accordance
with the laws of any applicable jurisdiction; 

  

	 	(b)	deposits or pledges to secure obligations under workmen’s compensation, old age pensions, social security or similar laws or under unemployment insurance; 

 

	 	(c)	 deposits or other financial assurances to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than for borrowed money),
leases, concessions, licenses, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds (including any bonds permitted under an engineering, 

  
 20 

	 	
procurement and construction contracts), performance bonds and other obligations of like nature arising in the ordinary course of business and cash deposits incurred in connection with Gas
purchases; 

  

	 	(d)	mechanics’, workmen’s, materialmen’s, suppliers’, warehouse, Liens of lessors and sublessors or other like Liens arising or created in the ordinary course of business with respect to obligations that
are not due or that are being contested in good faith; 

  

	 	(e)	(i) servitudes, easements, rights of way, encroachments and other similar encumbrances burdening the Development’s land that are granted in the ordinary course, imperfections of title on real property, and
restrictive covenants, zoning restrictions, licenses or conditions on the grant of real property (in relation to such real property); provided that such servitudes, easements, rights of way, encroachments and other similar encumbrances,
imperfections, restrictive covenants, restrictions, licenses or conditions do not materially interfere with the Development as contemplated in the Finance Documents and the Material Project Agreements, and (ii) title exceptions disclosed by any
title policy obtained by the Obligors; 

  

	 	(f)	Liens to secure indebtedness permitted as described by paragraphs (h) and (p) of Section 4.08; 

  

	 	(g)	the Security Interests; 

  

	 	(h)	Liens in the ordinary course of business arising from or created by operation of applicable law or required in order to comply with any applicable law; 

 

	 	(i)	Liens in the ordinary course of business over any assets (the aggregate value of which assets at the time any such Lien is granted does not exceed $100,000,000); 

 

	 	(j)	contractual or statutory rights of set-off (including netting) granted to the Company’s and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ bankers, (i) under any Permitted Hedging Instrument or any Material Project
Agreement as long as (A) such Material Project Agreement was in place on the Notes Issue Date but only to the extent permitted by such Material Project Agreement on the Notes Issue Date, (B) such Material Project Agreement was approved by
the Intercreditor Agent at a time when at least $1 billion of Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith were outstanding or (C) the amount of collateral affected by such Lien does not exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate with all
other Liens permitted under this clause (C); and (ii) that could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect; 

  

	 	(k)	deposits or other financial assurances to secure reimbursement or indemnification obligations in respect of letters of credit or in respect of letters of credit put in place by the Company and/or its Restricted
Subsidiaries and payable to suppliers, service providers, insurers or landlords in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 21 

	 	(l)	Liens that are scheduled exceptions to the coverage afforded by the Title Policy; 

  

	 	(m)	legal or equitable encumbrances (other than any attachment prior to judgment, judgment lien or attachment in aid of execution on a judgment) deemed to exist by reason of the existence of any pending litigation or other
legal proceeding if the same is effectively stayed or the claims secured thereby are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and an appropriate reserve has been established in respect thereof in accordance with GAAP;

  

	 	(n)	the Liens created pursuant to the Real Property Documents; 

  

	 	(o)	Liens by the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries in favor of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; 

  

	 	(p)	Liens arising out of judgments or awards not constituting an Event of Default so long as an appeal or proceeding for review is being prosecuted in good faith and for the payment of which adequate cash reserves, bonds or
other cash equivalent security have been provided or are fully covered by insurance (other than any customary deductible); and 

  

	 	(q)	Liens arising from Sharing Arrangements permitted as described in Section 4.28. 

“Permitted Payment” means, without duplication as to amounts allowed to be distributed under any other provision of this
Indenture: 
  

	 	(a)	payments to an Affiliate of the Company to permit such Affiliate to pay its reasonable accounting, legal and administrative expenses when due, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5 million per calendar year; and

  

	 	(b)	on each Indenture Payment Date, the amount necessary for payment to the Affiliate to enable it to pay its (or for such Affiliate to satisfy any contractual obligation to distribute to its beneficial owners to enable
them to pay their) income tax liability with respect to income generated by the Obligors, determined at the highest combined U.S. federal and State of Texas tax rate applicable to an entity taxable as a corporation in both jurisdictions for the
applicable period. 

 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred under clauses (i) or (j) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”, issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace,
defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness, any amounts deposited in a debt
service reserve or similar reserve account in connection with the issuance of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums and discounts incurred in connection therewith). 

  
 22 

 “Permitted Senior Debt Hedging Instrument” has the meaning given in Schedule
A of the CSAA. 
 “Person” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Private Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Private Placement Legend” means (a) in the case of the Initial Notes, the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(g)(1) and (b) in the case of any Additional Notes any legend required or permitted by Section 2.01(d). 

“Project Completion Date” means the date upon which all of the conditions set forth in Section 14.1) of the
Common Terms Agreement have been either satisfied, or, in each case, waived by the requisite parties to the Intercreditor Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this Indenture, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other Senior
Debt Instrument, Project Completion Date shall mean the date of satisfaction of the abovementioned conditions with respect only to Train One and Train Two. 

“Project Costs” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Projected Fixed DSCR” means, unless otherwise provided in this Indenture (a) for purposes of Section 4.06
during the Calculation Period; and (b) for all other purposes, during the applicable period beginning no earlier than (i) the first Indenture Payment Date to occur after the last guaranteed substantial completion date (as defined in the
applicable engineering, procurement and construction contract) with respect to any Trains then in construction, or (ii) if the Date of First Commercial Delivery has occurred with respect to all Trains, the first Indenture Payment Date to occur
after the incurrence of Indebtedness, entering into of a Sharing Arrangement, commencement of an LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, or consummation of a merger, consolidation, conversion, continuance or sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of assets, as applicable, the ratio of: 
  

	 	(a)	in all cases other than Section 4.06: 

  

	 	(i)	the Cash Flow Available for Debt Service projected for such period, provided that Cash Flow is calculated solely to reflect (A) the fixed price component under applicable Qualifying LNG SPAs,
(B) expected interest and investment earnings paid to the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and (C) amounts expected to be paid to the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as Business
Interruption Insurance Proceeds and (D) the fixed expenses that could reasonably be expected to be incurred if the counterparties to the Qualifying LNG SPAs were not lifting any cargoes from the Development; provided that the “fixed
price component” shall be the price component identified as such in the applicable LNG SPA or such other price component approved by the Intercreditor Agent (at any time when Loans or Senior Debt Commitments remain outstanding) as the fixed
price component; to 

  
 23 

	 	(ii)	Senior Debt Obligations projected to be paid in such period (other than (A) pursuant to voluntary prepayments or mandatory prepayments, (B) Senior Debt due at maturity, (C) Working Capital Debt,
(D) LC Costs, (E) interest in respect of the Senior Debt paid prior to the end of the Term Loan Availability Period (or, if no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments remain outstanding, any debt service that was pre-funded by the incurrence of
Permitted Senior Debt, one of the use of proceeds of which was expressly for this purpose), (F) under any Permitted Hedging Instruments in respect of interest rates, in each case paid prior to the end of the Term Loan Availability Period, and
(G) net payable amounts under Permitted Hedging Instruments that are not in respect of interest rates). 

  

	 	(b)	in the case of Section 4.06: 

  

	 	(i)	the Cash Flow Available for Debt Service projected for such period; to 

  

	 	(ii)	Senior Debt Obligations projected to be paid in such period (other than (A) pursuant to voluntary prepayments or mandatory prepayments, (B) Senior Debt due at maturity, (C) Working Capital Debt,
(D) LC Costs, (E) interest in respect of the Senior Debt paid prior to the end of the Term Loan Availability Period (or, if no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments remain outstanding, any debt service that was pre-funded by the incurrence of
Permitted Senior Debt, one of the use of proceeds of which was expressly for this purpose), (F) under any Permitted Hedging Instruments in respect of interest rates, in each case paid prior to the end of the Term Loan Availability Period, and
(G) net payable amounts under Permitted Hedging Instruments that are not in respect of interest rates). 

“Project Facilities” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Project Property” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Prudent Industry Practice” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Transporter” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Qualifying Term” means (a) with respect to the Initial LNG SPAs, a term at least longer than the expected amortization
term of the Initial Senior Debt, (b) with respect to any LNG SPA replacing an LNG SPA that was previously a Qualifying LNG SPA, a term at least as long as the remaining term of the Initial LNG SPA it is replacing and (c) with respect to
any other Qualifying LNG SPA, the term of such LNG SPA used in relevant Projected Fixed DSCR calculation when determining the quantum of Senior Debt that could be incurred based on the revenues projected to be generated under such LNG SPA. 

“Rating Reaffirmation” means, with respect to any matter under this Indenture requiring a Rating Reaffirmation, that any two
Recognized Credit Rating Agencies that are then rating the 

  
 24 

 
Notes (or, if only one Recognized Credit Rating Agency is then rating the Notes, such agency) have considered the matter and confirmed that, if implemented (or if such matter is an Event of
Default, if such event continued), they would reaffirm the then current rating or provide a more favorable rating. 
 “Ready for
Start Up” has the meaning given in the EPC Contract (T1/T2). 
 “Real Estate” has the meaning given in Schedule
A of the CSAA. 
 “Real Property Documents” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Recognized Credit Rating Agency” means S&P, Fitch, Moody’s, or any successor to S&P, Fitch, Moody’s, so
long as such agency is a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” registered with the SEC. 
 “Registered
Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement”
means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Notes Issue Date, among the Company and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect
to any Additional Notes, one or more Registration Rights Agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the
purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S” means
Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note
or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate. 
 “Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global
Note issued in accordance with the second paragraph of Section 2.01(c). 
 “Regulation S Temporary Global Note”
means a temporary Global Note issued in accordance with the first paragraph of Section 2.01(c). 
 “Replacement
Assets” means (a) non-current assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business or (b) substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the voting stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business
that will become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Required Capital Expenditures” has the
meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Required Export Authorization” means, with respect to a Required LNG
SPA at any time, (a) the Non-FTA Authorization, (b) the FTA Authorization and (c) any other Export Authorization which the Company designates as an “Required Export Authorization” pursuant to this Indenture, to the extent
that at such time, the volumes permitted to be exported under the 

  
 25 

 
FTA Authorization, the Non-FTA Authorization or such other Export Authorization, as the case may be, are required in order to enable the sale of such Required LNG SPA’s share of the
then-applicable Base Committed Quantity of LNG in accordance with the terms of such Required LNG SPA. For the avoidance of doubt, the Non-FTA Authorization is a Required Export Authorization for each of the Initial LNG SPAs in effect on the Notes
Issue Date and until otherwise determined in accordance with the provisions described in Section 4.21. 
 “Required LNG
SPA” means any of the Qualifying LNG SPAs required to be maintained as described in Section 4.29. 
 “Requisite
Secured Parties” means the requisite percentage of Senior Creditors required under the CSAA with respect to a specific Decision in order to make such Decision and provide the required instruction to the Security Trustee. 

“Reserve Amount” means as of any date on and after the Project Completion Date, (a) for any period during which Loans or
Senior Debt Commitments are outstanding, the “Reserve Amount” as such term is defined in the CSAA, and (b) for any period during which no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments are outstanding, solely the amount required under any
indentures then in effect. 
 “Responsible Officer”, means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the
Corporate Trust Division - Corporate Finance Unit of the Trustee (or any successor division or unit of the Trustee) located at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, who has direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also
means, in the case of Section 7.01(c)(2) and the second sentence of Section 7.05, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Payment” means (a) any dividend or other distribution by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(in cash, property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, securities, obligations, or other property) on, or other dividends or distributions on account of, any portion of any membership interest in the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
(other than dividends or other distributions payable solely to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), or the setting apart of money for a sinking or other analogous fund for, or the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of, any portion of any membership interest in the Company and (b) all payments (in cash, property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, securities, obligations, or other property) of
principal of, interest on and other amounts with respect to, or other payments on account of, or the setting apart of money for a sinking or other analogous fund for, or the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries of, any Indebtedness owed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Holdco or any other Person party to a pledge agreement or any Affiliate thereof, including any Subordinated Debt. Restricted Payments
shall not include (i) payments to the 

  
 26 

 
Manager for fees and costs pursuant to Management Services Agreements, (ii) fees and costs payable pursuant to the Gas and Power Supply Services Agreement, (iii) payments to the
Operator pursuant to the O&M Agreements, (iv) Permitted Payments (which shall be paid in accordance with Section 4.7 of the CSAA), (v) amounts paid in accordance with Section 2.7 of the Common Terms Agreement;
and (vi) any of the payments in (a) or (b) above (in each case, in cash, property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, securities, obligations, or otherwise) made among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. As of the
Notes Issue Date, the only Subsidiaries of the Company constituting Restricted Subsidiaries are each of the Guarantors hereunder. 

“Revenue Account” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A Global Note” means a Global Note issued in accordance with Section 2.01(c)(1)(A). 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc. or any successor thereto. 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Accounts” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Secured Parties” means the Senior Creditors, the Senior Creditor Group Representatives, the Intercreditor Agent, the
Security Trustee and the Account Bank. 
 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Security Documents” means the CSAA and any other document, agreement, notice, mortgage, instrument or filing creating and/or
perfecting any Lien required to be created or perfected by the CSAA or any other Finance Document and shall include the Holdco Pledge Agreement, any deed of trust or mortgage entered into pursuant to Section 3.2(f) of the CSAA and any
patent or trademark security agreement entered into pursuant to the CSAA. 
 “Security Enforcement Action” has the meaning
given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

  
 27 

 “Security Interests” means the Liens created or purported to be created by or
pursuant to the Security Documents. 
 “Security Trustee” means the security trustee under the CSAA as security trustee for
the Secured Parties. 
 “Senior Creditor” means a provider of Senior Debt that benefits from the CSAA, including the
Facility Lenders, any Senior Noteholders and each Hedging Bank that is party to the CSAA. 
 “Senior Creditor Group” has
the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Senior Creditor Group Representative” has the meaning given in
Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Senior Debt” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Senior Debt Commitments” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Senior Debt Instrument” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Senior Debt Obligations” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA, provided that, for the avoidance of
doubt, Senior Debt Obligations shall include the Company’s obligations to pay: (a) all principal, interest and premiums on the Notes; (b) all commissions, fees, reimbursements, indemnities, prepayment premiums and other amounts
payable to the Holders hereunder; in each case whether such obligations are present, future, actual or contingent and including the payment of amounts that would become due under the Senior Debt Instruments but for the operation of the automatic
stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. 
 “Senior Debt Service Reserve Account” has the meaning given in
Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Senior Noteholder” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Senior Notes” means the notes to be issued (or Facility Agreement to be entered into in the case of a “term loan
B” financing that we have elected to be treated as an Indenture) pursuant to any Indenture. 
 “Shelf Registration
Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Signing
Date” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Sponsor” means Cheniere Energy, Inc. a
corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. 
 “Subordinated Debt” means any unsecured debt or
obligation that ranks subordinate in right of payment to the Notes on the basis set forth in a subordination agreement in a form attached to the Common Terms Agreement, and if no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments remain outstanding, in the form
attached to this Indenture. 

  
 28 

 “Subsequent Material Project Agreements” has the meaning given in Schedule
A of the CSAA. 
 “Subsidiary” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Substantial Completion” has the meaning given in the EPC Contract (T1/T2). 

“Supplemental Indenture” means any indenture supplemental to this Indenture governing the terms and conditions of any
Additional Notes issued from time to time pursuant to Section 2.01(d), in each case, to the extent that the Indebtedness evidenced by any Additional Notes, and the terms and conditions of any such Indebtedness, Additional Notes and
Supplemental Indenture, are permitted by this Indenture, including Article 4. 
 “Tax Sharing Agreement” has the
meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 
 “Taxes” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Technology License Agreement (T1/T2)” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Term Lenders” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Term Loan Availability Period” means the availability period under any then-existing Facility Agreement. 

“Term Loan Facility Agreement” means the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated as of May 13, 2015, among Cheniere Corpus
Christi Holdings, LLC, as Borrower, Corpus Christi Liquefaction, LLC, Cheniere Corpus Christi Pipeline, L.P., and Corpus Christi Pipeline GP, LLC, as Guarantors, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Société
Générale, as Facility Agent, or a replacement thereof. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended. 
 “Title Policy” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“TGP Precedent Agreement” has the meaning given in Schedule A of the CSAA. 

“Train” means an LNG liquefaction train. 

“Train One” means LNG Train 1 (as defined in the EPC Contract (T1/T2)). 

“Train Two” means LNG Train 2 (as defined in the EPC Contract (T1/T2). 

“Train Three” means LNG Train 3 (as defined in the EPC Contract (T3). 

  
 29 

 “Transaction Documents” means, collectively, the Finance Documents and the
Material Project Agreements. 
 “Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon until a successor replaces it in accordance
with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unmatured Event of
Default” means an event that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or making of a determination, would constitute an Event of Default. 

“United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America. 

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private
Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of
Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 
  

	 	(a)	has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

  

	 	(b)	except as permitted in Section 4.13, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 

 

	 	(c)	is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or
preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 

has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Working Capital Debt” means senior secured or unsecured Indebtedness (which, if secured, shall constitute Senior Debt),
under one or more working capital facilities, for working capital purposes (including in the forms of undrawn commitments, outstanding indebtedness and the issuance of letters of credit from time to time). 

  
 30 

 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined
in Section
	 “Accession Agreement”
	  	10.02
	 “Applicable Expansion Debt Assets”
	  	4.09
	 “Applicable Tax Law”
	  	7.02
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Call Date”
	  	3.07
	 “Cessation Notice”
	  	6.04
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.17
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.17
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.17
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Declared Event of Default”
	  	6.02
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Loss Proceeds Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Excess Loss Proceeds”
	  	4.19
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.12
	 “Expansion”
	  	4.11
	 “Expansion Equity Funding Commitment”
	  	4.11
	 “Expansion Senior Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Export Authorization Remediation”
	  	4.21
	 “Fundamental Modification”
	  	9.03
	 “Indenture LNG SPA Prepayment Event”
	  	4.21
	 “Indenture Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Initial Series Notes”
	  	3.07
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “LNG SPA Mandatory Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment Amount (CTA Calculation)”
	  	4.21
	 “LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment Amount (CTA/Indenture Calculation)”
	  	4.21
	 “LNG SPA Mandatory Offer Amount”
	  	4.21
	 “Make-Whole Price”
	  	3.07
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “PLD Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.20
	 “PLD Excess Proceeds Offer”
	  	3.09

  
 31 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined
in Section
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Qualifying LNG SPA”
	  	4.29
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Replacement Indenture Qualifying LNG SPA”
	  	4.29
	 “Replacement Senior Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Rule 144A Information”
	  	4.03
	 “Sharing Arrangement”
	  	4.28
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	11.04
	 “Treasury Rate”
	  	3.07

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor
upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA
reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

 (a) Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) the table of contents and headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of the Indenture; 

(2) unless otherwise specified, references to articles, sections, clauses, appendices, exhibits, schedules or annexes are
references to articles, sections, clauses, appendices, exhibits, schedules or annexes to this Indenture; 
 (3) references to
any party to this Indenture or any other document or agreement shall include its successors and permitted transferees and assigns; 

  
 32 

 (4) an “authorization” includes an authorization, consent, approval,
resolution, license, exemption, filing, registration and notarization; 
 (5) “law” shall be construed as any law
(including common or customary law), statute, constitution, decree, judgment, treaty, regulation, directive, by-law, order, ordinance or any other legislative measure of any government, supranational, local government, statutory or regulatory body
or court, in each case having the force of law; 
 (6) unless as otherwise provided, any reference to assignment of a
person’s rights and/or obligations shall be construed to refer to assignment, transfer or novation of those rights and/or obligations; 

(7) any reference to the actions or omissions of agents, representatives or authorized persons shall refer only to actions or
omissions taken in connection with the agency, representation or authorization; 
 (8) the omission of the word
“any” or the phrase “if any” with respect to anything shall not imply that the thing exists or is required, notwithstanding the inclusion of such word or phrase (for clarity) in other provisions; 

(9) any reference to an action being taken “pursuant to” an agreement or document, or any specified provision
thereof, shall be construed to mean “pursuant to and in compliance with” the requirements of such agreement, document or provision; 

(10) in some instances, a word or reference that, pursuant to these rules of interpretation, is not necessary (for example,
inclusion of both the singular and plural), may be included for emphasis or clarity, and any such usage shall not give rise to any negative implication in relation to any other usage, which other usage shall nonetheless be interpreted strictly in
accordance with the rules of interpretation set forth herein; 
 (11) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(12) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(13) “or” is not exclusive; 

(14) “including” means “including without limitation” whether or not stated; 

(15) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(16) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command and shall be construed to have the same meaning and
effect as the word “shall”; 
 (17) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

  
 33 

 (18) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed
to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 
 (19)
references to any document, agreement or instrument means such document, agreement or instrument as it may be amended, amended and restated or otherwise modified in accordance with its terms. 

(b) Any references herein to “this Indenture,” is a reference to this indenture as described in the first paragraph hereof.
References in this Indenture to “an Indenture,” “any Indenture,” or “the Indenture” and to “Senior Notes” and “the Senior Notes,” are references to the defined
terms “Indenture” and “Senior Notes” in the CSAA. For purposes of the CSAA, this Indenture is an “Indenture,” and the Notes will be “Senior Notes.” 

ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 

Section 2.01 Form and Dating. 
 (a)
General. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly
agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

(b) Global Notes. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.01, Notes issued in global form (and the Trustee’s
certificate of authentication of such Notes) will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or A-2 (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto). Each such Note will be dated the date of its authentication. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.01, Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (but without the Global
Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto) in an aggregate denomination equal to (i) in the case of the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes, $1,250,000,000 and
(ii) in the case of any Additional Notes the aggregate initial principal amount of such Notes. Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and
redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee,
in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06. 
 (c) Temporary Global Notes.
Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Notes initially in 

  
 34 

 
the form of Exhibit A-2. Such Notes will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or
the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period will be terminated upon
the receipt by the Trustee of: 
 (1) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from
Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners
thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in (A) a Global Note substantially in
the form of Exhibit A-1, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend, deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, and issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A or (B) a Global Note bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend, deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or the nominee of the
Depositary, and issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors), all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof; and 

(2) an Officer’s Certificate from the Company. 

Following the termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Notes, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note
will be exchanged, pursuant to the Applicable Procedures, for beneficial interests in a permanent Global Note, which will be in the form of Exhibit A-1 bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend, deposited with or on
behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary, and issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.
Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent
Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 

(3) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the
Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be
applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

(d) Additional Notes. Subject to compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company may from time to time after the Notes
Issue Date issue Additional Notes as provided in Exhibit F, which is incorporated by reference in this Section 2.01(d). 

  
 35 

 (e) Exchange Notes. Any Exchange Notes shall be in the same form as the Initial Notes,
except as otherwise provided in Section 2.06(f), and Exchange Notes issued in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be Unrestricted Global Notes or Unrestricted Definitive Notes. 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

At least one Authorized Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence
that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by at
least one Authorized Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at
any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07. 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the
Company. 
 The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes (and, in each case, any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) shall be treated
as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (and, in each case, any Exchange Notes issued in exchange
therefor). Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to modify, replace or otherwise affect the restrictions on transfer applicable to Restricted Notes set forth in Section 2.06. 

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent; Depositary. 

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or
more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent
or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent,
the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

  
 36 

 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as
Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to
act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit
of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, Additional Interest if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any
such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying
Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by
it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 
 The
Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the
Company on its own behalf and on behalf of the Guarantors will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such
date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). 

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the
Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by
the Company for Definitive Notes if: 
 (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is
unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or that it has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days
after the date of such notice from the Depositary; 
 (2) the Company, at its option, determines that the Global Notes (in
whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary 

  
 37 

 
Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required
pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or 
 (3) there has occurred and is Continuing an Event of
Default with respect to the Notes. 
 Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes
shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in
exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Sections 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may
not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f).

 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the
Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the
other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.
Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private
Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a
U.S. Person (other than the Initial Purchasers). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or
instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and
exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

  
 38 

 (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing
information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such
Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; 
 provided that in no event
shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates
required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act. 
 Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with
Section 2.06(f), the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the
Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under
the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h). 

(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global
Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) and the Registrar receives the
following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note,
then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the
Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

  
 39 

 (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in
the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) and: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
and the Holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(ii) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case
set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

  
 40 

 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time
when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive
Notes. 
 (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder
of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive
Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being
transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of
Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

  
 41 

 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to
Section 2.06(h), and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for
a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct
the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

(2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding
Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C), a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note
prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 
 (3) Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is
effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

  
 42 

 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(ii) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (4) Beneficial
Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2), the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global
Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h), and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.
Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest
requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive
Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

  
 43 

 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with
Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B , including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of
Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in
the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the Rule 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, in the case of clause (E) above, the
IAI Global Note and in all other cases, the appropriate Unrestricted Global Note. 

  
 44 

 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer
in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer,
(ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration
Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction
of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.
Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B),
(2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an 

  
 45 

 
Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate
one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s
compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the
Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder
must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and
registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule
903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the
Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange
Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) any such transfer is
effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; 

  
 46 

 (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar
receives the following: 
 (i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.
A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the
Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an
Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate: 

(1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in an Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of
the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and 
 (2) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in an Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not
Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company. 

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes
to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 

  
 47 

 (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture or any Supplemental Indenture governing Additional Notes. 

(1) Private Placement Legend. 

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in
exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A
BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY (A) TO CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ ACCREDITED
INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSES (C),
(D) OR (E) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN

  
 48 

 
ACCORDANCE WITH (F) ABOVE. CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE
REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued
pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF
THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE,
(2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS
AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW
YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS 

  
 49 

 
MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (3) Regulation
S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note will bear a Legend in substantially the following form: 

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR
CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.” 

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been
exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with
Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or
for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an
endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes
and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request. 

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note
for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 2.10, Section 3.06, Section 3.09, Section 4.12, Section 4.17, Section 4.19, Section 4.20,
Section 4.21 and Section 9.06). 

  
 50 

 (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of
any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive
Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required: 

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days
before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date
and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any
Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other
purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7) The Trustee
will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02. 
 (8) All
certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 

(9) None of the Trustee or any Agent shall have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner in a Global Note, an
agent member of the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any agent member of the Depositary, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery
to any agent member of the Depositary, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications
to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes and this Indenture shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of the Global
Note). The rights of beneficial owners in the Global 

  
 51 

 
Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable procedures. The Trustee and each Agent shall be entitled to rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon
information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. The Trustee and each Agent shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary, and any nominee thereof, that is the registered holder of any
Global Note for all purposes of this Indenture relating to such Global Note (including the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, and the giving of instructions or directions by or to the owner or holder
of a beneficial ownership interest in such Global Note) as the sole holder of such Global Note and shall have no obligations to the beneficial owners thereof. None of the Trustee or any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any acts
or omissions of the Depositary with respect to such Global Note, for the records of any such depositary, including records in respect of beneficial ownership interests in respect of any such Global Note, for any transactions between the Depositary
and any agent member of the Depositary or between or among the Depositary, any such agent member of the Depositary and/or any holder or owner of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, or for any transfers of beneficial interests in any such
Global Note. 
 (10) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Note, nothing herein shall prevent the
Company, the Trustee, any Agent, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any Depositary (or its nominee), as a Holder, with respect to such Global Note or
shall impair, as between such Depositary and owners of beneficial interests in such Global Note, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such Global Note. 

(11) None of the Trustee or any Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with
any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any security (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any
Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine
substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond
must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company
may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 

  
 52 

 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of
the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in
Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes
of Section 3.07. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee
receives proof satisfactory to it that the replacement Note is held by a “protected purchaser” under the uniform commercial code. 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases
to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or
maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 
 In
determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent,
only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 
 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order,
will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without
unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders
of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

  
 53 

 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes
(subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of
the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be
less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company)
will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND OFFERS
TO PURCHASE NOTES 
 Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, it must furnish to the
Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 

(1) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 

(2) the redemption date; 

(3) the series, or more than one series, if applicable, of Notes to be redeemed; 

(4) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; 

(5) the redemption price; and 

(6) the CUSIP number of the Notes to be redeemed. 

  
 54 

 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, or less than all of the Notes of a particular series are to be redeemed, the
Trustee will select Notes for redemption pro rata, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (provided that, in the case of Global Notes, the Depositary may select Global Notes for redemption
pursuant to its Applicable Procedures) and, if applicable, with such adjustments that may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $100,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof will be purchased unless
otherwise required by law, Depositary requirements, or applicable stock exchange requirements; provided that if only Notes of a particular series are to be redeemed, such selection by the Trustee shall be limited to Notes of such series. 

No Notes of $100,000 or less can be redeemed in part. In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed will be
selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $100,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire
outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not in the amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000 thereof, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called
for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice
of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or
a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or 12. 
 The notice will identify the Notes to be
redeemed and will state: 
 (1) the redemption date; 

(2) the redemption price; 

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

  
 55 

 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect the redemption price; 
 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of
this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (8) that no representation is
made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s
request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (unless a shorter
period is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable
on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
 Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase
Price. 
 At least one Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company will deposit or will cause to be deposited with the Trustee
or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money
deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed. 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such
Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption is not so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on
the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. 

  
 56 

 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 

At any time or from time to time prior to January 1, 2024 (the “Call Date”), the Company may, at its option, redeem all
or a part of the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes issued for the Initial Notes (collectively, the “Initial Series Notes”), at a redemption price equal to the Make-Whole Price plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Initial
Series Notes, if any, up to but excluding the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date, without
duplication). 
 “Make-Whole Price” with respect to any Initial Series Notes to be redeemed, means an amount equal to the
greater of: 
 (1) 100% of the principal amount of such Initial Series Notes, without any premium, penalty or charge; and

 (2) An amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest from
the redemption date to the Call Date (assuming the principal amount is scheduled to be paid on the Call Date and not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued and paid on the redemption date) discounted back to the redemption date
on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 50 basis points; 

“Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant
maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the relevant redemption date
(or, if such Statistical Release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to the Call Date on which the
principal of the Notes being redeemed will be paid in full; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to such Call Date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly
average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if
the period from the redemption date to such Call Date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

The notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the Make-Whole Price but only the manner of calculation
thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee of the Make-Whole Price with respect to any redemption promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation. 

  
 57 

 At any time on or after the Call Date, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of
the Initial Series Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Initial Series Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the redemption date, without any premium, penalty or charge
(subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date, without duplication). 

Section 3.08 Open Market Purchases; No Mandatory Redemption or Sinking Fund. 

The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. The Company
is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of
Excess Proceeds, Excess Loss Proceeds, PLD Excess Proceeds and LNG SPA Mandatory Offer Amount. 
 In the event that, pursuant to
Section 4.12, Section 4.19, Section 4.20, or Section 4.21, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer,” an “Excess Loss
Proceeds Offer” a “PLD Excess Proceeds Offer” or a “LNG SPA Mandatory Offer” respectively), it will follow the procedures specified below. 

The Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable, shall be
made to all Holders and all holders of all other Senior Debt (or will prepay such Senior Debt) then outstanding containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem or requirements to prepay
(i) with the proceeds of sales of assets, (ii) with the proceeds of an event of loss, (iii) with the proceeds of PLD Excess Proceeds, or (iv) as a result of LNG SPA prepayment events, to purchase, redeem or repay, as applicable,
the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Senior Debt that may be purchased, redeemed or repaid out of such proceeds. The Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as
applicable, with respect to all Holders will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the
“Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds, Excess Loss Proceeds, PLD Excess Proceeds or LNG SPA
Mandatory Offer Amount, as applicable (the “Offer Amount”), to the purchase of Notes and such other Senior Debt (on a pro rata basis, if applicable, pursuant to the pro rata payment provisions in the CSAA) or, if less
than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable. Payment for any
Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made hereunder. 

  
 58 

 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest
Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who
tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable. 

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as
applicable, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer, the Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG
SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable, will state: 
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer, Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess
Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable, is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.12, Section 4.19, Section 4.20, or Section 4.21, as applicable, and
the length of time the Asset Sale Offer, Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable, will remain open; 

(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrete or accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer,
Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable, will cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess
Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable, may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof only; 

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the PLD Excess
Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable, will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer,
to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 

(7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case
may be, receives, not later than the expiration 

  
 59 

 
of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement
that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of
Notes and other Senior Debt tendered by Holders thereof or required to be prepaid, exceeds the Offer Amount, the Notes, and such other Senior Debt, shall be purchased on a pro rata basis as determined pursuant to the CSAA and the Trustee will
select the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased by lot, on a pro rata basis or by any other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that, in the case of Global Notes, the Depositary may select Global Notes
for redemption pursuant to its Applicable Procedures (and, if applicable, with respect to the Notes, with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000
in excess thereof, will be purchased); and 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new
Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before
the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, Excess Loss Proceeds Offer,
the PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with
an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,
will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the
Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any
unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Proceeds Offer,
the PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, as applicable, on the Purchase Date. 
 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of
Notes. 
 The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) will pay or cause to be paid
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. 

  
 60 

 
Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as
of 12:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due. 

The Company will (a) pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at
the rate equal to 0.5% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful and (b) pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02 Maintenance
of Office or Agency. 
 The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an
office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this
Indenture may be served. The Company will give written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any
or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough
of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03. 
 Section 4.03 Reporting Requirements. 

(a) If the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, then the Company will file
with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company files them with the SEC, copies of its annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations
prescribe) that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. 
 (b) The Company
will, so long as any Notes are outstanding and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, furnish to the Trustee and to the Holders and beneficial owners of the Notes, upon their request, the
information 

  
 61 

 
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto) (“Rule 144A Information”), if at the time of such request the
Company is not a reporting company under Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) thereunder. 

(c) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee (a) within 60 days
following the end of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, consolidated unaudited statements of income and cash flows of the Company for such period and for the period from the beginning of the respective fiscal year to the end of
such period and the related balance sheet as at the end of such period, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year and (b) within 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year, its consolidated annual financial statements, audited by the Independent Accountants, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject, in the case of a quarterly financial statement, to the absence of Notes and normal
year-end audit adjustments. 
 (d) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and
the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its
covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates). 
 (e) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any reports or other information required to be filed, delivered or furnished pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall be deemed filed, delivered or furnished if filed electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic
Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system). 
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Company will deliver to the Trustee, accompanying its annual financial statements as described in Section 4.03 of this
Indenture, a statement regarding compliance with this Indenture in an Officer’s Certificate also confirming that, to the signing officer’s knowledge, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is Continuing which
has not been waived, or, if the same has occurred, a description of any measures taken or proposed to be taken by the Company to address the same. 

(b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, upon becoming aware of any Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default, the Company is
required to deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.05 Taxes. 
 Each of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or, for the purposes of this Section 4.05, if such entity is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will pay or cause to be paid
all material Taxes (if any) imposed on it or its property by any Governmental Authority, when due, giving effect to any applicable extensions, unless these are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and an appropriate reserve
has been established in respect thereof in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 62 

 Section 4.06 Restricted Payments. 

Restricted Payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may be made up to once monthly; provided that each of the following
conditions has been satisfied: 
 (a) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is Continuing or would occur as a
result of such Restricted Payment; 
 (b) the Historical DSCR and the Indenture Projected Fixed DSCR, each for the Calculation Period, are
both at least 1.25:1; 
 (c) the Senior Debt Service Reserve Account is funded (with cash or Acceptable Debt Service Reserve LCs) with the
then-applicable Reserve Amount and the applicable debt service reserve requirements under any Senior Debt Instrument governing Expansion Senior Debt or Replacement Senior Debt, as applicable; 

(d) Substantial Completion of Train 2 under EPC Contract (T1/T2) has occurred, as certified to the Trustee by the Independent Engineer; 

(e) no LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment or Indenture LNG SPA Prepayment Event, as the case may be, has occurred and is continuing in respect of
which the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer required by the occurrence of such event in accordance with Section 4.21 has not been made and all tendered Notes purchased; and 

(f) the Trustee has received a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company confirming that each of the conditions set forth in
clauses (a) through (e) above has been satisfied and setting forth the calculation of Historical DSCR and Indenture Projected Fixed DSCR in clause (b) above. 

Section 4.07 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) 

(A) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or
with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or 
 (B) pay any indebtedness owed to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 63 

 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.07(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

(1) agreements or instruments governing existing Indebtedness as in effect on the Notes Issue Date and any amendments,
restatements, modifications, increases, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or instruments; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, increases, renewals, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements or instruments on the Notes Issue Date; 

(2) the Finance Documents or the EIG Note Purchase Agreement; 

(3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(4) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(5) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and capital lease obligations that
impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a); 

(6) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted
Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition; 
 (7) Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 4.08,
including Replacement Senior Debt; provided that in the case of Replacement Senior Debt the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Replacement Senior Debt are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those
contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (8) Liens permitted to be incurred pursuant to
Section 4.14 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (9) provisions
limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements, security agreements, mortgages, purchase money agreements and other similar
agreements or instruments entered into with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, Holdco or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; 

  
 64 

 (10) Permitted Hedging Instruments; or 

(11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business. 
 Section 4.08 Limitation on Indebtedness. 

The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur Indebtedness, and the Company will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to issue preferred stock; provided that the Company and any Guarantor may incur any of the following: 
 (a)
Senior Debt, including the Initial Senior Debt and any Additional Senior Debt, incurred in accordance with Section 4.09; 
 (b)
Indebtedness expressly contemplated by a Finance Document to which the Trustee is a party (including guarantees permitted by Section 4.25); 

(c) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business pursuant to a Material Project Agreement; 

(d) Subordinated Debt; 
 (e)
intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 

(1) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such
Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and 

(2) 

(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other
than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 
 (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to
a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 
 will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such
Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (e); 
 (f)
Indebtedness incurred under Permitted Hedging Instruments not covered under clause (a); 
 (g) Indebtedness in respect of any bankers’
acceptances, letters of credit, warehouse receipts or similar facilities, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 65 

 (h) purchase money Indebtedness and capital leases or guarantees of the same, in a principal
amount not exceeding $100,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any one time to finance the purchase or lease of assets for the Development other than those financed with the proceeds of Senior Debt; provided that, if such obligations are
secured, they are secured only by Liens upon the assets being financed; 
 (i) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $100,000,000 for general corporate purposes, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof; 
 (j) other unsecured
Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $400,000,000 to finance Permitted Development Expenditures, an Expansion or any other Development Expenditures, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof; 

(k) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, indebtedness arising from honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or
similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course or other cash management services in the ordinary course of business; 

(l) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts; 

(m) contingent liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including the acquisition or sale of goods, services, supplies or
merchandise in the normal course of business, the endorsement of negotiable instruments received in the normal course of business and indemnities provided under any of the Finance Documents or Material Project Agreements; 

(n) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds,
indemnification obligations, obligations to pay insurance premiums, take-or-pay obligations contained in supply agreements and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(o) trade debt, trade accounts, purchase money obligations or other similar Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business, which
(i) is not more than 90 days past due or (ii) is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; 
 (p) Indebtedness
in an amount not to exceed $250,000,000 to finance restoration of the Development following damage, loss or destruction of all or a material portion of the Project Facilities or an Event of Taking, including any refinancing thereof; and 

(q) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in customary amounts consistent with the operations and business of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 4.08, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the paragraphs (a) through (q) of this covenant, the Company will be permitted
to classify or divide such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify or redivide all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this 

  
 66 

 
covenant. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same
terms, or the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount of
any such accrual, accretion or payment of Indebtedness constituting Senior Debt is included in Senior Debt Obligations of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(r) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; 

(s) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the least of: 

(1) the Fair Market Value of such asset at the date of determination; 

(2) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and 

(3) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Senior Debt. 

(a) Working Capital Debt. For so long as no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is Continuing or would occur
after giving effect to the incurrence of the Working Capital Debt, the Company may incur Working Capital Debt in an amount that, at any point in time, does not in the aggregate exceed the sum of (a) $250,000,000 plus (b) the
aggregate amount of working capital that the Company reasonably expects will need to be available to the Development (including pursuant to letters of credit) in order to purchase, transport or store Gas and/or meet credit support requirements under
Gas purchase, transport or storage agreements in order to supply the LNG amounts contemplated under all LNG SPAs then in effect, plus (c) an amount equivalent to the then-applicable Reserve Amount required to be deposited in the Senior
Debt Service Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.5 of the CSAA or, if there is no requirement to fund the debt service reserve account with respect to the then-outstanding Senior Debt Obligations, an amount equal to the Reserve Amount
that would have been then applicable had such requirement existed. 
 In connection with the incurrence of any Working Capital Debt: 

(1) the provider of Working Capital Debt (or a Senior Creditor Group Representative on its behalf) that is secured shall accede
as a Senior Creditor to the CSAA and the Common Terms Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, if such agreements are still outstanding, and shall share pari passu in the Collateral; and 

  
 67 

 (2) in respect of Working Capital Debt that is secured, the Intercreditor Agent
shall have received a certificate from an Authorized Officer at least five days prior to the incurrence of such Working Capital Debt that (i) identifies each Senior Creditor Group Representative for, and each holder of, any such Working Capital
Debt, and (ii) attaches a copy of each proposed Senior Debt Instrument relating to any such Working Capital Debt. 
 (b) Replacement
Senior Debt. At any time and from time to time, the Company may incur replacement senior debt (“Replacement Senior Debt”), so long as: 

(1) in the case of any Replacement Senior Debt to be incurred following the first Date of First Commercial Delivery that occurs
under any Initial LNG SPA which has designated Train Two as a designated Train, the Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt and excluding all Indebtedness under Permitted Senior Debt Hedging Instruments) outstanding after giving effect to the
incurrence of the Replacement Senior Debt is capable of being amortized to a zero balance by the termination date of the last to terminate of the Qualifying LNG SPAs then in effect and produces a Projected Fixed DSCR of at least 1.40:1.00 for the
period commencing on the first Indenture Payment Date to occur after the last “guaranteed substantial completion date” (as defined in the applicable engineering, procurement and construction contract) with respect to any Trains then in
construction (or if the Date of First Commercial Delivery has occurred with respect to all Trains, the first Indenture Payment Date to occur after the date of incurrence of such Replacement Senior Debt) through the terms of such Qualifying LNG SPAs
(with such ratio being calculated using such Qualifying LNG SPAs and using an interest rate equal to the weighted average interest rate of Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt) outstanding after giving effect to the incurrence of the
Replacement Senior Debt and the prepayment or repayment of the existing Senior Debt or cancellation of the applicable Senior Debt Commitments); and 

(2) the Replacement Senior Debt is incurred for the permitted refinancing or prepayment in whole or in part of existing Senior
Debt including by way of renewal, replacement, redemption or discharge thereof, (and provisions, costs, prepayment premiums, fees or expenses associated with the Replacement Senior Debt or the prepaid Senior Debt, as applicable (including without
duplication (i) any Hedging Termination Amount with respect to any Permitted Hedging Instrument subject to the refinancing with the proposed Replacement Senior Debt; (ii) any amounts required to be deposited in a debt service reserve or
similar reserve (or any interest during construction) account in connection with the issuance of such Replacement Senior Debt; and (iii) any incremental carrying costs of such Replacement Senior Debt (including any increased interest during
construction) associated with any such cancellation, prepayment or redemption, or incurred in connection with the proposed Replacement Senior Debt)), or the permitted replacement of existing unutilized commitments of a Senior Creditor Group (or,
within a Senior Creditor Group, of any Facility Lender). 
 Any provider of Replacement Senior Debt (or a Senior Creditor Group
Representative on its behalf) will accede as a Senior Creditor to the CSAA and will share pari passu in the Collateral. 

  
 68 

 (c) Expansion Senior Debt. The Company may incur Senior Debt to finance a Permitted
Development Expenditure or Expansion (“Expansion Senior Debt”), as the case may be, so long as each of the following conditions is satisfied and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized
Officer certifying that such conditions have been satisfied: 
 (1) if the Expansion Senior Debt is incurred to fund
Permitted Development Expenditures, (i) the design, development, construction and operation of such Permitted Development Expenditure is permitted by Section 4.10 and (ii) the aggregate amount of Expansion Senior Debt used or
to be used for Permitted Development Expenditures falling into categories (b) and (c) of the definition thereof is less than $300,000,000; 

(2) if the Expansion Senior Debt is incurred to fund an Expansion, the design, development, construction and operation of such
Expansion is permitted by Section 4.11; 
 (3) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and
is Continuing; 
 (4) in the event any Train, LNG SPA or engineering, construction and procurement contract related to the
Train or Trains being financed with the proceeds of such Expansion Senior Debt (such Train, LNG SPA and engineering, construction and procurement contract, the “Applicable Expansion Debt Assets”) are not part of the Collateral,
prior to the incurrence of such Expansion Senior Debt, the applicable Obligor will deliver such additional agreements and supplements to the Security Documents as are necessary or advisable in order to subject such Applicable Expansion Debt Assets
to the Security Interests at the time such Expansion Senior Debt is incurred; 
 (5) any Required LNG SPAs are then in effect
and there is no material payment default or breach thereunder (or, for any new Required LNG SPA related to LNG to be produced from the Expansion, remain subject only to customary conditions that could be satisfied upon taking an investment decision
with respect to the Expansion); 
 (6) if the Expansion Senior Debt is incurred to fund an Expansion, the amount of all
Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt and excluding all Indebtedness under Permitted Senior Debt Hedging Instruments) outstanding after giving effect to the incurrence of Expansion Senior Debt is capable of being amortized to a zero balance by
the termination date of the last to terminate of the Qualifying LNG SPAs then in effect and incremental Qualifying LNG SPAs entered into in respect of sales of LNG associated with the Expansion, and produces a Projected Fixed DSCR of at least
1.40:1.00 for the period commencing on the first Indenture Payment Date to occur after the last “guaranteed substantial completion date” (as defined in the applicable engineering, procurement and construction contract) with respect to any
Trains then in construction or with respect to which the Expansion Senior Debt is being incurred, through the terms of such Qualifying LNG SPAs (with such ratio calculated using such Qualifying LNG SPAs and using an interest rate equal to the
weighted average interest rate of Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt) outstanding after giving effect to the incurrence of the Expansion Senior Debt); 

  
 69 

 (7) if the Expansion Senior Debt is incurred to fund an Expansion: 

(A) for so long as at least $1 billion of Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding, the Company
has obtained the consent of the Facility Lenders pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Common Terms Agreement if such consent is required under the Common Terms Agreement or a Facility Agreement prior to the incurrence of Expansion Senior Debt;
or 
 (B) the Company has obtained and delivered to the Trustee a Rating Reaffirmation in respect of the Notes on the basis
of the incurrence of such Expansion Senior Debt; 
 (8) the final maturity date of the Expansion Senior Debt is no earlier
than the latest “guaranteed substantial completion date” set forth in the applicable engineering, procurement and construction contract for that part of the Development associated with the applicable Train or Trains forming part of such
Expansion; and 
 (9) the Expansion Senior Debt does not benefit from any security or guarantee from the Obligors or the
Sponsor or its Affiliates that is in addition to any security or guarantee from such Persons provided in respect of the Initial Senior Debt unless such security or guarantee is provided for the equal and ratable benefit of each Senior Creditor. 

Section 4.10 Permitted Development Expenditures. 

The Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Development Expenditures that qualify as Permitted Development Expenditures. In
addition, for the avoidance of doubt, a Development Expenditure may also be made in connection with an Expansion or as a result of permitted modifications of an engineering, procurement and construction contract. 

Section 4.11 Expansions. 
 (a)
Expansions. The Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.11(b) below, will have the right to modify existing facilities, and to construct the following
additional facilities, including acquiring land for the location of such additional facilities: 
 (1) one or more Trains
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, Train Three) and related storage, transportation, loading, unloading and other facilities and equipment; 

(2) other facilities for producing, storing, loading or unloading LNG or other products required for or associated with the
production of LNG, including modifications of the then-existing facilities to provide regasification or bi-directional production service; 

(3) expansion of existing pipelines or construction of new pipelines, and related infrastructure; 

  
 70 

 (4) other modifications of then-existing Project Facilities; and 

(5) the construction of Project Facilities or other infrastructure pursuant to a Sharing Arrangement permitted under
Section 4.28; 
 (such expansions and/or modifications (and which in each case are not Permitted Development Expenditures) are
referred to as “Expansions” and each an “Expansion”); provided that, notwithstanding the conditions set forth in Section 4.11(b) below, the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may at
any time (a) conduct front-end engineering, development and design work using Equity Funding; (b) prepare and submit applications for Permits related to any such Expansion; (c) undertake early works and/or pre-construction activities;
and (d) enter into a construction contract or construction contracts with respect to the development of Trains, and related loading, transportation and storage facilities, that contain obligations and liabilities not exceeding $50,000,000. 

(b) Conditions to Expansion. The Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may exercise their foregoing rights in relation to an
Expansion if the following conditions are satisfied and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that such conditions have been satisfied: 

(1) the Company has provided to the Trustee a funding plan covering the full amount of costs in respect thereof in order to
achieve substantial completion of each Train, as applicable, forming part of such Expansion, a budget and construction schedule of the Expansion, with an appropriate contingency and identifying the source of funds to cover such costs (being
permitted Expansion Senior Debt, additional funding (including contributions in the form of Subordinated Debt or Equity Funding) from the Sponsor under an equity commitment agreement (“Expansion Equity Funding Commitment”) and/or
Development-generated funds that are projected by the Company to be freely available for Restricted Payments as set forth in sub-clause (f)(iii) below); 

(2) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that no
Material Adverse Effect will occur, or would reasonably be expected to occur, as a result of the implementation of such proposed Expansion (including, without limitation, the construction, ownership or operation thereof), as the case may be; 

(3) the Independent Engineer shall have certified to the Trustee that it has reviewed and concurs with the Company’s cost
estimate under clause (1) above and the Company’s certification in clause (2) above; 
 (4) the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that: 
 (A) all material
Permits from a Governmental Authority required in respect of the implementation of such proposed Expansion (excluding any FERC order or Export Authorizations which are addressed in sub-clauses (B) and (C) below) have been obtained or the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that it reasonably expects such material consents can be obtained by the Obligors when necessary without material expense or delay to
construction of the Expansion; 

  
 71 

 (B) a FERC order with respect to the Expansion: (i) has been obtained
(ii) is in full force and effect, and (iii) is free from conditions and requirements (y) the compliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (z) that the applicable Obligor does not expect
to be able to satisfy on or prior to the commencement of the relevant stage of Development except to the extent that failure to satisfy such condition or requirement would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; 

(C) each Export Authorization in respect of the quantum of sales contemplated in connection with the Expansion: (i) has
been obtained, (ii) is in full force and effect and (iii) is free from conditions and requirements (y) the compliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (z) that the applicable Obligor
does not expect to be able to satisfy on or prior to the commencement of the relevant stage of Development except to the extent that failure to satisfy such condition or requirement would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 (D) the Company has used reasonable commercial efforts to obtain insurance with respect to the proposed Expansion
consistent with the requirements of Section 4.23 taking into account the type and value of the Expansion; and 

(E) the engineering, procurement and construction contract associated with the proposed Expansion is in effect and no material
payment default exists thereunder; 
 (5) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is Continuing;

 (6) if the funding plan delivered under clause (1) above for any Expansion contemplates that: 

(A) Expansion Senior Debt is a source of funding, then (i) such Senior Debt is permitted under Section 4.09(c)
and (ii) the cost of such Expansion that is not covered by Expansion Senior Debt is covered by Expansion Equity Funding Commitments as described in sub-clause (b) below and/or Development-generated funds meeting the requirements under
sub-clause (c) below; 
 (B) Expansion Equity Funding Commitments are a source of funding, then the commitment of the
Sponsor to provide such Expansion Equity Funding Commitments is set forth in an irrevocable equity commitment agreement in substantially the form of the CEI Equity Contribution Agreement and the Company’s rights under such funding commitments
have been assigned to the Security Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Creditors, and the Obligors have obtained a direct agreement with the Security Trustee in respect of each such funding commitment from the entity providing such funding
commitment; and 

  
 72 

 (C) Development-generated funds are a source of funding, then such funds are
projected by the Company to be freely available for Restricted Payments (taking into account the condition to the making of Restricted Payments in Section 4.06(b), but no others), such projection to be detailed, based on reasonable
assumptions and certified by an Authorized Officer to the Trustee. This certification will not require any further determination by the Trustee. 

Section 4.12 Asset Sales. 
 (a) The
Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless each of the following conditions are satisfied and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer of
the Company certifying that such conditions have been satisfied: 
 (1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2) at least 90% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash,
Authorized Investments or Replacement Assets or a combination thereof. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 

(A) any liabilities, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet (or as would be shown on the Company’s
consolidated balance sheet as of the date of such Asset Sale) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by
the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability therefor; and 

(B) any securities, Notes or other obligations received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that
are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Authorized Investments within 90 days after such Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash or Authorized Investments received in that conversion. 

(b) Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be) may apply an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds: 
 (1) to repay any Senior Debt in accordance with the
applicable Senior Debt Instrument; or 

  
 73 

 (2) to make any capital expenditure or to purchase Replacement Assets (or enter
into a binding agreement to make such capital expenditure or to purchase such Replacement Assets); provided that (i) such capital expenditure or purchase is consummated within the later of (x) 360 days after the receipt of the Net
Cash Proceeds from the related Asset Sale and (y) 180 days after the date of such binding agreement and (ii) if such capital expenditure or purchase is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (i), the amount not so applied
will be deemed to be Excess Proceeds. 
 (c) Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary may reduce Working Capital Debt or other revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(d) An amount equal to any Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this
Section 4.12 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” If on any date, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $200,000,000, then within ten Business Days after such date, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer in
accordance with Section 3.09. The offer price or prepayment amount in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding,
the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain unapplied after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited
by this Indenture. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 (e) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by the provisions of Section 5.01 and not by the provisions
of this Section 4.12. 
 (f) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.12, or compliance with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.12 would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations,
the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.12 by virtue of such compliance. 

(g) If the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, receives any Net Cash Proceeds applied to the prepayment of Senior Debt and this Indenture does
not require the Company to make an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to this Section 4.12, the Company shall instruct the Trustee to deposit such proceeds in the Construction Account or the Revenue Account, as applicable, and the Trustee shall
be required to make such deposit. 
 (h) Pending their application all Net Cash Proceeds while held by the Company in an Account will be
invested as Authorized Investments in which the Security Trustee has a 

  
 74 

 
perfected Security Interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, subject only to Permitted Liens. The Company will grant to the Security Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, a security
interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, on any property or assets purchased, rebuilt, repaired, replaced or constructed with such Excess Proceeds on the terms set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents. 

Section 4.13 Transactions with Affiliates. 

The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or agreement
with or for the benefit of any of their Affiliates involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25,000,000 except for: 
 (a)
transactions or agreements required by applicable law or regulation; 
 (b) transactions or agreements required or contemplated by the CSAA;

 (c) transactions or agreements contemplated by any Material Project Agreement and entered into in the ordinary course of business (but
not the entering into of a Material Project Agreement or an agreement that, pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, becomes a Material Project Agreement); 

(d) the CMI (UK) LNG SPAs, the Gas and Power Supply Services Agreement and the Tax Sharing Agreements; 

(e) transactions or agreements undertaken on fair and commercially reasonable terms that are not less favorable in the aggregate to the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable agreement with independent parties acting at arm’s length (or, if there is no comparable arm’s-length transaction, then on terms reasonably determined by the
Board of Directors of the Company to be fair and reasonable); 
 (f) transactions or agreements between or among the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (g) Subordinated Debt between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries and any of their
Affiliates; 
 (h) any Sharing Arrangement with an Affiliate of the Company; provided, that the terms of such agreement provide for
the recovery by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, of at least the incremental Operation and Maintenance Expenses associated with operations pursuant to such agreement and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has
entered into the required Security Documents in respect of its rights under such agreements; 
 (i) any employment agreement, employee
benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto; 

  
 75 

 (j) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an
Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 

(k) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company; 

(l) Permitted Investments permitted under Section 4.06 or Section 4.18; 

(m) Permitted Payments; 
 (n)
any contracts, agreements or understandings existing as of the Notes Issue Date or disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, and any amendments to or replacements of such contracts, agreements or understandings permitted under the Finance Documents to
which the Trustee is a party; 
 (o) any assignment, novation or transfer of the CMI (UK) LNG SPAs to an Affiliate of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
 (p) any arrangements entered into in accordance with the provisions in Section 4.27 and
Section 4.28. 
 Prior to entering into any agreement with an Affiliate pursuant to clause (e) above, and involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company as to the satisfaction of the applicable condition set forth in such clause (e). 

Section 4.14 Liens. 
 Subject to
Section 3 of the CSAA, the Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to assume, incur, permit or suffer to exist any Lien on any of their assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted
Liens. 
 Section 4.15 Nature of Business. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to engage in any business or activities other than the Permitted
Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.16
Maintenance of Existence. 
 Subject to Section 5.01, the Company and each Guarantor shall do all things necessary to
maintain: (a) its corporate, limited liability company or partnership, as applicable, existence in its jurisdiction of organization; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit conversion into another form of entity or continuation in
another jurisdiction and (b) the power and authority (corporate and otherwise) necessary under the applicable law to own its properties and to carry on the business of the Development. Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall not dissolve,
liquidate, and shall not take any action to amend or modify its corporate constituent or governing documents where such amendment would be adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 

  
 76 

 Section 4.17 Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs and the exceptions set forth in Section 4.17(e) do not apply, the Company will
be required to make an offer to repurchase all of the Notes (a “Change of Control Offer”) for payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (“Change of Control Payment Date,” which date will be no earlier than the date of such Change of Control). No later than 30 days following
any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating: 

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.17 and that all Notes tendered will
be accepted for payment; 
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later
than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed; 
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrete or accrue
interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for
payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the
Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if
the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount
of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 

(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $100,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to
the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this
Section 4.17, 

  
 77 

 
or compliance with this Section 4.17 would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will
not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.17 by virtue of such compliance. 
 (b) On the Change of
Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change
of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 

The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of
Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $100,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(c) The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control
Payment Date. 
 (d) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not
withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described below, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the
Company will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding
following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of
redemption. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.17, the Company will not be required to make a
Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.17 and purchases all
Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.03 with respect to a redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, unless and
until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 
 (f) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an
interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such note was registered at the close of business on such record date. 

  
 78 

 Section 4.18 Limitation on Investments and Loans. 

The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to make any Investments other than Permitted Investments. 

Section 4.19 Events of Loss. 
 (a) If
an Event of Loss (other than a Catastrophic Casualty Event) has occurred, Insurance Proceeds and Condemnation Proceeds, as applicable, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof will be applied to rebuilding, repairing,
replacing or constructing improvements to the Project Facilities, with no obligation to make any purchase of Notes. 
 (b) If an Event of
Loss is a Catastrophic Casualty Event, then within 120 days following the Catastrophic Casualty Event of Loss, the Company will deliver to the Trustee: 

(1) a written confirmation from a reputable contractor or engineer that the Project Facilities can be rebuilt, repaired,
replaced or constructed and operating within 540 days following the time such proceeds are received; and 
 (2) a certificate
from an Authorized Officer certifying that the applicable entity has available from Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, as applicable, cash on hand, projected Cash Flow taking into account the impact of such event, binding equity
commitments with respect to funds, anticipated insurance proceeds and/or available borrowings under Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.08 to complete the rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction described in
Section 4.08(a) and to pay debt service on its Indebtedness during the repair and restoration period. 
 (c) If a Catastrophic
Casualty Event has occurred, but (i) the confirmation in Section 4.19(b)(1) and Section 4.19(b)(2) is not provided within the required 120 days or (ii) if provided, any Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds
received in connection therewith are not reinvested (or committed for investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) within the required 540 days, such proceeds will be deemed “Excess Loss Proceeds”. 

(d) If on any date the aggregate amount of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds $500,000,000, then within 15 Business Days after such date, the
Company will make an Excess Loss Proceeds Offer in accordance with Section 3.09. Such purchase, redemption or repayment will be subject to the pro rata payment provisions in the CSAA. The offer price or prepayment amount in any
Excess Loss Proceeds Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Loss Proceeds
remain unapplied after consummation of an Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of each Excess Loss Proceeds
Offer, the amount of Excess Loss Proceeds will be reset at zero. 

  
 79 

 (e) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Excess Loss Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws
or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.19, or compliance with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.19 would constitute a violation of any such laws or
regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.19 by virtue of such compliance. 

(f) If the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, receives any Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds applied to the prepayment of Senior
Debt and this Indenture does not require the Company to make an Excess Loss Proceeds Offer pursuant to this Section 4.19, the Company shall instruct the Trustee to deposit such proceeds in the Construction Account or the Revenue Account,
as applicable, and the Trustee shall be required to make such deposit. 
 (g) Pending their application all Insurance Proceeds and
Condemnation Proceeds while held by the Company in an Account will be invested as Authorized Investments in which the Security Trustee has a perfected Security Interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, subject only to Permitted Liens. The
Company will grant to the Security Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, a security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, on any property or assets purchased, rebuilt, repaired, replaced or constructed with such Insurance Proceeds and
Condemnation Proceeds on the terms set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents. 
 Section 4.20 Performance Liquidated Damages. 

(a) If no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has received
Performance Liquidated Damages, measured following the Substantial Completion of the last Train to be completed within the Project Facilities contemplated under the EPC Contract (T1/T2), it shall use such Performance Liquidated Damages, within 180
days following receipt thereof (or 270 days if a commitment to complete, repair, refurbish or improve the Project Facilities is entered within 180 days following the receipt of such proceeds) to: 

(1) complete, repair, refurbish or improve the Project Facilities in respect of which the Performance Liquidated Damages were
paid or other Project Facilities under construction related to the Corpus Christi Terminal Facility or the Corpus Christi Pipeline; or 

(2) repay or reimburse providers of Equity Funding to the extent such Equity Funding was used to complete, repair, refurbish or
improve the Project Facilities in respect of which the Performance Liquidated Damages were paid or other Project Facilities under construction related to the Corpus Christi Terminal Facility or the Corpus Christi Pipeline. 

  
 80 

 (b) Any Performance Liquidated Damages that are not applied in the manner and within the time
periods set forth in the foregoing paragraph will be deemed “PLD Excess Proceeds.” 
 (c) If on any date the aggregate
amount of PLD Excess Proceeds exceeds $10,000,000, then within ten Business Days after such date, the Company shall make a PLD Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with Section 3.09. The offer price in any PLD Excess Proceeds Offer will
be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest, and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any PLD Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of a
PLD Excess Proceeds Offer, the Company may use those PLD Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of each PLD Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of PLD Excess Proceeds for the purposes of this
paragraph will be reset at zero. 
 (d) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to a PLD Excess Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.20, or compliance with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.20 would constitute a violation of any such laws or
regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.20 by virtue of such compliance. 

(e) If the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, receives any Performance Liquidated Damages applied to the prepayment of Senior Debt and this
Indenture does not require the Company to make a PLD Excess Proceeds Offer pursuant to this Section 4.20, the Company shall instruct the Trustee to deposit such proceeds in the Construction Account or the Revenue Account, as applicable,
and the Trustee shall be required to make such deposit. 
 (f) Pending their application all Performance Liquidated Damages while held by
the Company in an Account will be invested as Authorized Investments in which the Security Trustee has a perfected Security Interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, subject only to Permitted Liens. The Company will grant to the Security
Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, a security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, on any property or assets purchased, rebuilt, repaired, replaced or constructed with such Performance Liquidated Damages on the terms set forth in the
Indenture and the Security Documents. 
 Section 4.21 LNG SPA Mandatory Offer. 

(a) The Company shall make a LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment as required by the Common Terms Agreement and, for purposes of implementing the
pro rata payment of Senior Debt Obligations provisions of the CSAA, if either of the events set forth below occurs (each, an “Indenture LNG SPA Prepayment Event”), the Company will make an LNG SPA Mandatory Offer in
accordance with Section 3.09 as set forth below: 
 (1) CCL breaches the LNG SPA maintenance covenant in
Section 4.29; or 

  
 81 

 (2) with respect to a Required LNG SPA, a Required Export Authorization becomes
Impaired and CCL does not (i) provide a remediation plan to the Trustee (setting forth in reasonable detail proposed steps to reinstate the Required Export Authorization or to modify its LNG SPA arrangements such that such Export Authorization
is no longer a Required Export Authorization with respect to any or all of such Required LNG SPAs (each such item, an “Export Authorization Remediation”)) within 30 days following such Impairment, and (ii) cause such Export
Authorization Remediation to become effective within 90 days following the occurrence of such Impairment, which period is automatically extended by an additional 90 days to effect the Export Authorization Remediation if CCL certifies to the Trustee
prior to the termination of the initial 90 day period that (A) CCL is diligently pursuing its plan for the Export Authorization Remediation and (B) the Impairment of the Required Export Authorization could not reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect during such subsequent cure period; provided that if no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith remain outstanding, the maximum period within which CCL shall effect such Export
Authorization Remediation under sub-clause (b)(ii) is 360 days. 
 (b) To the extent any Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection
therewith are outstanding and the Intercreditor Agent has approved any extension of the time period in which a remediation plan must be submitted or in which an Export Authorization Remediation must take effect, then the Company shall have the
benefit of such extended period under this Indenture to submit such remediation plan or for such Export Authorization Remediation to take effect. 

(c) For so long as at least $1 billion of Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding, the Company shall make an
LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment in accordance with the provisions of the Common Terms Agreement (including an LNG SPA Mandatory Offer in an amount as determined in accordance with the applicable pro rata payment of Senior Debt Obligations
provisions of the CSAA) in an amount as determined in accordance with the LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment provisions of the Common Terms Agreement (such amount, the “LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment Amount (CTA Calculation)”). 

(d) For so long as Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding but are less than $1 billion, the Company shall
make a LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment in accordance with the provisions of the Common Terms Agreement (including an LNG SPA Mandatory Offer in an amount as determined in accordance with the applicable pro rata payment of Senior Debt Obligations
provisions of the CSAA) in an amount (such amount, the “LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment Amount (CTA/Indenture Calculation)”) equal to the greater of: 

(1) the amount of the LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment as required by the Common Terms Agreement; and 

(2) the difference between: 

(A) the aggregate principal amount of Senior Debt then outstanding plus the aggregate principal amount of undrawn Facility Debt
Commitments, less 

  
 82 

 (B) the maximum amount of Senior Debt that can be incurred such that it is
capable of being amortized to a zero balance through the termination date of the last to terminate of the Qualifying LNG SPAs then in effect (including any Replacement Indenture Qualifying LNG SPAs entered into to replace any LNG SPAs whose
termination triggered the Indenture LNG SPA Prepayment Event) and produces an Indenture Projected Fixed DSCR of at least 1.40:1.00 through the terms of such Qualifying LNG SPAs, with such calculation using all such Qualifying LNG SPAs in respect of
which there is in effect their Required Export Authorizations which are not Impaired, and using an interest rate equal to the weighted average interest rate of all Senior Debt (other than Working Capital Debt) then outstanding. 

(e) For so long as there are no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith outstanding, the Company shall make an LNG SPA
Mandatory Offer in accordance with Section 3.09 in an aggregate amount (such amount, the “LNG SPA Mandatory Offer Amount”) equal to: 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Senior Debt then outstanding, less 

(2) the maximum amount of Senior Debt that can be incurred such that it is capable of being amortized to a zero balance through
the termination date of the last to terminate of the Qualifying LNG SPAs then in effect (including any new Qualifying LNG SPAs entered into to replace an LNG SPA whose termination triggered the Indenture LNG SPA Prepayment Event) and produces an
Indenture Projected Fixed DSCR of at least 1.40:1.00 through the terms of such Qualifying LNG SPAs, with such calculation using all such Qualifying LNG SPAs in respect of which there is in effect their Required Export Authorizations which are not
Impaired, and using an interest rate equal to the weighted average interest rate of all Senior Debt (other than Working Capital Debt) then outstanding. 

(f) The offer price in any LNG SPA Mandatory Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued but unpaid
interest, and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase and will be payable in cash. 
 (g) In the event that the
principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer, together with accrued but unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the date of purchase, is: 

(1) in the case of an LNG SPA Mandatory Offer made pursuant to Section 4.21(c) less than the pro rata
portion of the LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment Amount (CTA Calculation) that is required to be applied toward the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer pursuant to the pro rata payment of Senior Debt Obligation provisions of the CSAA, the amount of the
difference shall be applied as if it was a Senior Debt Obligation (other than Notes) to be prepaid in accordance with the LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment provisions of the Common Terms Agreement; 

  
 83 

 (2) in the case of an LNG SPA Mandatory Offer made pursuant to
Section 4.21(d) less than the pro rata portion of the LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment Amount (CTA/Indenture Calculation) that is required to be applied toward the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer pursuant to the pro rata payment of Senior
Debt Obligation provisions of the CSAA, the amount of the difference shall be applied as if it was a Senior Debt Obligation (other than Notes) to be prepaid in accordance with the LNG SPA Mandatory Prepayment provisions of the Common Terms
Agreement; and 
 (3) in the case of an LNG SPA Mandatory Offer made pursuant to the Section 4.21(e), less than
the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer Amount, the Company shall not have any further obligations with respect to such LNG SPA Mandatory Offer. 
 (h)
The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant
to a LNG SPA Mandatory Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.21 or compliance with the provisions of
Section 3.09 or this Section 4.21 would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.21 by virtue of such compliance. 
 Section 4.22 Access. 

The Company will and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to grant the Trustee or its designee from time to time, including during
the pendency of an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event of Default, upon 15 days’ advance notice but no more than twice per calendar year (unless an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is Continuing, in which
case such access shall be granted upon reasonable prior written notice) reasonable access to all of its books and records and the physical facilities of the Development. All such inspections must be conducted during normal business hours, subject to
the confidentiality arrangements pursuant to the confidentiality provisions of the CSAA, in a manner that does not disrupt the operation of the Development. So long as an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is
Continuing, the reasonable fees and documented expenses of such persons will be for the account of the Company. 
 Section 4.23 Insurance. 

Each of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will obtain and maintain insurance with financially sound insurers, in such form and
amounts as necessary to insure the probable maximum loss for the Development, except where not available on commercially reasonable terms. The Company shall cause each insurance policy to name the Secured Parties and/or the Security Trustee on
behalf of the Secured Parties as named insureds, and in the case of any property insurance, loss payees to the extent provided under, in accordance with and pursuant to terms of, the CSAA. 

  
 84 

 For so long as the Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding, the
maintenance of insurance required to be procured and maintained pursuant to the insurance covenant of the Common Terms Agreement shall be deemed to meet the insurance covenant in this Section 4.23. 

Section 4.24 Compliance with Law. 

Each of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will comply in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders
(excluding tax laws, in respect of which Section 4.05 is applicable), except where such failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 4.25 Limitation on Guarantees. 

The Company will not and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the obligations of others, except for: 

(a) guarantees expressly contemplated by a Finance Document to which the Trustee is a party; 

(b) guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business pursuant to a Material Project Agreement; and 

(c) guarantees of the obligations of one or more of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Indebtedness permitted under
Section 4.08 hereof. 
 Section 4.26 Material Project Agreements. 

The Company will and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, to (i) maintain in effect all Material Project
Agreements to which it is a party and (ii) comply in all material respects with their payment and other material obligations under the Material Project Agreements, except in each case: 

(a) to the extent a Material Project Agreement is permitted to expire, be terminated or replaced under this Indenture or expires or is
replaced in accordance with its terms; 
 (b) to the extent provided in Section 4.21 and Section 4.29 in relation to
LNG SPAs; or 
 (c) to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

The Company will not and will not permit its Restricted Subsidiaries to agree to any material amendment of any Material Project Agreement to
which it is or becomes a party (except as permitted in Section 4.30) unless (a) a copy of such amendment has been delivered to the Trustee at least five days in advance of the effective date thereof along with a certificate of an
Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that the proposed amendment or termination would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (b) the Company or the 

  
 85 

 
applicable Restricted Subsidiary has obtained the consent of the Intercreditor Agent, if at least $1 billion of Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding, and if
not, a majority of the Holders to such amendment. 
 Section 4.27 Customary Lifting and Balancing Arrangements. 

The Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into one or more lifting and balancing arrangements with an External Train
Entity containing provisions for borrowing, loaning or supply of Gas and/or LNG provided that: 
 (a) such lifting and balancing
arrangements are entered into on fair and commercially reasonable terms that are not less favorable in the aggregate to the Company and/or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable agreement with independent parties
acting at arm’s length; 
 (b) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company
certifying that (i) after giving effect to such lifting and balancing arrangements (and any amendment thereto), the Company reasonably expects to be able to meet its performance and operational obligations under all then effective Material
Project Agreements (to which the Independent Engineer has reasonably concurred); (ii) no Material Adverse Effect would reasonably be expected to occur as a result of the implementation of the proposed lifting and balancing arrangement; and
(iii) all conditions provided under this Section 4.27 have been satisfied; and 
 (c) the Company takes any action that may
then be required to grant and perfect security over its rights, title and interest therein to the Senior Creditors as required by the CSAA. 

Any such agreements shall be automatically deemed to be Material Project Agreements when the conditions above are satisfied. 

Section 4.28 Sharing of Project Facilities. 

The Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into one or more agreements for the (x) sharing, quiet enjoyment and use
by any External Train Entity of any Project Facilities (including the Corpus Christi Pipeline), and of any capacity, and/or processing or storage rights of any of the foregoing and/or (y) for the sharing, quiet enjoyment, and use by the Company
and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of facilities of an External Train Entity, and of any capacity and/or processing or storage rights of any of the foregoing (each a “Sharing Arrangement”), in each case (whether on a capacity
borrowing, lending or swap basis, a committed tolling or pooling basis or otherwise), subject only to the following conditions: 
 (a)
     
 (1) the Sharing Arrangement does not involve any sale, lease or creation of a Lien over the
assets of the Development, other than: 
 (A) any sale, lease or Lien over Real Estate which (i) is owned by the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company but is not reasonably 

  
 86 

 
necessary for siting, constructing or operating the Project Facilities (as then under construction and/or operation), (ii) would not otherwise materially adversely impact the construction
and/or operation of the Project Facilities (as then under construction and/or operation) or their performance as contemplated under their applicable engineering, construction or procurement contract or (iii) could not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect (with reasonable concurrence of the Independent Engineer in the case of reliance on clauses (1) or (2)); and 

(B) any Permitted Liens or any customary easements, related subordination and non-attornment provisions or similar Liens
employed for the grant of quiet enjoyment rights of use over facilities whose use is shared by one or more entities and which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

(2) Cheniere LNG O&M Services, LLC remains the operator of any Project Facilities subject to such Sharing Arrangement; 

(3) such Sharing Arrangement provides that, as a condition precedent to the commencement of any use, sharing or pooling of
capacity in a facility that is owned by an External Train Entity, that such facility has reached substantial completion in accordance with the applicable engineering, construction and procurement contract; 

(4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company (to which the
Independent Engineer has reasonably concurred) certifying that after giving effect to such proposed Sharing Arrangement, CCL and CCP will hold capacity and use rights across the Project Facilities (as supplemented by any facilities developed and
used by the External Train Entity) sufficient for the Company to meet its obligations under all then-effective Material Project Agreements; 

(5) the Company shall take all actions required to grant a perfected security interest over the Company’s rights, title
and interest in the agreements evidencing such Sharing Arrangements to the Senior Creditors as required by the CSAA (or any other Security Document executed pursuant thereto); 

(6) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is Continuing or would occur as a result of the
implementation of the Sharing Arrangement, and the Company so certifies; and 
 (7) the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that (A) all requirements described in this Section 4.28 have been complied with, (B) no Material Adverse Effect could reasonably be expected to arise
as a result of implementing the proposed Sharing Arrangements and (C) all material Permits from a Governmental Authority required in respect of the implementation of such proposed Sharing Arrangement have been obtained or the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of 

  
 87 

 
the Company certifying that it reasonably expects such material consents can be obtained by the Obligors when necessary without material expense or delay to implementation of the Sharing
Arrangement; and 
 (b) the amount of all Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt and excluding all Indebtedness under Permitted Senior
Debt Hedging Instruments) of the Company outstanding after giving effect to such Sharing Arrangements is capable of being amortized to a zero balance by the termination date of the last to terminate of the Qualifying LNG SPAs then in effect and
produces a Indenture Projected Fixed DSCR that is not less than the Indenture Projected Fixed DSCR derived from amortizing the amount of all Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt and excluding all Indebtedness under Permitted Senior Debt
Hedging Instruments) of the Company outstanding prior to giving effect to such Sharing Arrangements to a zero balance by the termination date of the last to terminate of such Qualifying LNG SPAs, in each case through the terms of such Qualifying LNG
SPAs, with such calculations using such Qualifying LNG SPAs and using an interest rate equal to (i) in the case of an amortization calculation after giving effect to such Sharing Arrangements, the weighted average interest rate of all such
Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt) outstanding after giving effect thereto and (ii) in the case of an amortization calculation prior to giving effect to such Sharing Arrangements, the weighted average interest rate of all such Senior
Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt) outstanding prior to giving effect thereto. 
 Any such agreements shall be automatically deemed to be
Material Project Agreements when the conditions above are satisfied. 
 Section 4.29 LNG SPA Maintenance. 

The Company will make a mandatory offer to repurchase Notes in accordance with Section 4.21 if CCL fails to maintain LNG SPAs
constituting a combination of the Initial LNG SPAs and/or other Qualifying LNG SPAs providing for commitments to purchase LNG in quantities at least equal to the Base Committed Quantity unless, upon termination of the Initial LNG SPA or any other
Qualifying LNG SPA, CCL enters into Qualifying LNG SPA(s) (each, a “Replacement Indenture Qualifying LNG SPA”) within 90 days following such termination to the extent necessary to meet the Base Committed Quantity, which period will
be automatically extended by an additional 90 days if the Company certifies to the Trustee prior to the termination of the initial 90 day period that: 

(a) CCL intends to replace such terminated LNG SPA with one or more LNG SPA that would each be a Qualifying LNG SPA that enable CCL to meet
the Base Committed Quantity requirement set forth above and is diligently pursuing such replacement; and 
 (b) the termination of such
Qualifying LNG SPA would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect during such subsequent cure period; 
 provided that
(i) if any Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding and the Intercreditor Agent has approved an extension of any of the above cure periods, then the Company shall have the benefit of such extended cure period
under this Indenture to replace such terminated LNG SPA and (ii) if no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding, the maximum period within which to replace such terminated LNG SPA shall be 360 days. 

  
 88 

 A “Qualifying LNG SPA” comprises each of the Initial LNG SPAs and any other LNG
SPA that meets each of the following conditions: 
 (c) With respect to any new LNG SPA or a Replacement Indenture Qualifying LNG SPA: 

(1) for so long as at least $1 billion of Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding, such LNG
SPA is approved by the Intercreditor Agent; 
 (2) such LNG SPA is entered into for a Qualifying Term and is entered into
(i) with an Investment Grade LNG Buyer or, (ii) for so long as at least $1 billion of Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith are outstanding, any entity approved pursuant to the terms of the Loans; or 

(3) in the case of: 

(A) any new LNG SPA, the Company has obtained and delivered to the Trustee a Rating Reaffirmation which takes into account the
proposed LNG SPA and LNG Buyer; or 
 (B) one or more Replacement Indenture Qualifying LNG SPAs that replace one or more
terminated LNG SPAs which, in the aggregate, would require the delivery of an annual contracted quantity of no more than 208,571,428 MMBtu in order to replace such terminated LNG SPAs in full, the Company has obtained and delivered to the Trustee a
Rating Reaffirmation which (y) takes into account the Replacement Indenture Qualifying LNG SPAs and the LNG Buyers and (z) reaffirms the Company’s rating in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the termination event giving
rise to the termination of the LNG SPAs being replaced (but prior to the running of any applicable notice period or cure period thereunder); and 

(d) no Material Adverse Effect occurs, or could reasonably be expected to occur, as a result of entering into such LNG SPA or, in the case of
a Replacement Indenture Qualifying LNG SPA, the termination of the LNG SPA being replaced and the entering into of the Replacement Indenture Qualifying LNG SPA, taken as a whole. 

The Company will notify the Trustee upon entry into any new Qualifying LNG SPA promptly (and in any event, within 30 days of entry into such
agreement), which notice will provide (a) a description thereof to the Trustee consistent with the description of the Initial LNG SPAs in the Offering Memorandum and (b) a statement of whether the Non-FTA Authorization, FTA Authorization,
both of the foregoing or any other Export Authorization(s) are Required Export Authorizations in respect of such Qualifying LNG SPA, in accordance with the definition of Required Export Authorization, together with reasonable background information
to support such designation and (c) a certification to the effect set forth in clause (b) above. Any LNG SPA that becomes a Qualifying LNG SPA will automatically be deemed to be a Material Project Agreement. 

  
 89 

 Section 4.30 Amendment of LNG SPAs. 

Except to the extent such amendment or modification is required by applicable law or regulation of any Governmental Authority, CCL will not
agree to any amendment or modification to the terms or provisions of any Qualifying LNG SPA if such amendment or modification would or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 4.31 Sale of Supplemental Quantities. 

LNG SPAs may be entered into by CCL in respect of Supplemental Quantities of LNG and such LNG SPAs may be of any duration, on any terms and to
buyers of any credit quality; provided that (a) performance under such LNG SPAs would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) entry into and the terms of such LNG SPA will not result in a breach of any
Required LNG SPA then in effect. Supplemental Quantities may also be sold at any time pursuant to the CMI (UK) LNG SPAs and the El Campesino Contingent LNG SPA. The CMI (UK) LNG SPAs and the El Campesino Contingent LNG SPA shall be deemed to meet
the foregoing requirements. 
 Section 4.32 Export Authorizations. 

CCL will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect both the FTA Authorization and the Non-FTA Authorization, and
shall comply therewith, except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 Section 4.33 FERC
Order. 
 CCL and CCP will maintain in full force and effect and comply in all material respects with the FERC Order, except where
failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may
amend or modify the FERC Order and any conditions thereof only to the extent that such amendment or modification would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 4.34 Hedging Arrangements. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into Hedging Instruments other than Permitted Hedging
Instruments. 
 Section 4.35 Project Construction; Maintenance of Properties. 

The Company will and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to perform, or
cause to be performed, all work and services required or appropriate in connection with the design, engineering, construction, testing and commencement of operations of the Development. On or prior to the Project Completion

  
 90 

 
Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company (which certificate shall be confirmed to be reasonable by the Independent Engineer)
certifying (a) that Ready for Start Up and Substantial Completion with respect to Train One and Train Two have occurred pursuant to the EPC Contract (T1/T2), (b) the Company’s calculation of the Permitted Completion Amount and
(c) that “substantial completion” of the Corpus Christi Pipeline has occurred (in accordance with the applicable construction contract). 

Section 4.36 Maintenance of Liens. 

(a) The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, grant a security interest to the Security Trustee in its right,
title and interest in, to and under its property to the extent and in accordance with, and subject to the exclusions set forth in, the Security Documents and the Company shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, take, or cause
to be taken, all action reasonably required by the Security Trustee to maintain and preserve the Security Interests created by the Security Documents to which it is a party and the priority of such Security Interests as set forth in such Security
Documents. 
 (b) The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, from time to time execute or cause to be
executed any and all further instruments (including financing statements, continuation statements and similar statements with respect to any Security Document) reasonably requested by the Security Trustee for such purposes. 

(c) The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, preserve and maintain good, legal and valid title to, or rights
in, the Collateral free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Liens to the extent and in accordance with, and subject to the exclusions set forth in, the Security Documents. The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, promptly discharge at the Obligor’s cost and expense, any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on the Collateral to the extent and in accordance with, and subject to the exclusions set forth in, the Security Documents. 

Section 4.37 Credit Rating Agencies. 

The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Notes to be rated by at least two Recognized Credit Rating Agencies. If
any Recognized Credit Rating Agency ceases to be a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” registered with the SEC or ceases to be in the business of rating securities of the type and nature of the Notes, the Company may
replace the rating received from it with a rating from any other Acceptable Rating Agency. 
 Section 4.38 Additional Note Guarantees. 

If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary, then such Domestic Subsidiary will
(a) execute a supplemental indenture in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (together with a corresponding Notation of Guarantee in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D), (b) accede to the CSAA and become a “Guarantor” and
“Securing Party” thereunder, and (c) if applicable, execute the Common Terms Agreement and any Facility Agreement as a guarantor and “Loan Party” thereunder, in each case within 15 Business Days of the date on which such
Domestic Subsidiary is acquired or created; provided that any such Restricted Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary is not required to become a Guarantor until it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary. The Company shall deliver an
Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee as of the date of such accession to the CSAA and execution of the supplemental indenture. 

  
 91 

 Section 4.39 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would
otherwise comply with the provisions of this Section 4.39. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted
Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and a certificate from an Authorized Officer certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions. If, at any time, any
Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to
be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date by Section 4.08, the Company will be in default of the covenants described in such section.
The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. Any such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (a) such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 4.08 calculated on a pro forma basis; and (b) no Event
of Default or Unmatured Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 
 Section 4.40 Separateness. 

The Company and its Subsidiaries, as a consolidated group, shall each at all times: 

(a) observe all applicable entity procedures necessary to maintain its separate existence and formalities, including: 

(i) maintain minutes or records of meetings of the members and/or managers of the Company and its Subsidiaries; 

(ii) act on behalf of itself only pursuant to due authorization of the members and/or managers, including, when applicable, any independent
managers or members; and 

  
 92 

 (iii) conduct its own business in its own name and through authorized agents pursuant to its
Constitutional Documents; 
 (b) allocate fairly and reasonably any shared expenses, including overhead for shared office space or common
employees (if any); 
 (c) use separate stationery, invoices and checks bearing its own name; 

(d) prepare and maintain its own full and complete books, accounting records (including books of account and payroll, if any) and other
documents and records, in each case which are separate and apart from the books, accounting records and other documents and records of the Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof; 

(e) maintain separate bank accounts in its own name or otherwise pursuant to the Finance Documents and make all investments by or on behalf of
the Company and its Subsidiaries solely in its name except as otherwise provided by the Finance Documents; 
 (f) separate its property and
not allow funds or other assets to be commingled with the funds and other assets of, held by, or registered in the name of the Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof, and maintain its assets in such a manner that it is not costly or difficult to identify
or ascertain such assets, all except to the extent otherwise provided by the Finance Documents; 
 (g) not hold itself out as being liable
for the debts of the Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof and not guarantee the debts of the Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof except as permitted by the Finance Documents; 

(h) not acquire or assume obligations or securities of, or make loans or advances to, any of its Affiliates except as required under the
Finance Documents; 
 (i) maintain separate financial statements, showing its assets and liabilities separate and apart from those of any
other Person, and not have its assets listed on the balance sheet of any other Person; provided that such Obligor may also report its financial statements on a consolidated or combined basis with one or more of its Affiliates in accordance
with GAAP so long as appropriate notation is made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of the Company and its Subsidiaries from such Affiliate(s) and to disclose the separate nature of the Company and its
Subsidiaries indebtedness; 
 (j) prepare and file its own tax returns separate from those of any Person except to the extent that the
Company and its Subsidiaries is treated as a “disregarded entity” for tax purposes and is not required to file tax returns under applicable law; 

(k) pay its own liabilities and expenses out of its own assets (except as provided under the Finance Documents); 

(l) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of its contemplated business
operations (either directly or through 

  
 93 

 
contractual arrangements to provide such services that such employees would provide) and not permit its employees, if any, to participate in or receive payroll benefits or pension plans of or
from any of its Affiliates; 
 (m) maintain adequate capitalization in light of its contemplated business and obligations; 

(n) hold itself out to third parties as a legal entity, separate and distinct and independent from any other entity, conduct its own business
solely under its name and correct any known misunderstanding as to the separateness of the Obligors from any other Person; 
 (o) procure
that the Company shall have an independent director or manager appointed in accordance with its Constitutional Documents; and 
 (p) have and
maintain Constitutional Documents which comply with the requirements of this Section 4.4; 
 provided that no limitation
in this Section shall apply to the Company and its Subsidiaries as among one another. 
 Section 4.41 Use of Proceeds. 

The Company will use the proceeds of the Notes solely for purposes permitted in the applicable Finance Documents. 

Section 4.42 Payments for Consents. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder, in its capacity as a Holder, for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be
paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

Section 4.43 Changes in Covenants when Notes Rated Investment Grade. 

(a) If, on any date, following the Notes Issue Date: 

(1) the Notes become Investment Grade; and 

(2) no Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be Continuing, 

then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes, the
covenants set forth in Section 5.01(c), Section 4.18 and Section 4.34 will no longer be applicable to the Notes. 

  
 94 

 (b) In addition, on any date following the date on which the Company satisfies the conditions in
clauses (1) and (2) of clause (a) above, the restrictions contained in the covenants set forth in Section 4.08 and Section 4.25 shall be of no further force and effect and shall be replaced with the following:

 “The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur Indebtedness, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to issue preferred stock; provided that the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness and Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company may issue preferred stock (i) permitted to be incurred
and/or issued as described in paragraphs (a) through (q) of Section 4.08 (for the avoidance of doubt, including any Additional Senior Debt, incurred in accordance with the provisions described under
Section 4.09) and (ii) if either of the following conditions have been satisfied: 
  

	 	(A)	The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that the amount of all Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt and excluding all Indebtedness under
Permitted Senior Debt Hedging Instruments) outstanding, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, is capable of being amortized to a zero balance by the termination date of the last to terminate of the Qualifying LNG SPAs then in
effect and produces a Indenture Projected Fixed DSCR of at least 1.40:1.00 through the terms of such Qualifying LNG SPAs (with such ratio calculated using such Qualifying LNG SPAs, and using an interest rate equal to the weighted average interest
rate of Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt) outstanding after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom); or 

 

	 	(B)	The Company has obtained and delivered to the Trustee a Rating Reaffirmation in respect of the Notes after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness.” 

ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 

Section 5.01 Merger, Liquidation, Sale of All Assets. 

The Company will not dissolve or liquidate nor consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (regardless of whether the Company is the
surviving entity), convert into another form of entity or continue in another jurisdiction, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 
 (a) either (i) the Company is the
surviving entity or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation, merger, conversion or continuation (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition is made is a
corporation, limited liability company or partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and assumes the 

  
 95 

 
Company’s obligations under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture, appropriate modifications (if
necessary) to the Security Documents and Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (b) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default would exist
immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions; 
 (c) the amount of all Senior Debt (excluding
Working Capital Debt and excluding all Indebtedness under Permitted Senior Debt Hedging Instruments) of the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any consolidation or merger or sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition (if
other than the Company) outstanding after giving effect thereto, is capable of being amortized to a zero balance by the termination date of the last to terminate of the Qualifying LNG SPAs then in effect and produces a Indenture Projected Fixed DSCR
that is not less than the lower of (i) 1.40:1.00 and (ii) the Indenture Projected Fixed DSCR derived from amortizing the amount of all Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt and excluding all Indebtedness under Permitted Senior Debt
Hedging Instruments) of the Company outstanding prior to giving effect thereto to a zero balance by the termination date of the last to terminate of such Qualifying LNG SPAs, in each case through the terms of such Qualifying LNG SPAs, with such
calculations using such Qualifying LNG SPAs and using an interest rate equal to (i) in the case of an amortization calculation after giving effect to such consolidation or merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition,
the weighted average interest rate of all such Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt) outstanding after giving effect thereto and (ii) in the case of an amortization calculation prior to giving effect to such consolidation or merger,
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition, the weighted average interest rate of all such Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt) outstanding prior to giving effect thereto; and 

(d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation or merger, conversion or continuation, or sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition and such supplemental indenture, Security Documents and Registration Rights Agreement, if any, comply with this Indenture and that
all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 
 Section 5.02 Successor Corporation
Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, conversion or continuation, or sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
disposition or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation,
conversion or continuation, or into which the Company merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation or
merger, conversion or continuation, or sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may
exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company in this Indenture and the Notes and thereafter

  
 96 

 
the predecessor Company will have no continuing obligations under the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement (and such change shall not in any way
constitute or be deemed to constitute a novation, discharge, rescission, extinguishment or substitution of the existing Indebtedness and any Indebtedness so effected shall continue to be the same obligation and not a new obligation). 

ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 Section 6.01 Events of Default. 

The following events, and no others, will be events of default under this Indenture (each, an “Event of Default”): 

(a) Indenture Payment Default (an “Indenture Payment Default”): 

(1) The Company fails to pay principal amounts due on the Notes; provided that if failure to pay occurs due to a purely
administrative error, the Company shall have three Business Days to cure such failure; or 
 (2) The Company fails to pay
interest or other amounts due on the Notes within three Business Days of the same becoming due. 
 (b) Breach of Certain Covenants: except
as specifically provided for in another Event of Default under this Section 6.01: 
 (1) breach by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant described in Section 5.01; 
 (2) failure by the Company to consummate
a purchase of Notes when required pursuant to the provisions described under Section 4.12, Section 4.17, Section 4.19, Section 4.20 and Section 4.21; 

(3) breach by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant described in Section 4.05,
Section 4.08, Section 4.12 (to the extent not covered by the immediately preceding clause (ii)), Section 4.14, Section 4.18, Section 4.24, Section 4.25 and
Section 4.26; and in each case that is not corrected or cured within 30 days following the earlier of (A) the applicable Obligor becoming aware of such failure; and (B) notice from the Trustee or Holders of 33 1⁄3% of the principal amount of Notes outstanding; 

(4) 

(A) breach by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any covenant described in Section 4.13,
Section 4.15, Section 4.32 and Section 4.35; or 

  
 97 

 (B) material breach by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any of the
other covenants in this Indenture or the Notes; 
 in the case of each of sub-clauses (A) and (B) of this clause
(4), that is not corrected or cured within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the Company becoming aware of such breach and (ii) notice from the Trustee or Holders of 33 1⁄3% of the principal amount of Notes outstanding; 
 (5) any Permit required as described
in Section 4.33 is Impaired and such Impairment could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect unless such Impairment is cured no later than 90 days (or to the extent no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection
therewith are then outstanding, 360 days) following the occurrence thereof (or such longer period, if any, presented by any administrative, legal, regulatory or statutory time period applicable thereto; provided that if any Loans or Senior
Debt Commitments in connection therewith are then outstanding, the Company shall have no more than up to 180 days in the aggregate to cure such Impairment); or 

(6) material breach by Holdco of any covenant contained in the Holdco Pledge Agreement that is not corrected or cured within 30
days after the earlier of (A) Holdco becoming aware of such failure; and (B) notice from the Trustee or Holders of 33 1⁄3% of the principal amount of
Notes outstanding. 
 (c) Bankruptcy: 

(1) a Bankruptcy with respect to an Obligor or Holdco has occurred; or 

(2) a Bankruptcy shall occur with respect to (x) prior to the Project Completion Date, Bechtel and Bechtel’s
guarantor under the EPC Contract (T1/T2) or (y) at any time between issuance of full notice to proceed and substantial completion with respect to construction of Train Three, Bechtel and Bechtel’s guarantor under the EPC Contract (T3) (or
any other applicable EPC contractor or its guarantor under a lump-sum turnkey engineering, procurement and construction contract in respect of Train Three), unless: 

(A) the Company notifies the Security Trustee that it intends to enter into a replacement engineering, construction and
procurement contract providing for a new contractor or guarantor, as applicable; 
 (B) the Company diligently pursues such
contract; 
 (C) such contract is entered within 360 days of the Bankruptcy of Bechtel and Bechtel’s guarantor under the
EPC Contract (T1/T2) or Bechtel and Bechtel’s guarantor under the EPC Contract (T3) (or any other applicable EPC contractor or its guarantor under a lump-sum turnkey engineering, procurement and construction contract in respect of Train Three),
as applicable; and 
 (D) 

  
 98 

 (i) such contract is on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, not materially
likely to cause the Company to fail to meet the Project Completion Date by the Date Certain (as such term is defined in the Common Terms Agreement), or, in the case of Train Three, the equivalent thereof in respect of Train Three; 

(ii) the new contractor or guarantor is an internationally recognized contractor; and 

(iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee a certificate of the Independent Engineer certifying that such counterparty is
capable of completing the applicable portion of the Project Facilities; provided that this sub-clause (D) will not apply if the replacement engineering, construction and procurement contract is reasonably acceptable to: (x) if the
aggregate Loans then outstanding is greater than 25% of the total Senior Debt then outstanding, the Intercreditor Agent (acting on the instructions of the Requisite Secured Parties); or (y) if the aggregate secured bank debt then outstanding is
less than 25% of the total Senior Debt then outstanding, Holders of greater than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

(d) Abandonment: Abandonment of the Development has occurred and is continuing. 

(e) Event of Taking: An Event of Taking that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred. 

(f) Security Interests Invalid: Any of the Security Interests over a material portion of the Collateral cease to be validly perfected in favor
of the Security Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties. 
 (g) Unsatisfied Judgments: 

(1) Prior to the Project Completion Date, one or more of a judgment for the payment of money in excess of $250,000,000 in the
aggregate (net of insurance proceeds which are reasonably expected to be paid) or a final judgment for the payment of money in excess of $150,000,000; or 

(2) following the Project Completion Date, one or more final judgments for the payment of money in excess of $150,000,000 in
the aggregate (net of insurance proceeds which are reasonably expected to be paid); 
 in each case, against an Obligor or Holdco or against any other
Person where an Obligor or Holdco is liable to satisfy such judgment, which judgment is by one or more Governmental Authorities, courts, arbitral tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction over any such entity, and such judgment or judgments
remain unpaid, unstayed on appeal, undischarged, unbonded or undismissed for a period of 90 days after the date of entry of such judgment; provided that such 90-day period will be stayed if an appeal in respect of such judgment or judgments
has been filed and not dismissed. 

  
 99 

 (h) Unenforceability of this Indenture and Security Documents: This Indenture, the CSAA
(including the guarantees in the CSAA provided by the Guarantors) or any other Security Document (other than (i) a Direct Agreement in respect of any LNG SPA that is not a Required LNG SPA then in full force and effect or (ii) any Direct
Agreement in the case where the occurrence of this Event of Default has been triggered by an event affecting the underlying Material Project Agreement and a mandatory offer to purchase under Section 4.12, Section 4.17,
Section 4.19, Section 4.20 and Section 4.21 or other Event of Default is applicable) is: 

(1) declared unenforceable in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction against any party (other than the Trustee
or Holders or any Senior Creditors); 
 (2) expressly repudiated in writing by any party thereto (other than the Trustee or
Holders or any Senior Creditors); or 
 (3) shall have been terminated (other than pursuant to the terms thereof following
discharge in full of all obligations thereof or otherwise by agreement in writing of the parties thereto not as a result of an Event of Default hereunder). 

(i) Senior Debt Cross Payment Default/Cross-Acceleration Default: 

(1) Failure by the Company to pay when due any principal payments due on any Senior Debt (other than the Notes) in a principal
amount over $100,000,000 in the aggregate; 
 (2) failure by the Company to pay interest or other amounts on any Senior Debt
(other than the Notes) in a principal amount over $100,000,000 within three Business Days of such interest or other amounts becoming due; or 

(3) commencement of a Security Enforcement Action in accordance with the CSAA. 

(j) Cross-Acceleration Default (other Indebtedness): A default with respect to any Indebtedness (other than any amount due in respect of
Senior Debt Obligations and Subordinated Debt) of the Company in a principal amount over $100,000,000 in the aggregate, which default has continued beyond any applicable grace period, to the extent that it causes the entire amount of such
Indebtedness to become due and such Indebtedness remains unpaid or the acceleration of its stated maturity unrescinded; and 
 (k) CEI
Equity Contribution Agreement Cross-Default: Failure by Sponsor to make requested contributions to the Company pursuant to the CEI Equity Contribution Agreement: 

(1) for so long as at least $1 billion of Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith remain outstanding, if such
failure causes the entire amount of Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility Agreement to become due and such Indebtedness remains unpaid or the acceleration of its stated maturity unrescinded; or 

  
 100 

 (2) for so long as less than $1 billion of Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in
connection therewith remain outstanding, if such failure is not cured within 10 Business Days. 
 Section 6.02 Declaration of Declared Event of
Default. 
 The Trustee will, if so directed by the Holders of at least 33 1⁄3% of the principal amount of Notes outstanding, or Holders of at least 33 1⁄3% of the principal amount of Notes
outstanding may, declare, by notice in writing to the Company (which notice, if given by the Holders, may also be delivered by the Holders to the Trustee), the occurrence of an Event of Default (an “Declared Event of Default”) on
and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, unless Holders of a greater percentage of the principal amount of Notes direct the Trustee otherwise). An Event of Default also will be deemed to have occurred and been declared without
such declaration or other notice upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(c)(1). 
 The Trustee will
deliver a copy of any notice declaring the occurrence of an Event of Default (whether initially delivered by the Trustee or Holders) to the Security Trustee pursuant to the CSAA. 

Section 6.03 Acceleration. 
 In the
case of an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(c)(1), all Senior Debt Obligations under the Notes will accelerate automatically and will immediately become due and payable without presentment, demand, vote or other notice or
action of any kind. Upon the occurrence and Continuation of any other Declared Event of Default, the Trustee or Holders of at least 33 1⁄3% of the principal
amount of Notes outstanding may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, by notice in writing to the Company (which notice, if given by the Holders, shall also be delivered by the Holders to the Trustee) specifying the Event of
Default. Upon any such declaration of acceleration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. Such notice may be included within a notice from the Trustee or the applicable Holders of the Notes declaring the occurrence of such Event of
Default. The Trustee will deliver a copy of any notice of acceleration of the Senior Debt Obligations under the Notes (whether initially delivered by the Trustee or Holders) to the Security Trustee pursuant to the CSAA. 

Section 6.04 Waivers of Defaults and Acceleration. 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes waive a Continuing Unmatured Event of Default, Continuing Event of Default or Declared Event of Default, except a Continuing Unmatured Event of Default, Continuing Event of Default or Declared Event of Default in the
payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Any notice delivered in respect of any such waiver or rescission shall be referred to as an
“Cessation Notice.” 

  
 101 

 Upon any such waiver, such Unmatured Event of Default, Event of Default or Declared Event of
Default shall cease to exist, and any Unmatured Event of Default, Event of Default or Declared Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture. 

The Trustee will deliver a copy of any Cessation Notice to the Security Trustee pursuant to the CSAA. 

Section 6.05 Remedies of Holders. 

If a Declared Event of Default occurs and is Continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal,
premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

Except as set forth in Section 6.07 and Section 6.12, a Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this
Indenture or the Notes only if: 
 (a) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is Continuing;

 (b) Holders of at least 33 1⁄3% of the
principal amount of Notes outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder or Holders have offered
to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee has not complied
with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (e) Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

Section 6.06 Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to
Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and subject to Section 6.12 hereof, the right of
any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit
for the enforcement of 

  
 102 

 
any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any
such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture
upon any property subject to such Lien. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) with respect to the Notes occurs and is Continuing, the Trustee is authorized
to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal
and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other
obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is
hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and
shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any
Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 103 

 Section 6.10 Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, or, after an Event of Default, any money or other property distributable
in respect of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee (including any predecessor trustee), its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and
interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any and interest, respectively; and 

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note
pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

Section 6.12 Applicability of the CSAA. 

In all cases of the pursuit of a remedy or an enforcement of the performance of any provision of this Indenture by the Trustee or by Holders if
permitted under this Indenture, the Trustee and each Holder hereby consent and agree under this Indenture that, subject to any non-waivable rights held by a Holder with respect to pursuit of remedies under Applicable Law, any pursuit of a remedy or
enforcement pursued under or pursuant to the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the CSAA. The Trustee and Holders agree that if Holders meet the criteria in this Indenture to pursue a remedy
or enforcement of the performance of any provision of this Indenture directly, they shall be deemed to be doing so on behalf of the Trustee (in its capacity as Senior Creditor Group Representative of the Holders under this Indenture) for purposes of
the CSAA and, in pursuit of such remedy or enforcement of the performance of any provision of this Indenture, shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the CSAA. 

  
 104 

 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties of
Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is Continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in
it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the Continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts, statements, opinions or conclusions stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from
liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraphs (b) and (e) of this
Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible
Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (3) the Trustee will
not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05. 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this
Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any
liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense. 

  
 105 

 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee
may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a)
The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction,
consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee
shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or
additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both; provided that an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel will not be required if the Indenture requires the Company to deliver a certificate of an Authorized
Officer of the Company in connection with such act or refrain from acting. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate, Opinion of Counsel or a
certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and
will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any
action it takes, suffers or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if
signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by
this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Unmatured Event of Default or Event
of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of such Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 

  
 106 

 (h) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of
its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military
disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action. 

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (and under the other Finance Documents to which it is a party) and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder or
thereunder. 
 (j) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably
believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (k) The Trustee may
request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which certificate may be signed by any person authorized to
sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 

(l) Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential or
other similar loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Trustee has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(m) In order to comply with applicable tax laws, rules and regulations (inclusive of directives, guidelines and interpretations promulgated by
competent authorities) in effect from time to time (“Applicable Tax Law”) related to this Indenture, the Company agrees (i) to provide to the Trustee information about holders or other applicable parties and/or transactions
(including any modification to the terms of such transactions) that is within the possession of the Company and reasonably requested by the Trustee so the Trustee can determine whether it has tax related obligations under Applicable Tax Law,
(ii) that the Trustee shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments under this Indenture to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Tax Law for which the Trustee shall not have any liability, and (iii) to
indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee for any losses it may suffer due to the actions it takes to comply with such Applicable Tax Law. The terms of this section shall survive the termination of this Indenture. 

  
 107 

 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in Section 310(b) of the TIA) it must eliminate such conflict within 90
days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not
be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other
than its certificate of authentication. 
 The Trustee will not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the
Collateral, for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or
omission constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Company or
the Pledgor to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. The Trustee hereby disclaims any representation or
warranty to the present and future holders of the Secured Obligations concerning the perfection of the Liens granted hereunder or in the value of any of the Collateral. For purposes of the two preceding sentences, the terms “Collateral,”
“Liens,” “Pledgor” and “Secured Obligations” shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Collateral Trust Agreement. 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
 If
an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default occurs and is Continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders a notice of the Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in
the case of an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers
in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. 
 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders. 

(a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain
outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the 

  
 108 

 Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event
described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA §313(b). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by
TIA §313(c). 
 (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and
filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder.
The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by
it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ. 

(b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor trustee and their officers, agents, directors and
employees for, and to hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), incurred by it arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture and the Finance Documents, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this
Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder
or thereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the
Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate
counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture, the termination for any reason of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 (d) To secure the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior, to the extent set forth under the CSAA, to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except
that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the termination for any reason of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 

  
 109 

 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(c)(i) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA §313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

(g) “Trustee” for purposes of this Section shall include any predecessor Trustee; provided, however, that the
negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder. 
 Section 7.08
Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective
only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign
in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the
Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

  
 110 

 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders.
The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person,
the successor Person without any further act will be the successor Trustee. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating
Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or
of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set
forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements
of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §310(b). 
 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against
Company. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 Section 7.12 Authorization to Enter Into Accession
Agreement. 
 The Trustee is hereby authorized to exercise all the rights and perform all the obligations of a Secured Debt Holder Group
Representative set out in the Accession Documents (as defined in the Accession Agreement), including, without limitation, making, on behalf of the Holders, the agreements expressed to be made by Secured Debt Holders under the Finance Documents. 

  
 111 

 Section 7.13 Trustee Protective Provisions. 

Without duplication of any amounts the Trustee is entitled to recover under any indemnification provisions in the Finance Documents, the
rights, privileges, protections, indemnities, immunities and benefits provided to the Trustee in this Indenture are in addition to, and are not intended to be in conflict with or limited by, any such provisions in the Finance Documents. 

ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND
COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate,
elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each
of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date
the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses
(1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (1)
the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04;

 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02; 

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’
obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4) this Article 8. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the
prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03. 

  
 112 

 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each
of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Section 4.06 through Section 4.43 and
Section 5.01(c) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed
not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all
other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). 
 For this purpose,
Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not
constitute an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the
Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Section 6.01(b) through
Section 6.01(d) will not constitute Events of Default. 
 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03: 

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars,
non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without reinvestment, in the opinion of, or as certified by, a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, interest and premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify
whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case
of an election under Section 8.02, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 

(B) since the Notes Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 

  
 113 

 (C) in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel
shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3) in the case of an
election under Section 8.03, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such
Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) no Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be Continuing on the date of such deposit (other
than an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the
Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that
the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; 

(7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent set forth in
clauses (1) through (6) of this Section 8.04 have been complied with; and 
 (8) the Company must
deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions), stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (2), (3) and (5) of this
Section 8.04 have been complied with; provided that the Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (5) of this Section 8.04 may be to the knowledge of such counsel. 

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the
Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the
Trustee, in accordance with the 

  
 114 

 
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the
Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the
request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or
Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then
held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust
money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or
publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with
Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted
to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, 

  
 115 

 
premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to
receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Notes and this Indenture or
the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or
inconsistency; 
 (2) to add covenants or defaults to this Indenture; 

(3) to modify the restrictive legends set forth on the face of the form of any series of Notes or modify the forms of
certification; 
 (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to Holders, increase the
interest rate applicable to the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder; 

(5) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes to any provision under the “Description of
Senior Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision was intended to be a verbatim or substantially verbatim recitation of a provision of any of the foregoing; 

(6) to add additional assets as Collateral; 

(7) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(8) to provide for assumption of an Obligor’s obligations by a successor pursuant to this Indenture; 

(9) to release a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee and terminate such Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; 

(10) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the
TIA; 
 (11) to add any Note Guarantee; 

(12) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the
Notes Issue Date; or 

  
 116 

 (13) to evidence the succession of a new Trustee for any series of Notes. 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or
supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or
permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained. Any such amendment or waiver that imposes any obligation upon the Trustee or adversely affects the rights of the
Indenture Trustee in its individual capacity will become effective only with the consent of the Indenture Trustee. 
 Section 9.02 With Consent of
Holders. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture
(including Section 3.09, Section 4.12, Section 4.17, Section 4.19, Section 4.20, and Section 4.21) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class, or if such amendment or supplement applies to less than all series of Notes, all series
affected by such amendment or supplement, of each series affected by such amendment or supplement (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04
and Section 6.07, any existing Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default (other than an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, the
Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase
of, the Notes). Section 2.08 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or
supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02, the Trustee will
join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise,
in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
 It is
not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

  
 117 

 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective,
the Company will mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity
of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and Section 6.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive
compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder of each series of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this
Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce a noteholder
voting threshold for consent in this Indenture to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal of or
change the fixed maturity of any Note; 
 (3) alter or waive any provisions or redemption payment with respect to the
redemption of the Notes (other than notice provisions); 
 (4) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest
on any Note; 
 (5) waive an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default in respect of the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration); 
 (6) changes to the currency of the Notes; 

(7) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Unmatured Events of Default or the rights
of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes; and 
 (8) making any change in
the preceding list of amendment and waiver provisions. 
 At the request of the Company, the Trustee is hereby authorized to, and shall,
execute one or more amendments to the CSAA based on the form of amendment to the CSAA attached hereto as Exhibit H, which amendments may include any one or more of the amendments to the CSAA provisions set forth in such form of amendment
attached hereto as Exhibit H. 

  
 118 

 Section 9.03 Decisions under Other Finance Documents. 

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture or Section 7.2 of the CSAA to the contrary, the Trustee shall be required,
without the requirement of any vote or consent by the Holders, with respect to any Covered Modification, to vote as follows: 

(1) for any Covered Modification at a time when no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith remain outstanding,
the Trustee shall vote in favor of such Covered Modification so long as such Covered Modification causes the provisions of the Finance Documents that are being amended to be equally or more restrictive on the Company than the covenants in this
Indenture; 
 (2) for any Covered Modification at a time when the Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith
then outstanding are less than 25% of the aggregate amount of Senior Debt then outstanding, the Trustee shall vote in conformity with the Term Lenders to the extent that any such Covered Modification causes the provisions of the Finance Documents
that are being amended to be equally or more restrictive on the Company than the covenants in this Indenture; 
 (3) for any
Covered Modification at a time when the Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith then outstanding are 25% or greater of the aggregate amount of Senior Debt then outstanding, the Trustee shall vote in conformity with the Intercreditor
Agent; 
 provided, however, that the Trustee shall vote as follows for certain modifications to the Finance Documents
described below (“Fundamental Modifications”): 
 (4) if any Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection
therewith remain outstanding, the Trustee shall vote in conformity with the Term Lenders with respect to Fundamental Modifications set forth in Sections 7.2(b)(ii)(A), 7.2(b)(ii)(B), 7.2(b)(ii)(C), and 7.2(b)(ii)(D) of
the CSAA, or any other material modification to any Security Document, if the Fundamental Modification is not materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes, in each case as set forth in a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company, upon
which the Trustee may conclusively rely and will be fully protected in so relying, unless in any such case, such Fundamental Modification applies only to this Indenture; 

(5) if any Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith remain outstanding, the Trustee shall vote in conformity
with the Term Lenders with respect to Fundamental Modifications set forth in Sections 7.2(a)(ii)(A), 7.2(a)(ii)(B), 7.2(a)(ii)(C) of the CSAA, if the Fundamental Modification contemplated thereby (i) does not result in the
Notes receiving payments that are less than pari passu with the Loans (other than due to timing differences in when payments are due on the Notes in accordance with their terms), and (ii) does not result in a material adverse change,
when considered together with all other Fundamental Modifications to any particular item specified in this clause, to (x) the priority of the waterfall of payments under Section 4.7(a)(i)-(v) of the CSAA of any payment of
principal, interest or other amounts payable (whether by prepayment or otherwise) under the Notes or (y) the then-required funding under then effective Finance Documents of the Senior Debt Service Reserve Account, in each case as set forth in a
certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company, upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely and will be fully protected in so relying; 

  
 119 

 (6) for any Fundamental Modifications set forth in Sections 7.2(a)(ii)(D),
7.2(a)(ii)(E), 7.1(a)(ii)(F), 7.2(b)(ii)(E) or 7.2(c) of the CSAA, the Trustee shall vote at the direction of the Holders of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as described in Article 9. 

(7) for any Fundamental Modifications made at a time when no Loans or Senior Debt Commitments in connection therewith remain
outstanding, the Trustee shall vote at the direction of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as set forth in Article 9. 
 Section 9.04
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended
or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.05 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms
and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.06 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 Section 9.07 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does
not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the General Partner approves it. In executing any amended or
supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) will be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or
supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

  
 120 

 ARTICLE 10 

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY 
 Section 10.01
Security. 
 (a) The payment of the Notes, when due, and the performance of all other Senior Debt are secured on a first-priority
basis, subject only to Permitted Liens, by security interests in all Collateral owned or at any time acquired by the Company and the Guarantors. 

(b) The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Guarantors to, do or cause to be done all acts and things which may be required, or which
the Security Trustee from time to time may reasonably request, to assure and confirm that the Security Trustee holds, for the benefit of the Holders and the other Senior Debt, duly created, enforceable and perfected Liens upon the Collateral as
contemplated by this Indenture and the Senior Debt Instruments, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes, according to the intent and purposes hereof expressed subject in each case to any
express provisions of any Senior Debt Instruments. 
 Section 10.02 Security Documents. 

(a) The Notes, upon issuance and the execution and delivery of the Accession Agreement, will be Senior Debt for purposes of the CSAA and the
Security Documents. The Trustee shall be the Senior Creditor Group Representative for the Notes. The Holders shall be Senior Noteholders. 

(b) Upon the execution and delivery of the Senior Creditor Group Representative Accession Agreement (which document shall be substantially in
the form attached as Schedule D-1 to the CSAA (the “Accession Agreement”), each Holder of the Initial Notes, by its acceptance of the Initial Notes instructs and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver the Accession Agreement, to
which the Trustee and the Security Trustee will be a party on the Notes Issue Date, the Notes will constitute additional New Senior Debt (as defined in the Accession Agreement) and Senior Debt Obligations that is pari passu with all other
Senior Debt Obligations and will be secured by the Collateral equally and ratable with the all other Senior Debt Obligations. 
 (c) Each
Holder appoints the Trustee as Senior Creditor Group Representative of the Holders hereunder for purposes of the Accession Agreement and each Finance Document to which the Trustee is party on behalf of the Holders. 

Section 10.03 Collateral. 

(1) The Notes are secured, together with all other Senior Debt of the Company, equally and ratably by security interests
granted to the Security Trustee in all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors. 

  
 121 

 Section 10.04 Release of Security Interests. 

(a) With respect to the Notes or each series of Notes, the Security Trustee’s Liens upon Collateral will no longer secure the obligations
with respect to the Notes or that series of Notes and the right of the Holders of such obligations to the benefits and proceeds of the Security Trustee’s Liens on Collateral will terminate and be discharged: 

(1) 

(A) upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as set forth under in Section 12.01; 

(B) upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to that series of Notes as set forth in Article 8; or

 (C) upon payment in full in cash of the applicable Notes and all other related Note obligations that are outstanding, due
and payable at the time the Notes are paid in full in cash; and 
 (2) in accordance with the CSAA. 

(b) The Company will otherwise comply with the provisions of TIA §314(b). 

To the extent applicable, the Company will cause TIA §313(b), relating to reports, and TIA §314(d), relating to the release of
property or securities or relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien of the Security Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA §314(d) may be made by an
Authorized Officer of, or counsel for, the Company except in cases where TIA §314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or
approved by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the Company will not be required to comply with all or any portion of TIA §314(d) (1) with respect to certain ordinary
course of business releases of Collateral as described in this Indenture and the CSAA and (2) if it determines, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of TIA §314(d) and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the
meaning thereof of the Commission and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA §314(d) is inapplicable to one or a series of released Collateral. 

To the extent applicable, the Company will furnish to the Trustee, prior to each proposed release of Collateral pursuant to the Security
Documents: 
 (1) all documents required by TIA §314(d); and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such accompanying documents constitute all documents required by TIA §314(d).

  
 122 

 Section 10.05 Release of Collateral. 

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture to the contrary, Collateral may only be released from the Lien and security interest
created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the CSAA and the other Security Documents. 

(b) No certificate shall be required in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of Collateral if such sale, transfer or other
disposition does not constitute an Asset Sale or is otherwise expressly permitted by the terms of any Security Document and such Security Document does not require delivery of such certificate and no instrument of release or other action of the
Security Trustee is required in connection with such release. 
 (c) The release of any Collateral from the terms of this Indenture and the
Security Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents and none of the certificate
delivery requirements under Article 10 shall affect or impair the ability of the Company to obtain the release of any Collateral to the extent the Company complies with its obligations to obtain such release under the CSAA and the other
Security Documents. To the extent applicable, the Company will cause TIA §313(b), relating to reports, and TIA §314(d), relating to the release of property or securities from the Lien and security interest of the CSAA and the other
Security Documents and relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien and security interest of the CSAA and the other Security Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by
TIA §314(d) may be made by an Authorized Officer of the Company except in cases where TIA §314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other
expert selected or approved by the Trustee and the Security Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care. 
 Section 10.06 Certificates of the
Company. 
 The Company will furnish to the Trustee and the Security Trustee, prior to each proposed release of Collateral pursuant to
the CSAA and the other Security Documents: 
 (1) all documents required by TIA §314(d); and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel, which may be rendered by internal counsel to the Company, to the effect that such accompanying
documents constitute all documents required by TIA §314(d). 
 The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.01 and
7.02, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents and such Opinion of Counsel. 

Section 10.07 Certificates of the Trustee. 

In the event that the Company wishes to release Collateral in accordance with the CSAA and the other Security Documents and has delivered the
certificates and documents required by 

  
 123 

 
the CSAA and the other Security Documents and Section 10.06, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by TIA § 314(d) in connection with such
release and, based on such determination and the Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 10.06(2), will deliver a certificate to the Security Trustee setting forth such determination. 

Section 10.08 Termination of Security Interest. 

Upon the payment in full of all obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, or upon Legal Defeasance, the Trustee will, at
the request of the Company, deliver a certificate to the Security Trustee stating that such obligations have been paid in full, and instruct the Security Trustee to release the Liens pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents (subject to
the satisfaction of any release of Lien provisions set forth in the Security Documents). 
 ARTICLE 11 

NOTE GUARANTEES 
 Section 11.01 Note
Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article 11 and to the requirements of Section 11 of the CSAA, each of the Guarantors
hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally reaffirms and confirms hereunder its guarantee made pursuant to Section 11 of the CSAA to the Security Trustee for the ratable benefit of each of the Secured Parties, including each Holder
of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, pursuant to which it has guaranteed that: 

(1) the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when
due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder
will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (2) in case of any
extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. 
 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the
Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately, subject to the CSAA. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations under the Note Guarantees are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity
or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of 

  
 124 

 
the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise
constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or
bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations
contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the
Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, the Note Guarantee, to the extent
theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees and confirms that the provisions of
Section 11 of the CSAA apply to its Note Guarantees. 
 Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note
Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to
any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum
amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or
payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance. 
 Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee Notation. 

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto or such other form as may be provided in any Supplemental Indenture will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this
Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set
forth in Section 11.01 will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates
the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 

  
 125 

 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will
constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 In the event that the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.25, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of
Section 4.25 and this Article 11, to the extent applicable. 
 Section 11.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain
Terms. 
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05, the Company will not permit any Guarantor to dissolve or liquidate
nor consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving entity), convert into another form of entity, continue in another jurisdiction, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose
of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to or with or into the Company or another Guarantor) unless: 

(a) 
 (1) the
Person formed by or surviving such consolidation, merger, conversion or continuation (if other than the Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition is made (the “Successor Guarantor”) is
a Person (other than an individual) organized and existing under the same laws as the Guarantor was organized immediately prior to such transaction, or under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

 (2) the Successor Guarantor, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under
this Indenture, the Security Documents, Registration Rights Agreement and its Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture, appropriate modifications (if necessary) to the Security Documents and Note Guarantee; 

(3) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default would exist immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series
of related transactions; and 
 (4) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation or merger, conversion or continuation, or sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition and such supplemental indenture, Security Documents, Registration Rights Agreement
and Note Guarantee, if any, comply with this Indenture and the Security Documents and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture and the Security Documents relating to such transaction have been complied with; or 

(b) the transaction does not violate the covenant described under Section 4.12. 

In case of any such consolidation or merger, conversion or continuation, or sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition and
upon the assumption by the successor 

  
 126 

 
Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual
performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.
Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note
Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had
been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
 Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5, nothing contained in this
Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
 Section 11.05 Releases. 

The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor and the Security Interests granted by a Guarantor (and the Security Interests granted by the Company in
respect of its ownership interests in a Guarantor) for the benefit of the Holders will be automatically and unconditionally released upon: 

(a) 
 (1) any
sale, exchange, disposition or transfer (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture (including Section 4.12) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to
such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of: 
 (A) all or substantially all of the Capital
Stock of such Guarantor (and such Guarantor ceases to be a subsidiary of the Company as a result of such sale, exchange, disposition or transfer); or 

(B) all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor; 

(2) designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.39; 

(3) exercise of Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, if any, pursuant to Article 8 or upon payment in full in cash
of the applicable Notes and discharge of all other related Senior Debt Obligations that are outstanding, due and payable at the time the Notes are paid in full in cash and discharged; 

(4) subject to the provisions described in Section 5.01, the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into
the Company, another Guarantor or a Person that will become a Guarantor substantially upon the consummation of such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Company or
another Guarantor; 

  
 127 

 (5) the Note Guarantees or Security Interests granted by the Company or any
Guarantors being released and discharged pursuant to the CSAA, as described in the CSAA; or 
 (6) if otherwise permitted or
required under the terms of this Indenture; and 
 (b) The Company delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent provided in this Indenture and the CSAA for the release of such Guarantor from its Note Guarantee or such Security Interests have been complied with. 

If the requirements of clauses (a) and (b) above have been met, then upon request by the Company, the Trustee will (if required)
execute an instrument evidencing the release of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor and/or Security Interests. 
 Additionally, the Trustee
will agree to release or assign the Note Guarantees held or made for the benefit of Holders on the date all outstanding amounts under the Notes have been redeemed, subject to reinstatement in the event any such payments are required to be returned.

 ARTICLE 12 
 SATISFACTION AND
DISCHARGE 
 Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

(a) either: 
 (1)
all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and
thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(2) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable or
(B) will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under irrevocable arrangements for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the
Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee cash, U.S. government obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient, without reinvestment, in the opinion of, or as certified by, a
nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes, not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any,
and interest to the stated maturity or redemption date; 

  
 128 

 (b) no Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is Continuing on the date
of such deposit (other than an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 

(c) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under this Indenture by the Company; 

(d) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of
the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and 
 (e) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the discharge of the Notes have been complied with. 

Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held
in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the
Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 by
reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or
interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

  
 129 

 ARTICLE 13 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 13.01 Trust
Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c),
the imposed duties will control. Whether or not this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this Indenture, as if this
Indenture were qualified under the TIA. 
 Section 13.02 Notices. 

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or
by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission, electronic mail or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 

Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC 

c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc. 
 700
Milam Street, Suite 1900 
 Houston, TX 77002 

Facsimile No.: (713) 375-6000 

E-mail: Lisa.Cohen@cheniere.com 

Attention: Treasurer 
 With a
copy to (which copy shall be delivered as an accommodation and shall not be required to be delivered in satisfaction of any requirement hereof): 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP 

125 Broad Street | New York, NY 10004 

Facsimile No.: (212) 558-3588 

E-mail: NyattaI@sullcrom.com 

Attention: Inosi M. Nyatta 
 If
to the Trustee: 
 The Bank of New York Mellon 

500 Ross Street, 12th Floor 

Pittsburgh, PA 15262 
 Facsimile
No.: 412-234-8377 
 E-mail: Margaret.Brown@bnymellon.com 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration – Margaret E. Brown 

  
 130 

 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or
different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be
deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; at the time sent, if
transmitted by electronic mail; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that all notices and communications to the Trustee shall not be deemed
received by the Trustee unless actually received by the Trustee at its address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth above. 

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or
by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA §313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it. 
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will send a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same
time by any of the means described above with respect to notice or communication by the Company. 
 The Trustee shall have the right, but
shall not be required, to rely upon and comply with notices, instructions, directions or other communications sent by electronic mail, facsimile and other similar unsecured electronic methods by persons believed by the Trustee to be authorized to
give instructions and directions on behalf of the Company. The Trustee shall have no duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the person who sent such instructions or directions is, in fact, a person authorized to give instructions or directions
on behalf of the Company; and the Trustee shall have no liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by the Company as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such notices, instructions, directions or
other communications. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit notices, instructions, directions or other communications to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee
acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. The Company shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that any such notices, instructions, directions or other communications transmitted to the
Trustee pursuant to this Indenture are complete and correct. Any such notices, instructions, directions or other communications shall be conclusively deemed to be valid instructions from the Company to the Trustee for the purposes of this Indenture.

  
 131 

 Section 13.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The
Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c). 
 Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to
Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must
include the statements set forth in Section 13.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in
Section 13.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with, provided, that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be delivered on the date of this Indenture in
connection with the original issuance of the initial Global Notes. 
 Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA §314(e) and must include: 
 (1) a
statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as
to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 

Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions. 

  
 132 

 Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, Affiliate or stockholder of the Company or any
Guarantor (in each case other than the Company and the Guarantors) or the Sponsor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, or
for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The
waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 Section 13.08 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial;
Jurisdiction. 
 (a) THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE
GUARANTEES WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW. 
 (b)
Each of the Company, any Guarantors and the Trustee, and each Holder of a Note, by its acceptance thereof, hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right it may have to trial by jury in any legal
proceeding directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the securities or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. 

(c) Each of the Company and each Guarantor, if any, irrevocably consents and submits, for itself and in respect of any of its assets or
property, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any United States federal court sitting, in each case, in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, New York, United States of America, and any appellate
court from any thereof in any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture or the securities, and waives any immunity from the jurisdiction of such courts. Each of the Company and each Guarantor, if any,
irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any such suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or
proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the Company and each Guarantor, if any, agrees, to the fullest extent that it lawfully may do so, that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall
be conclusive and binding upon the Company and any Guarantor, if any, as applicable, and each of the Company and any Guarantor, if any, waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to the enforcement by any competent court in the
Company’s and the applicable Guarantor’s, as applicable, jurisdiction of organization of judgments validly obtained in any such court in New York on the basis of such suit, action or proceeding; provided, however, that
neither the Company nor any Guarantor waive, and the foregoing provisions of this sentence shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of, (i) any right to appeal any such judgment, to seek any stay or otherwise to seek
reconsideration or review of any such judgment or (ii) any stay of execution or levy pending an appeal from, or a suit, action or proceeding for reconsideration of, any such judgment. 

  
 133 

 Section 13.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 13.10 Successors. 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will
bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05. 

Section 13.11 Severability. 
 In case
any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 13.12 Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the
parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be deemed to be their original
signatures for all purposes. 
 Section 13.13 Trustee’s Receipt of Funds to the Extent not Required to be Applied to Payment of the Notes

 To the extent the Trustee receives any money from the Company or pursuant to any of the Finance Documents, and such money is not required
to be used to redeem or repay the Notes as set forth in a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company, such moneys shall be deposited into the Account under the Accounts Agreement as specified by the Company in such certificate. 

Section 13.14 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

[Signatures on following page] 

  
 134 

 SIGNATURES 

Dated as of May 18, 2016 
  

			
	CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael J. Wortley

	Name:	 	Michael J. Wortley
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
	
	CORPUS CHRISTI LIQUEFACTION, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael J. Wortley

	Name:	 	Michael J. Wortley
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
	
	CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI PIPELINE, L.P.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael J. Wortley

	Name:	 	Michael J. Wortley
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
	
	CORPUS CHRISTI PIPELINE GP, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael J. Wortley

	Name:	 	Michael J. Wortley
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Latoya S. Elvin

	Name:	 	Latoya S. Elvin
	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 135 

 A-1 [Do not delete - this paragraph generates the automatic page number] 

EXHIBIT A-1 
 [Face of Note] 

CUSIP: 16412X AA3 
 ISIN:
US16412XAA37 
 7.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 

No.
                             $          

CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC 
 promises
to pay to                      or registered assigns, the principal sum of
                     DOLLARS on June 30, 2024. 

Interest Payment Dates: June 30 and December 31, commencing December 31, 2016 

Record Dates: June 15 and December 15 
 Dated:
            , 20      
  

			
	CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

			
	This is one of the Notes referred to
	in the within-mentioned Indenture:
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

    as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-1-1 

 [Back of Note] 

7.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

(1) INTEREST. Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.000% per annum from May 18, 2016 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to Section 6 of the
Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 30 and December 31 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided
that if there is no existing Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest
shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 31, 2016. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 0.5% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 (2) METHOD OF
PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 15 or
December 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted
interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or Registrar maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at
the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately
available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the
Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

  
 A-1-2 

 (3) PAYING AGENT AND
REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The
Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
 (4) INDENTURE AND
SECURITY DOCUMENTS. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 18, 2016 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent
any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company. The Notes are secured by a pledge of Collateral (as
defined in the Indenture) pursuant to the Security Documents referred to in the Indenture. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

At any time or from time to time prior to January 1, 2024, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the Initial Series
Notes, at a redemption price equal to the Make-Whole Price (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date, without duplication).

 “Make-Whole Price” with respect to any Initial Series Notes to be redeemed, means an amount equal to the greater of:

 (1) 100% of the principal amount of such Initial Series Notes, without any premium, penalty or charge; and 

(2) An amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest from the
redemption date to the Call Date (assuming the principal amount is scheduled to be paid on the Call Date and not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued and paid on the redemption date) discounted back to the redemption date on a
semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 50 basis points; 

“Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant
maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the relevant redemption date
(or, if such Statistical Release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from 

  
 A-1-3 

 
the redemption date to the Call Date on which the principal of the Notes being redeemed will be paid in full; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to such
Call Date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the
weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to such Call Date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
 The notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing
redemption need not set forth the Make-Whole Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee of the Make-Whole Price with respect to any redemption promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be
responsible for such calculation. 
 At any time on or after January 1, 2024, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of
the Initial Series Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Initial Series Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the redemption date, without any premium, penalty or charge
(subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date, without duplication). 

(6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

(7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF
HOLDER. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an
offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) of payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that
Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to not less than 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (the “Change of
Control Payment Date,” which date will be no earlier than the date of such Change of Control). No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the
Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 (b) The Company will be required to make an Asset Sale Offer, Excess
Loss Proceeds Offer, PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer to the extent provided in Sections 4.11, 4.18, 4.19 and 4.20, respectively, of the Indenture. 

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be
mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the
notice is issued in connection 

  
 A-1-4 

 
with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $100,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. 
 (9) DENOMINATIONS,
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes
may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required
by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not
exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note
may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 (11) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH
COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
 (12) NO RECOURSE AGAINST
OTHERS. 
 No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator,
member, partner, Affiliate or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor (in each case other than the Company and the Guarantors) or the Sponsor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes,
this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

(13) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (14) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian),
and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 (15) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF
HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights
provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 18, 2016,

  
 A-1-5 

 
between the Company and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have
the rights set forth in one or more Registration Rights Agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors, if any, and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors, if any, to the purchasers of any
Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). By such Holders’ acceptance of Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes, such Holder acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement, including without limitation the obligations of the Holders with respect to indemnification of the Company and the Guarantors to the extent provided therein 

(16) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

(17) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE
USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC 

c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc. 
 700 Milam Street, Suite 1900 

Houston, TX 77002 
 Attention: Treasurer 

  
 A-1-6 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	  	  

		  	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or
tax I.D. no.) 
  
  

 
  
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                 appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

Date:                      

 

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  
	 	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-1-7 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO
ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.12, Section 4.17, Section 4.19, Section 4.20 or Section 4.21 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 

 

							
	  ̈  Section 4.12
	 	 ̈  Section 4.17	 	 ̈  Section 4.19	 	 ̈  Section 4.20
				
	  ̈  Section 4.21
	 		 		 	

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.12, Section 4.17, Section 4.19, Section 4.20 or Section 4.21 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

$         

Date:                      

 

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this
Note)

  

			
	Tax Identification No:	 	  

  

					
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  
	 	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-1-8 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following exchanges of a part
of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of

Exchange
	  	 Amount of

decrease in

Principal
 Amount
[at
 maturity] of this

Global Note
	  	 Amount of

increase in

Principal
 Amount
[at
 maturity] of this

Global Note
	  	 Principal

Amount [at
 maturity] of
this
 Global Note

following such
 decrease
(or
 increase)
	  	 Signature of

authorized
 signatory
of
 Trustee or

Custodian

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-1-9 

 A-2 [Do not delete - this paragraph generates the automatic page number] 

EXHIBIT A-2 
 [Face of Regulation S
Temporary Global Note] 
 CUSIP: U16327 AA3 

ISIN: USU16327AA37 
 7.000% Senior
Secured Notes due 2024 
  

			
	No.                     	 	$             

 CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC 

promises to pay to                      or
registered assigns, the principal sum of                      DOLLARS on June 30, 2024. 

Interest Payment Dates: June 30 and December 31, commencing December 31, 2016 

Record Dates: June 15 and December 15 
 Dated:
            , 20     
  

			
	CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

			
	This is one of the Notes referred to
	in the within-mentioned Indenture:
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

    as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-2-1 

 [Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note] 

7.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 
 THE RIGHTS
ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS
REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON. 
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE
INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY
BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE FOR
CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE
IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC THAT IT WILL
NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE 

  
 A-2-2 

 
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY (A) TO CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT
OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE
WITH CLAUSES (C), (D) OR (E) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE
WITH (F) ABOVE. CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING
MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

(1) INTEREST. Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.000% per annum from May 18, 2016 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to Section 6 of the
Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 30 and December 31 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided
that if there is no existing Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest
shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 31, 2016. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal 

  
 A-2-3 

 
and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 0.5% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest
will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for
one or more Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same
benefits as other Notes under the Indenture. 
 (2) METHOD OF
PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 15 or
December 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted
interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or Registrar maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at
the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately
available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the
Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially,
The Bank of New York Mellon, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such
capacity. 
 (4) INDENTURE AND SECURITY
DOCUMENTS. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 18, 2016 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those
stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this
Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company. The Notes are secured by a pledge of Collateral (as defined in the
Indenture) pursuant to the Security Documents referred to in the Indenture. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 

  
 A-2-4 

 (5) Optional Redemption. 

At any time or from time to time prior to January 1, 2024, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the Initial Series
Notes, at a redemption price equal to the Make-Whole Price (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date, without duplication).

 “Make-Whole Price” with respect to any Initial Series Notes to be redeemed, means an amount equal to the greater of:

 (3) 100% of the principal amount of such Initial Series Notes, without any premium, penalty or charge; and 

(4) An amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest from the
redemption date to the Call Date (assuming the principal amount is scheduled to be paid on the Call Date and not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued and paid on the redemption date) discounted back to the redemption date on a
semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 50 basis points; 

“Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant
maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the relevant redemption date
(or, if such Statistical Release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to the Call Date on which the
principal of the Notes being redeemed will be paid in full; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to such Call Date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly
average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if
the period from the redemption date to such Call Date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

The notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the Make-Whole Price but only the manner of calculation
thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee of the Make-Whole Price with respect to any redemption promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation. 

At any time on or after January 1, 2024, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the Initial Series Notes, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Initial Series Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the redemption date, without any premium, penalty or charge (subject to the right of holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date, without duplication). 

  
 A-2-5 

 (6) MANDATORY
REDEMPTION. 
 The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments
with respect to the Notes. 
 (7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION
OF HOLDER. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the
Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) of payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof)
of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to not less than 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (the
“Change of Control Payment Date,” which date will be no earlier than the date of such Change of Control). No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the
procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 (b) The Company will be required to make an
Asset Sale Offer, Excess Loss Proceeds Offer, PLD Excess Proceeds Offer or the LNG SPA Mandatory Offer to the extent provided in Sections 4.11, 4.18, 4.19 and 4.20, respectively, of the Indenture. 

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be
mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the
notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $100,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of
the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. 
 (9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as
provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted
by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register
the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 

This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the
termination of the 40-day distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article 2 of the Indenture. Upon exchange
of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Regulation S Temporary Global Note. 

  
 A-2-6 

 (10) PERSONS DEEMED
OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

(11) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The
Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

(12) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. 

 No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, Affiliate or stockholder of the Company or
any Guarantor (in each case other than the Company and the Guarantors) or the Sponsor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security
Documents, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 (13)
AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 

(14) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

(15) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the
Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 18, 2016, between the Company and the other parties named on the signature
pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more Registration Rights Agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors, if any,
and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors, if any, to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). By such Holders’ acceptance of
Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes, such Holder acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including without limitation the obligations of the Holders with respect to indemnification of the
Company and the Guarantors to the extent provided therein 

  
 A-2-7 

 (16) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a
recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.
No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

(17) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE
USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC 

c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc. 
 700 Milam Street, Suite 1900 

Houston, TX 77002 
 Attention: Treasurer 

  
 A-2-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	  	  

		  	(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	
	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	  

	
	  

	
	  

	
	  

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

					
		
	and irrevocably	 	  

	appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 Date:
                     
  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee*:	  	  
	  	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-2-9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO
ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.12, Section 4.17, Section 4.19, Section 4.20 or Section 4.21 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 

 

							
	  ̈  Section 4.12
	 	 ̈  Section 4.17	 	 ̈  Section 4.19	 	 ̈  Section 4.20
				
	  ̈  Section 4.21
	 		 		 	

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.12, Section 4.17, Section 4.19, Section 4.20 or Section 4.21 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

$         

Date:                      

 

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this
Note)

 
			
		
	Tax Identification No:	 	  

  

					
	Signature Guarantee*:	  	  
	  	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-2-10 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE REGULATIONS 
 TEMPORARY GLOBAL
NOTE 
 The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for an interest in another Global Note,
or exchanges of a part of another other Restricted Global Note or for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of

Exchange
	  	 Amount of

decrease in

Principal
 Amount
[at
 maturity] of this

Global Note
	  	 Amount of

increase in

Principal
 Amount
[at
 maturity] of this

Global Note
	  	 Principal

Amount [at
 maturity] of
this
 Global Note

following such
 decrease
(or
 increase)
	  	 Signature of

authorized
 signatory
of
 Trustee or

Custodian

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-2-11 

 B [Do not delete - this paragraph generates the automatic page number] 

EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF
TRANSFER 
 The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee 
 101
Barclay Street, 8 W 
 New York, New York 10286 
  

	cc:	Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC 

 c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc. 

700 Milam Street, Suite 1900 

Houston, TX 77002 
 Re: 7.000%
Senior Secured Notes due 2024 issued by Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of
May 18, 2016, (the “Indenture”), among Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”),
to                    (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor
hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
  

	 	1.	 ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies
that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which
such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 B-1 

	 	2.	 ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or a Restricted
Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is
not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the
Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction
was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not
part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, (x) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or
for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than the Initial Purchasers) and (y) the interest transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  

	 	3.	 ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other
than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 

(a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule
144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 

(b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

 or 
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 

  
 B-2 

 or 

(d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor
and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the
meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed,
which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit G to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000,
an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

	 	4.	 ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 

(a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer
is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive
Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other
Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in

  
 B-3 

 
compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
	  
 [Insert Name of
Transferor]

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                     

  
 B-4 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	 	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

  

	 	(a)	 ̈      a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈     Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP
                    ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈     Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
                    ); or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈     IAI Global Note (CUSIP
                    ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈      a Restricted Definitive Note. 

  

	 	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 

 

	 	(a)	 ̈      a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈     Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP
                    ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈     Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
                    ); or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈     IAI Global Note (CUSIP
                    ); or 

  

	 	(iv)	 ̈     Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP
                    ). 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈      Restricted Definitive Note; or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈      an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

  

	 	 	in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-5 

 C [Do not delete - this paragraph generates the automatic page number] 

EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF
EXCHANGE 
 The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee 
 101
Barclay Street, 8 W 
 New York, New York 10286 
  

	cc:	Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC 

 c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc. 

700 Milam Street, Suite 1900 

Houston, TX 77002 
 Re: 7.000%
Senior Secured Notes due 2024 issued by Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC 
 (CUSIP
                    ) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 18, 2016, (the “Indenture”), among Cheniere Corpus Christi
Holdings, LLC, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of Restricted
Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 

(a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount,
the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial 

  
 C-1 

 
interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without
transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained
in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial
interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d)
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance
with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the
Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note
issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

(b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ Rule 144A Global Note or  ̈ Regulation S Global Note or  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies
(i)

  
 C-2 

 
the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable
to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 C-3 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of
the Company. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                     

  
 C-4 

 D [Do not delete - this paragraph generates the automatic page number] 

EXHIBIT D 
 [FORM OF NOTATION OF
GUARANTEE] 
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally,
unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of May 18, 2016 (the “Indenture”) among Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC (the
“Company”) the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and the provisions of Section 11 of the Common Security and Account Agreement (the “Common Security and
Account Agreement”), dated as of May 13, 2015, among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, each Senior Creditor Group Representative, the Intercreditor Agent, the Security Trustee and the Account Bank (as such terms are defined
therein), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on
overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of
any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and Section 11 of the
Common Security and Account Agreement and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

 

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 D-1 

 E [Do not delete - this paragraph generates the automatic page number] 

EXHIBIT E 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS] 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
            , 20    , among                     
(the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC (or its permitted successor), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as
defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS,
the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 18, 2016 providing for the issuance of 7.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note
Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this
Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to
provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof and Section 11 of the Common Security and Account Agreement dated
as of May 13, 2015, among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, each Senior Creditor Group Representative, the Intercreditor Agent, the Security Trustee and the Account Bank (as such terms are defined therein). 

3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer,
employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes. 

  
 E-1 

 4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW. 

5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 6. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience
only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in
any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

  
 E-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:
            , 20     
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

    as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 E-3 

 F [Do not delete - this paragraph generates the automatic page number] 

EXHIBIT F 
 Additional Notes and
Supplemental Indentures for Additional Notes 
 Reference is made in this Exhibit F to the Indenture dated as of May 18,
2016 (the “Indenture”) among Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC, (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

(a) After the Notes Issue Date, subject to compliance with the Indenture, including Sections 2.01 and 4.08 thereof and this Exhibit
F, the Company may issue Additional Notes, in one or more series, under this Indenture or under one or more Supplemental Indentures that comply with the provisions of this Indenture. Additional Notes may be issued as a separate series or the
same series as the Initial Notes or other Additional Notes, as shall be specified in the form of the Additional Note or in any Supplemental Indenture governing the terms of the Additional Notes permitted to be issued by this Indenture. Additional
Notes may be issued in accordance with the following provisions, which are deemed to be part of Section 2.01(d) of the Indenture: 

(b) Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit F which are defined in Section 2.01(b) or other Sections of the
Indenture have the meanings set forth therein and the following terms have the meanings set forth below: 
 “Board
Resolution” means a resolution duly adopted by (1) the Board of Directors of the Company or (2) any pricing or other committee of the Board of Directors of the Company duly authorized to act for it hereunder, a copy of which is
delivered to the Trustee, accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate that such resolution has been duly adopted, has not been amended, modified, supplemented or rescinded and is in full force and effect. 

“Registered Additional Note” means any Additional Note registered on the Additional Note Register maintained by the Company
pursuant to Section 3.01 below. 
 1.01. Terms of Additional Notes. (a) The terms and conditions of any Additional Notes
shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, or established in one or more Supplemental Indentures approved pursuant to a Board Resolution, and as set forth in an Officer’s
Certificate, prior to the issuance of Additional Notes of any series, which shall include, as applicable: 
 (i) the title of
the Additional Notes of the series (which shall distinguish the Additional Notes of the series from all other Notes); 
 (ii)
any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Additional Notes of the series which may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture (except for Additional Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in
exchange for, or in lieu of, other Additional Notes of the series) which amount must be in compliance with the Indenture; 

  
 F-1 

 (iii) the date or dates (or the manner of determining the same) on which the
principal of the Additional Notes of the series is payable (which, if so provided in or pursuant to such Board Resolution or in any Supplemental Indenture, may be determined by the Company from time to time and set forth in the Additional Notes of
the series issued from time to time); 
 (iv) the rate or rates (or the method of determining the same) at which the
Additional Notes of the series shall bear interest, if any, and the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue (which, in the case of either or both, if so provided in or pursuant to such Board Resolution or in any Supplemental Indenture,
may be determined by the Company from time to time and set forth in the Additional Notes of the series issued from time to time), the interest payment dates (or the manner of determining the same) on which such interest, if any, shall be payable,
the record dates (or the manner of determining the same), if any, for the determination of Holders to whom interest is payable on any interest payment date; 

(v) the place or places where, subject to the Indenture, the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on
Additional Notes of the series shall be payable, any Additional Notes of the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer and Additional Notes of the series may be surrendered for exchange and the place or places where notices or demands
to or upon the Company in respect of the Additional Notes of the series may be served; 
 (vi) the period or periods within
which, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions upon which Additional Notes of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, pursuant to any sinking fund or otherwise; 

(vii) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay, prepay or purchase Additional Notes of the series pursuant to
any mandatory prepayment, purchase or redemption provision, sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions upon which
Additional Notes of the series shall be redeemed, repaid, prepaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation, or at the option of a Holder thereof; 

(viii) if other than denominations of U.S. $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Additional
Notes of the series shall be issuable; 
 (ix) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal
amount of Additional Notes of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof or the method by which such portion shall be determined; 

(x) if the amount of payments of principal of (or any premium) or any interest on the Additional Notes of the series may be
determined with reference to an index, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined; 

  
 F-2 

 (xi) whether the Additional Notes of the series shall be issued in whole or in
part in the form of a Global Additional Note or Notes and, in such case, the Depositary for such Global Additional Note or Notes, if other than DTC, whether such global form shall be permanent or temporary and, if so, whether beneficial owners of
interests in any such Global Additional Note may exchange such interests for Additional Notes of such series in certificated form and of like tenor of any authorized form and denomination and the circumstances under which any such exchanges may
occur, if other than in the manner provided in this Indenture; 
 (xii) in the case of any Global Additional Note that may be
exchanged for other Additional Notes, the manner and procedures for effecting such exchange; 
 (xiii) whether and under what
circumstances, and the terms and conditions on which, the Company will pay additional amounts on the Additional Notes of the series in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge withheld or deducted and whether the Company will have the
option to redeem such Additional Notes rather than pay such additional amounts or to redeem such Additional Notes in the event of the imposition of any certification, documentation, information or other reporting requirement and, if so, under what
circumstances and the terms and conditions on which the Company may exercise such option; and 
 (xiv) any other terms of the
series of Additional Notes which terms must be consistent with the provisions of the Indenture and, with respect to the matters set forth in Articles 4, 5, 6, 9, 10 (if any Additional Note is secured by any
Collateral) and 11 (if any Additional Note is guaranteed by any guarantor of the Notes) (and any defined terms used therein) must be the same as those provisions (and any defined terms used therein). 

(b) All Additional Notes of any one series shall be substantially identical except that such Additional Notes may differ as to date of issue
and the date from which interest, if any, shall accrue. The terms of such Additional Notes, as set forth above, may be determined by the Company from time to time if so provided in or pursuant to such Board Resolution or in any Supplemental
Indenture for Additional Notes. All Additional Notes of any one series need not, but may, be issued at the same time. 
 (c) If any terms of
any series of Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee
at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate setting forth the terms of the series. 
 1.02. Issuance of Additional
Notes. (a) When authorized by a Board Resolution, Additional Notes may be issued either pursuant to the Indenture or pursuant to a Supplemental Indenture, in each case, without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, subject to compliance
with the provisions of this Indenture. 
 (b) In authenticating or delivering any Additional Notes under the Indenture, or in executing, or
accepting the additional trusts created by, any Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes permitted by the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be 

  
 F-3 

 
fully protected in relying upon, and the Company shall cause to be provided, an Opinion of Counsel that (subject to customary exceptions and assumptions): 

(xv) the form or forms of such Additional Notes and any Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes have been established in
conformity with, and comply with, the provisions of the Indenture; 
 (xvi) the terms of such Additional Notes and any
Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes have been established in conformity with, and comply with, the provisions of the Indenture; 

(xvii) such Additional Notes, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and
subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of
general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and 

(xviii) the execution and delivery by the Company of such Additional Notes and any Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes
(A) have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company, managing member or other action on the part of the Company or its members and (B) will not violate the limited liability company agreement, certificate of formation
or other organizational documents of the Company, any law binding on the Company, or the Indenture and the other Finance Documents. 
 In executing any
amendment, modification or supplement of any Additional Notes or any Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, and the Company shall cause to be provided, an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the amendment, modification or supplement of any Additional Notes or Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes is authorized or permitted by the Indenture. 

(c) The Trustee and the Company, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more Supplemental Indentures, in form satisfactory
to the Trustee, (i) to establish the forms or terms of Additional Notes of any series permitted by this Indenture or (ii) to amend such forms or terms in any manner, solely to the extent such amendment is permitted by the terms of this
Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

(d) Upon the execution of any Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes, any such Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of this Indenture
for purposes of such Additional Notes and upon the execution of any amendment, modification or supplement of any Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture, the Holders of Additional Notes of any series affected
thereby theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby. 
 (e) Every Supplemental Indenture for
Additional Notes shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect. 

  
 F-4 

 (f) Additional Notes of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such Supplemental Indentures. If the Company shall so determine, new Additional
Notes of any series, so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any such Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the
Trustee in exchange for outstanding Additional Notes of such series. 
 2.01 Form of Additional Notes. (a) Any Additional Notes
of the same series as the Initial Notes will be in the form or forms provided in Sections 2.01(a), (b) or (c), as applicable, of the Indenture. 

(b) Any Additional Notes of a separate series from the Initial Notes will be in such form or forms, subject to the compliance with all other
provisions of this Indenture, as shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution (and set forth in a Board Resolution or, to the extent established pursuant to (rather than as set forth in) such Board Resolution, in an Officer’s
Certificate as to such establishment) or in one or more Supplemental Indentures for the Additional Notes permitted to be issued by this Indenture approved pursuant to a Board Resolution 

(c) Except as provided in Section 2.01(b) above, the Additional Notes of each series shall be issued as (i) Registered Additional
Notes or (ii) Global Additional Notes. 
 (d) Additional Notes may be issued, in each case, with such appropriate insertions,
omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or any Supplemental Indenture for Additional Notes, shall have such legends as may be required by Applicable Law, and may have such letters, numbers or
other marks of identification and such other legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange, Depositary or clearing organization, or to conform to usage, as may, consistently herewith,
be determined by the officers of the Company executing such Additional Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Additional Notes. 

(e) Each Additional Note (including a Global Additional Note) shall be dated the date of its authentication. 

(d) The Company in issuing the Additional Notes may use “CUSIP,” “CINS,” “ISIN” and other reference numbers (if
then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP,” “CINS,” “ISIN” and other such reference numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Additional Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Additional
Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any changes in the “CUSIP,” “CINS,” “ISIN” or the other such reference
numbers. 

  
 F-5 

 2.02 Form of Trustee Authentication for Additional Notes. 

(a) The Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication on all Additional Notes shall be in substantially the following form: 

“This is one of the Additional Notes of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
		 	 [INSERT NAME OF TRUSTEE],
 as
Trustee

		
	By	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer”

 3.01 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange. (a) If the Additional Notes of or within
a series are issuable as a Global Additional Note, the provisions of Section 2.06 of the Indenture shall apply to the transfer and exchange of the Global Additional Note. 

(b) If the Additional Notes of or within a series are issuable as a Registered Additional Note that is not a Global Additional Note, the
Company shall cause to be kept a register or registers in respect of each series of Additional Notes (herein sometimes referred to as the “Additional Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may
prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Registered Additional Notes of such series and the registration of transfers of Registered Additional Notes of such series. 

(b) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Additional Note of any series at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose in respect of such series, but subject to any restrictions thereon, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new
Registered Additional Notes of such series of any authorized denominations, of a like stated maturity and aggregate principal amount and with like terms and conditions. 

(c) At the option of the Holder, Registered Additional Notes of any series may be exchanged for one or more other Registered Additional Notes
of such series of any authorized denominations, of a like stated maturity and aggregate principal amount and with like terms and conditions, upon surrender of the Registered Additional Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency. 

(d) Whenever any Registered Additional Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver, the Additional Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. 
 (f) All Additional Notes issued upon any
registration of transfer or exchange of Additional Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Additional Notes surrendered upon such registration of
transfer or exchange. 

  
 F-6 

 (g) Every Registered Additional Note of a series presented or surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and the Additional Note Registrar in respect of such
series duly executed, by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. 
 (h) No service charge shall be
made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Additional Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or
exchange of Additional Notes. 
 (i) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any
Additional Note of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Additional Notes of such series selected for redemption hereunder and ending at the close of
business on the day of such mailing or (B) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Additional Note of such series so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Registered Additional Note
being redeemed in part. 
 3.02 Persons Deemed Owners. (a) The Company, the Trustee and any paying agent, the Additional Note
registrar and any other agent of the Company or the Trustee in respect of the Additional Notes of any series may treat the Person in whose name any Registered Additional Note of such series is registered as the owner of such Registered Additional
Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Registered Additional Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Registered Additional Note be overdue, and neither
the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent, Additional Note registrar or other agent of the Company or the Trustee in respect of the Registered Additional Notes of such series shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(b) None of the Company, the Trustee and any paying agent, the Additional Note registrar and any other agent of the Company or the Trustee
will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Additional Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such
beneficial ownership interests. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Additional Note, nothing herein shall
prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any Depositary, as a Holder, with respect to such Global Additional Note or
impair, as between such Depositary and owners of beneficial interests in such Global Additional Note, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such Global Additional
Note. 

  
 F-7 

 G [Do not delete - this paragraph generates the automatic page number] 

EXHIBIT G 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE
FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee 
 101 Barclay Street, 8 W

 New York, New York 10286 
  

	cc:	Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC 

 c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc. 

700 Milam Street, Suite 1900 

Houston, TX 77002 
 Re: 7.000%
Senior Secured Notes due 2024 issued by Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of
May 18, 2016 (the “Indenture”), among Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC, as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of $
         aggregate principal amount of: 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Definitive Note, 

 we confirm that: 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth
in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities
Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should
sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein),
(C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in

  
 G-1 

 
the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to
the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction
meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the
Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will
bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for
which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial
interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                     

  
 G-2 

 EXHIBIT H 

FORM OF CSAA AMENDMENT 
 FIRST
AMENDMENT TO COMMON SECURITY AND ACCOUNT AGREEMENT 
 This First Amendment, dated as of [●], 2016 (the “First
Amendment”), to the Common Security and Account Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2015 (as amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Common Security and Account Agreement”), by and
among Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC (the “Company”), Corpus Christi Liquefaction, LLC, Cheniere Corpus Christi Pipeline, L.P. and Corpus Christi Pipeline GP, LLC (the “Guarantors” and, together with the
Company, the “Securing Parties”), the Initial Senior Creditor Group Representatives listed in Schedule C thereto and the Senior Creditor Group Representatives that accede thereto from time to time, for the benefit of all Senior
Creditors, Société Générale as Intercreditor Agent for the Facility Lenders and any Hedging Banks, Société Générale as Security Trustee, and Mizuho Bank, Ltd. as Account Bank. All capitalized
terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Common Security and Account Agreement. 

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that Intercreditor Agent agree on behalf of each Senior Creditor Group Representative to amend the Common
Security and Account Agreement as set forth in the First Amendment; and 
 WHEREAS, the Requisite Secured Parties have instructed the
Intercreditor Agent to amend the Common Security and Account Agreement as set forth herein. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the
mutual covenants contained herein, and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

Section 1. Amendments to Common Security and Account Agreement. The Company, the Guarantors and the Security Trustee each agree
that the Common Security and Account Agreement is amended by: 
 (a) adding the following as a new Section 4.11 (Account with Third
Party Account Bank): 
 “4.11 Account with Third Party Account Bank. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, including Section 4.3(b) (Accounts): 
  

	 	(a)	 The Company may from time to time agree to establish and maintain an Account (the “Third Party Investment
Account”) with any financial institution that is reasonably acceptable to the Account Bank (any financial institution that is not the Account Bank with which such account is established as permitted by this

  
 H-1 

	 	
Agreement, a “Third Party Account Bank”); provided that the Company shall procure that prior to the deposit or transfer of any funds into such Third Party Investment
Account: 

  

	 	(i)	such Third Party Account Bank shall enter into an account control agreement (a “Third Party Account Control Agreement”) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Security Trustee, pursuant to
which the Security Trustee shall have sole “control” (within the meaning of Sections 8-106(d) and (f) of the UCC or Sections 9-104(a)(2) and (3) of the UCC) of the Third Party Investment Account; and 

 

	 	(ii)	the Account Bank shall be designated as an authorized person permitted to execute transactions and make withdrawals and transfers of funds in respect of such Third Party Investment Account. 

 

	 	(b)	The Company (or the Security Trustee on behalf of the Company) may submit instructions (in written form, including in a Withdrawal and Transfer Certificate from the Company, and which may be given as a standing
instruction) to the Account Bank directing the Account Bank to: 

  

	 	(i)	transfer funds from an Account to the Third Party Investment Account or instruct the Third Party Account Bank to transfer funds from the Third Party Investment Account to one or more Accounts, or 

 

	 	(ii)	instruct the Third Party Account Bank to invest funds in the Third Party Investment Account in Authorized Investments (or sell or otherwise liquidate such investments) as contemplated by Section 4.2(b)
(Directing the Making of Investments – Authorized Investments), in a manner agreed between the Company and the Account Bank in any customary account management agreement related to the Third Party Investment Account,

 and, in each such case, the Account Bank shall act in accordance with the instructions of the Company (or the Security
Trustee on behalf of the Company) and in turn transmit any such instructions to the Third Party Account Bank on behalf of the Company. 
  

	 	(c)	 Unless the Security Trustee has received notice as set out in Section 6.1(b) (Security Trustee Action
Generally – Control of Accounts) that a Loan Facility Declared Default, Indenture Declared Default or any other Declared Event of Default has occurred and is Continuing, and until a notice is delivered to the Account Bank pursuant to
Section 4.6(b)(i) (Control and Investment of Funds in Accounts), the Company also may submit 

  
 H-2 

	 	
instructions directly to the Third Party Account Bank to invest the funds in, or that are expected to be transferred into, the Third Party Investment Account in Authorized Investments.
Concurrently with delivery of a notice to the Account Bank pursuant to Section 4.6(b)(i) (Control and Investment of Funds in Accounts), the Security Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Third Party Account Bank (with a copy to the
Company, the Account Bank and each Senior Creditor Group Representative) directing it to cease accepting instructions from, and providing management access to, the Company (and, if relevant, from the Manager to whom the Company has granted a power
of attorney or signature authority over the Accounts as permitted under Section 4.1(e) (General Principles)) with respect to the Third Party Investment Account. Concurrently with delivery of a notice to the Account Bank pursuant to
Section 4.6(d) (Control and Investment of Funds in Accounts), the Security Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Third Party Account Bank with a copy to the Company directing it once again to take instructions from the Company in
accordance with the first sentence of this clause (c) rather than exclusively from the Security Trustee. 

  

	 	(d)	If the Account Bank receives a notice from the Security Trustee under Section 4.6(b)(i) (Control and Investment of Funds in Accounts) of this Agreement, the Account Bank shall transmit to the Third Party
Account Bank directions, notices or other documents received only from the Security Trustee until a notice is delivered by the Security Trustee to the Account Bank pursuant to and in accordance with Section 4.6(d) (Control and Investment of
Funds in Accounts) of this Agreement with respect to the relevant Declared Event(s) of Default. 

  

	 	(e)	All funds in the Third Party Investment Account shall only be invested in Authorized Investments. Cash, monies or funds in the Third Party Investment Account and the Authorized Investments in which such monies are then
invested and the proceeds of those investments shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement governing Authorized Investments, including but not limited to Section 4.2 (Authorized Investments), modified as necessary to reflect the
arrangements between the Company, the Security Trustee, the Account Bank and the Third Party Account Bank as set forth in this Section 4.11. 

  

	 	(f)	 For the avoidance of doubt, the security arrangements generally applicable to Accounts pursuant to this Agreement
shall also apply to the Third Party Investment Account, with the Third Party Account Bank acting as Bank or Securities Intermediary, as applicable, in respect of the Third Party Investment Account. All undertakings and duties imposed on the Account
Bank specifically in its capacity as Bank or Securities Intermediary in respect of an 

  
 H-3 

	 	
Account shall also apply in respect of any Third Party Investment Account, except that the Account Bank shall be subject to such duties and undertakings in its capacity as an authorized person in
respect of such Third Party Investment Account. All duties or undertakings under the Finance Documents requiring the Account Bank to deposit, withdraw, invest or liquidate funds in the Accounts shall, in respect of the Third Party Investment
Account, be construed as duties or undertakings to instruct the Third Party Account Bank to deposit, withdraw, invest or liquidate funds, as applicable. 

  

	 	(g)	The Account Bank shall not be liable for any failure on the part of the Third Party Account Bank to timely honor any direction from the Account Bank.”; 

(b) adding the following to Schedule K (Form of Withdrawal and Transfer Certificate), immediately following the paragraph that reads
“to make the requested [withdrawal(s)] [transfer(s)] by [insert date] (the “Account Withdrawal Date”).”: 

“[4.11 to [instruct the Third Party Account Bank to] [transfer [●] Dollars ($[●]) from the [● Account,
No. ●] [Third Party Investment Account, No. ●] to [the ● Account, No. ●] [the Third Party Investment Account, No. ●]] [invest [●] Dollars ($[●]) from the [Third Party Investment Account, No. ●] in
[●]] [liquidate [●] Dollars ($[●]) of [investments] and transfer such funds to [the ● Account, No. ●]]14”; and 

(c) adding the following to Schedule K (Form of Withdrawal and Transfer Certificate) as footnote 14 thereto, and renumbering the
current footnotes 14, 15 and 16 accordingly: 
 “[Note: Include for transfers or withdrawals from the Third Party Investment
Account.]” 
 (d) adding the following to Schedule A (Common Definitions and Rules of Interpretation) in the appropriate
alphabetical order: 
 “Third Party Investment Account” has the meaning given in Section 4.11(a)
(Account with Third Party Account Bank) of the Common Security and Account Agreement. 
 “Third Party Account
Bank” has the meaning given in Section 4.11(a) (Account with Third Party Account Bank) of the Common Security and Account Agreement. 

“Third Party Account Control Agreement” has the meaning given in Section 4.11(a)(i) (Account with
Third Party Account Bank) of the Common Security and Account Agreement. 

  
 H-4 

 (e) adding the following as a new Section 1.2 (xviv) (Interpretation) of Schedule A to
the Common Security and Account Agreement: 
 “(xviv) In respect of each of the defined terms in Section 1.3
(Definitions) of this Schedule A, as used in this Agreement, at any time when Loans and/or Senior Debt Commitments are not outstanding, all references in this Agreement to each such defined term shall be to, and be required to meet the
conditions or criteria, if any, included in, the definition provided for the equivalent of such defined term in each Senior Debt Instrument then in effect. A defined term set forth in a Senior Debt Instrument will be deemed to be the equivalent of a
defined term set forth in Section 1.3 (Definitions) of this Schedule A if the defined term in such Senior Debt Instrument (although not necessarily the definition thereof) uses the same or interchangeable words as are used in
Section 1.3 (Definitions) of this Schedule A for such defined term, or the same or interchangeable words plus words that identify such term as the defined term applicable to a particular Senior Debt Instrument, such as “Indenture
Permitted Liens” rather than simply “Permitted Liens.” 
 (f) deleting the definition of “Guarantors” in its
entirety and replacing it with the following: 
 ““Guarantors” means CCL, CCP and CCP GP, each of which
is a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Borrower and operated together with the Borrower as a single unit, and any other subsidiary of the Borrower that accedes to the Common Security and Account Agreement from time to time as
permitted under the Finance Documents then in effect as a Guarantor for the benefit of all Senior Creditors, pursuant to Section 11.15 (Additional Guarantors) of the Common Security and Account Agreement.”; 

(g) deleting the definition of “Senior Debt Obligations” in its entirety and replacing it with the following: 

““Senior Debt Obligations” means the obligations of the Borrower and the obligations of each Guarantor under its
guarantee granted under and pursuant to the Common Security and Account Agreement in each case to pay: 
  

	 	(a)	all principal, interest and premiums on the disbursed Senior Debt; 

  

	 	(b)	all commissions, fees, reimbursements, indemnities, prepayment premiums and other amounts payable to Senior Creditors under any Senior Debt Instrument; 

 

	 	(c)	all Permitted Senior Debt Hedging Liabilities under Permitted Hedging Instruments that benefit from the Security Interests; 

  

	 	(d)	all Secured Party Fees; and 

 in each case whether such obligations are present, future, actual
or contingent and including the payment of amounts that would become due under the Senior Debt Instruments but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the 

  
 H-5 

 
Bankruptcy Code. For the avoidance of doubt, unless and until the Second Phase CP Date has occurred, Senior Debt Obligations shall not include any of the foregoing obligations that would have
occurred or otherwise arisen only upon the occurrence of the Second Phase CP Date and as a result of the disbursement and incurrence of the Second Phase Facility Debt Commitments.”; and 

(h) adding the following as a new Section 11.15 (Additional Guarantors): 

“11.15 Additional Guarantors  

If at any time, the Company is required under any Senior Debt Instrument to cause any Subsidiary acquired or created by the
Company to become a guarantor of any Senior Debt, the Company shall cause such Subsidiary to accede to this Agreement as a guarantor hereunder and guarantee all the Senior Debt Obligations in accordance with, and pursuant to, Section 11
(Guarantees) of this Agreement. Upon its accession to this Agreement, such subsidiary shall be deemed to be a “Guarantor” hereunder. Any accession agreement entered into pursuant to this Section 11.15 (Additional
Guarantors) shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Security Trustee.” 
 Section 2. Representations,
Events of Default and Guarantees. The undersigned signatory of each Securing Party hereby certifies that she is an Authorized Officer of such Securing Party and, solely in such capacity and not in her personal capacity, hereby certifies to the
Senior Creditor Group Representatives, as of the date of this First Amendment, the following: 
  

	 	(a)	Each of the Repeated Representations made by such Securing Party is true and correct in all material respects, except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality, which are true and
correct in all respects, as to such Securing Party on and as of the date of this First Amendment as if made on and as of such date (or, if stated to have been made solely as of an earlier date, as of such earlier date); 

 

	 	(b)	No Unmatured Loan Facility Event of Default or Loan Facility Event of Default has occurred and is Continuing on such date or could reasonably be expected to result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated
by this First Amendment; and 

  

	 	(c)	As of the date of this First Amendment, the guarantee of the Senior Debt Obligations by each Guarantor is in full force and effect in accordance with Article 11 (Guarantees) of the Common Security and Account
Agreement and this First Amendment could not reasonably be expected to alter the effectiveness of such guarantees. 

Section 3. Effectiveness. This First Amendment shall be effective upon (x) the receipt by the Intercreditor Agent of executed
counterparts of this First Amendment by the Company and each Guarantor and (y) the execution of this First Amendment by the Intercreditor Agent. 

  
 H-6 

 Section 4. Finance Document. This First Amendment constitutes a Finance Document as
such term is defined in, and for purposes of, the Common Terms Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2015, by and among the Securing Parties, Société Générale as the Term Loan Facility Agent, each other Facility Agent on
behalf of its respective Facility Lenders, and Société Générale as the Intercreditor Agent. 
 Section 5.
GOVERNING LAW. THIS FIRST AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, UNITED STATES WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW
OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. 
 Section 6. Headings. All headings in this First Amendment are included only for convenience and
ease of reference and shall not be considered in the construction and interpretation of any provision hereof. 
 Section 7. Binding
Nature and Benefit. This First Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted transfers and assigns. 

Section 8. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original
for all purposes, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this First Amendment by facsimile or in electronic document format (e.g., “pdf” or
“tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this First Amendment. 
 Section 9. No
Modifications; No Other Matters. Except as expressly provided for herein, the terms and conditions of the Common Security and Account Agreement shall continue unchanged and shall remain in full force and effect. Each amendment granted herein
shall apply solely to the matters set forth herein and such amendment shall not be deemed or construed as an amendment of any other matters, nor shall such amendment apply to any other matters. 

[Signature pages follow] 

  
 H-7 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this First Amendment to the Common Security
and Account Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC, as the Company
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CORPUS CHRISTI LIQUEFACTION, LLC, as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI PIPELINE, L.P., as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CORPUS CHRISTI PIPELINE GP, LLC, as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 H-8 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this First Amendment to the Common Security
and Account Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	 SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE,

as Security Trustee and Intercreditor Agent

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 H-9 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this First Amendment to the Common Security
and Account Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	 MIZUHO BANK, LTD.,
 as
Account Bank

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 H-10 

 Exhibit I 

FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENTS 

Exhibit I-1 Form of General Subordination Agreement 

This Subordination Agreement (“Subordination Agreement”) dated as of [●], among SOCIÉTÉ
GÉNÉRALE, as Security Trustee (the “Security Trustee”) under the Common Security and Account Agreement (as defined below), [Insert name of applicable Obligor], a [●] organized under the laws of [●]
(the “Subordinated Debtor”), and [any non-Obligor lender of Subordinated Debt] (the “Subordinated Creditor”). 

A. The [Obligor][Subordinated Debtor], [the Guarantors][the Subordinated Debtor and the other Guarantors], and The Bank of New York Mellon as
Trustee, have entered into the Indenture, dated as of May 18, 2016 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”). 

B. The [Obligor][Subordinated Debtor], [the Guarantors][the Subordinated Debtor and the other Guarantors], the Initial Senior Creditor Group
Representatives, Société Générale as Intercreditor Agent, Société Générale as Security Trustee and Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as Account Bank, have entered into the Common Security and Account
Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2015 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Common Security and Account Agreement”). 

C. Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture [any Indebtedness] [the Indebtedness listed in Schedule A (Subordinated Debt) hereto] of
the Subordinated Debtor to the Subordinated Creditor held by the Subordinated Creditor is required to be subordinated in right of payment to the irrevocable and unconditional payment or discharge in full of the Senior Debt Obligations and
termination or expiration of any Senior Debt Commitments (the “Discharge of the Senior Debt Obligations”), pursuant to and on the terms set forth in this Subordination Agreement. 

Accordingly, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and obligations herein set forth and for other good and valuable
consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows: 
  

	 	Section 1	General 

 (a) In this Subordination Agreement and the Schedules hereto, except as
otherwise expressly set forth herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture, or, if such terms are not defined in the Indenture, in Section 1.3 of Schedule A (Common Definitions and Rules of
Interpretation) of the Common Security and Account Agreement.1 
  

 

	1 	If the Subordinated Creditor is not otherwise party to a Senior Debt Instrument that incorporates the Indenture, upon request by the Subordinated Creditor, appropriate changes will be made to this Subordination
Agreement by adding definitions and rules of interpretation from the Finance Documents. 

  
 I-1-1 

 (b) In this Subordination Agreement and the Schedules hereto, except as otherwise expressly
provided herein, the interpretation provisions contained in the Indenture shall apply. 
 (c) This Subordination Agreement applies to any
and all Subordinated Debt described in the definition thereof. 
  

	 	Section 2	Subordination 

  

	 	2.1	General 

 (a) Payment of the principal of and interest (and all premia and other amounts
payable on or in respect thereof) on Subordinated Debt shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the Discharge of the Senior Debt Obligations. The Subordinated Creditor agrees that it will not ask, demand, sue for, take or receive from
the Subordinated Debtor, by set-off or in any other manner, or retain payment (in whole or in part) of any Subordinated Debt, or any security therefor, other than Restricted Payments (or payment made from the proceeds of Restricted Payments)
permitted under the applicable Senior Debt Instruments (without regard to the second sentence of the definition thereof), payments representing the capitalization or payment-in-kind of interest or the payments described in clause (b) below,
unless and until the Discharge of the Senior Debt Obligations; provided that the Subordinated Creditor may accelerate, make demand for or otherwise make due and payable prior to the original due date thereof the Subordinated Debt only in
order to file, or in connection with the filing of, a proof of claim or other instrument of similar character with respect to the Subordinated Debt. The Subordinated Creditor directs the Subordinated Debtor to make, and the Subordinated Debtor
agrees to make, payments to the Security Trustee for application to the Senior Debt Obligations until the Discharge of the Senior Debt Obligations. 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Subordination Agreement, the Subordinated Debtor shall be permitted to pay any
Indebtedness of the Subordinated Debtor permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture and to make each of the payments contemplated by Section 4.06 of the Indenture and by the second sentence of the definition of
“Restricted Payments” (and any comparable provision of any other Senior Debt Instrument then in effect) in each case, as, when and to the extent permitted under the Finance Documents (other than this Subordination Agreement). 

 

	 	2.2	Payment Upon Dissolution, Etc. 

 In the event of Bankruptcy, the Secured Parties shall be
entitled to receive indefeasible payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all Senior 

  
 I-1-2 

 
Debt Obligations under the Indenture, the Senior Debt Instruments, the Common Security and Account Agreement or other Finance Documents before the Subordinated Creditor shall be entitled to
receive any payment on account of any Subordinated Debt (whether in respect of principal, interest, premia, fees, indemnities, commissions or otherwise) and to that end, any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property
or securities which may be payable or deliverable in respect of such Subordinated Debt from the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Subordinated Debtor, or otherwise in any Bankruptcy Proceeding or other winding up of the
Subordinated Debtor, that is not delivered directly to the Security Trustee in accordance with Section 2.1(a) (General) hereof, shall in each case instead be held in trust by the Subordinated Creditor for the benefit of, and paid or
delivered to the Security Trustee, in each case without set-off or counterclaim, for application to Senior Debt Obligations, whether or not due, until the Discharge of the Senior Debt Obligations. If for any reason the trust fails or vests in the
Subordinated Creditor, the Subordinated Creditor shall promptly pay to the Security Trustee an amount equal to the amount which would otherwise have been held in trust (or its value if not cash). 

 

	 	2.3	No Payment When Senior Debt in Default 

 In the event and during the Continuation of an
Event of Default, unless and until such Event of Default shall have been remedied or waived, no payment (including any Restricted Payment) shall be made by the Subordinated Debtor on or in respect of any Subordinated Debt, except for the payments
described in Section 2.1(b) (General) above. 
  

	 	2.4	Proceeding Against the Subordinated Debtor; No Collateral 

 Whether or not any default in
payment shall exist under any Senior Debt Instrument, the Subordinated Creditor shall not, without the prior written consent of the Security Trustee (a) commence any proceeding against the Subordinated Debtor with respect to Subordinated Debt,
(b) take any collateral security for any Subordinated Debt or (c) join with any creditor (unless Senior Creditors consent and shall so join) in bringing any Bankruptcy Proceeding against the Subordinated Debtor, or take possession of, sell
or dispose of any Collateral, or exercise or enforce any right or remedy available to the Subordinated Creditors with respect to any such Collateral, unless and until the Discharge of the Senior Debt Obligations and the related release by the Senior
Creditors of their Liens on the Collateral in accordance with the Finance Documents; provided that the Subordinated Creditor may (i) file all claims or proofs of claim necessary to enforce the obligations of the Subordinated Debtor in
respect of any Subordinated Debt, (ii) file any necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of its
claims in respect of the Subordinated Debt and (iii) exercise rights and remedies as an unsecured creditor against the Subordinated Debtor in accordance with the terms of any Subordinated Debt and applicable law, in each case to the extent such
action is not inconsistent with, and could not result in a resolution inconsistent with, the terms of this Subordination Agreement. 

  
 I-1-3 

	 	2.5	Payment to Security Trustee of Certain Amounts Received by Subordinated Creditor 

 In the
event that the Subordinated Creditor receives on account or in respect of any Subordinated Debt any distribution of assets by the Subordinated Debtor or payment by or on behalf of the Subordinated Debtor of any kind or character, whether in cash,
securities or other property, other than as permitted under this Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor shall hold, or shall cause to be held, in trust (as property of the Security Trustee) for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and immediately upon
receipt thereof, shall pay over or deliver to the Security Trustee such distribution or payment in precisely the form received (except for the endorsement or assignment by the Subordinated Creditor where necessary) for application in accordance with
the applicable Senior Debt Instrument and the Common Security and Account Agreement. In the event of failure of the Subordinated Creditor to make any such endorsement or assignment, the Security Trustee irrevocably is authorized and empowered by and
on behalf of the Subordinated Creditor to make the same. 
  

	 	2.6	Authorizations to Secured Parties 

 The Subordinated Creditor (a) irrevocably
authorizes and empowers (without imposing any obligation or duty on) the Security Trustee as the attorney-in-fact for the Subordinated Creditor (which appointment is coupled with an interest) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and acknowledge
receipt for all payments and distributions on or in respect of its Subordinated Debt which are required to be paid or delivered to the Security Trustee, as provided herein, and to file and prove all claims therefor and take all such other action, in
the name of the Subordinated Creditor or otherwise, as the Security Trustee may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of these subordination provisions, all in accordance with the Common Security and Account Agreement and the
Senior Debt Instruments, (b) irrevocably authorizes and empowers (without imposing any obligation or duty on) the Security Trustee to vote its Subordinated Debt (including voting the Subordinated Debt in favor of, or in opposition to, any
matter which may come before any meeting of creditors of the Subordinated Debtor generally or in connection with, or in anticipation of, any Bankruptcy Proceeding relative to the Subordinated Debtor) in accordance with the Common Security and
Account Agreement and the Senior Debt Instruments and (c) agrees to execute and deliver to the Security Trustee all such further instruments confirming the above authorization, and all such powers of attorney, proofs of claim, assignments of
claim and other instruments, and to take all such other action, as may be requested by the Security Trustee in order to enable the Security Trustee to enforce all claims upon or in respect of the Subordinated Debt in accordance with, and subject to,
the terms hereof and applicable laws. 
  

	 	2.7	Subrogation 

 Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Subordinated Creditor
or the Subordinated Debtor or the exercise by the Security Trustee of any of the remedies provided under this Subordination Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor hereby waives any and all rights of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity
or otherwise it may now have or hereafter acquire as a result of the existence or performance of its obligations hereunder until the Discharge Date of the Senior Debt Obligations, and all such Subordinated Debt shall be

  
 I-1-4 

 
subordinated pursuant to the terms hereof. If any amount shall, in contravention with the foregoing, be paid to the Subordinated Creditor on account of (i) subrogation, contribution,
reimbursement, indemnity or similar right, or (ii) the Subordinated Obligations, then the Subordinated Creditor agrees to act in accordance with Section 2.5 (Payment to Security Trustee of Certain Amounts Received by Subordinated
Creditor) hereof. 
  

	 	2.8	Termination 

 Upon the payment or discharge in full in US Dollars of all obligations
under this Agreement, then, subject to reinstatement as provided below, this Agreement shall terminate and the Subordinated Creditor shall, at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver a termination statement. 

This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if (and only to the extent that) any payment or
performance of the obligations of the Subordinated Debtor hereunder is rescinded, avoided, voidable, liable to be set aside, reduced or otherwise not properly payable to, or must otherwise be returned or restored by the Subordinated Creditor as a
result of (i) Bankruptcty, insolvency, reorganization with respect to the Subordinated Debtor or the Subordinated Creditor, (ii) upon dissolution of, or appointment of any intervenor, conservator, trustee or similar official for the
Subordinated Debtor or the Subordinated Creditor or for any substantial part of the Subordinated Debtor’s or Subordinated Creditor’s assets, (iii) as a result of any settlement or compromise with any Person (including the Subordinated
Creditor) in respect of such payment or otherwise, or (iv) any similar event or otherwise and, in such case, the provisions of Section 10.1 (Nature of Obligations) of the Common Security and Account Agreement shall apply hereto
mutatis mutandis. 
  

	 	2.9	Transfers 

 The Subordinated Debt may not be transferred, assigned or encumbered by the
Subordinated Creditor in any manner prohibited by a Finance Document. The Subordinated Creditor shall not make any transfer or assignment of all or any part of its interest in any Subordinated Debt unless the proposed transferee or assignee shall
have first delivered to the Security Trustee, as a condition to any such purported transfer or assignment, an agreement in writing, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Trustee, acting reasonably, pursuant to which such proposed
transferee or assignee agrees to be bound by, and accepts each of the terms and conditions contained in, this Subordination Agreement or unless such proposed transferee or assignee shall have first delivered to the Security Trustee, an executed
subordination agreement in the form attached to the Indenture with respect to such Subordinated Debt. 
  

	 	2.10	Ranking 

 All Subordinated Debt shall be unsecured and shall rank junior to the Senior
Debt Obligations. 

  
 I-1-5 

	 	Section 3	Miscellaneous 

  

	 	3.1	Notices 

 All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Security Trustee or the
Subordinated Debtor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided in Section 12.7 (Notices) of the Common Security and Account Agreement. 

All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Subordinated Creditor shall be effected in the manner provided in Section 13.02 of the
Indenture to: 
  

	 	[●]	  

  

	 	3.2	Severability 

 Any term or provision of this Subordination Agreement or the application
thereof to any circumstance that is illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable (to any extent) in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability,
without invalidating or rendering unenforceable the remaining terms or provisions hereof or the application of such term or provision to circumstances other than those to which it is held illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable. Any such
illegality, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction and the parties hereto shall enter into good faith negotiations to replace the
invalid, illegal, prohibited, or unenforceable term or provision with a view to obtaining the same commercial effect as this Subordination Agreement would have had if such term or provision had been legal, valid and enforceable. To the extent
permitted by applicable laws, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that renders any term or provision of this Subordination Agreement illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in any respect. 

 

	 	3.3	Entire Agreement 

 This Subordination Agreement (including Schedules), the Security
Documents and the other Finance Documents (together with any other agreements or documents referred to or incorporated by reference therein) constitute the entire agreement and understanding, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings
(both written and oral), between or among any of the parties hereto relating to the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. 
  

	 	3.4	No Waiver; Modification to Senior Debt 

 No failure on the part of the Secured Parties,
and no delay in exercising any right, remedy or power under this Subordination Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof by the Secured Parties, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy or power under this Subordination
Agreement preclude any other or future exercise by the Secured Parties of any other right, remedy or power. Each and every right, remedy and power granted to the Secured Parties, or allowed the Secured Parties by law or other agreement shall be
cumulative and not exclusive, and may be exercised by the Secured Parties from time to time. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, at any time, without the consent of or notice to the

  
 I-1-6 

 
Subordinated Creditor, without incurring responsibility or liability to the Subordinated Creditor and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided by, or the obligations of the
Subordinated Creditor under, this Subordination Agreement, the Senior Creditor may do any one or more of the following: (a) change the manner, place or terms of payment of, or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt
Obligations or any collateral security or guaranty thereof, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt Obligations or the Finance Documents; (b) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or
otherwise securing Senior Debt Obligations; (c) release any Person liable in any manner for the Senior Debt Obligations; and (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Subordinated Debtor and any other Person. The
Subordinated Creditor unconditionally waives notice of the incurring of Senior Debt Obligations or any part thereof. 
  

	 	3.5	Benefit of Subordination Provisions 

 Nothing contained herein shall: 

(a) impair, as among the Subordinated Debtor, its creditors other than the Secured Parties and the Subordinated Creditor, the obligation of
the Subordinated Debtor, which is absolute and unconditional (and which, subject to the rights of the Secured Parties under this Subordination Agreement, is intended to rank equally with all other unsecured obligations of the Subordinated Debtor),
to pay the principal of and interest on the Subordinated Debt as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms thereof; or 

(b) affect the relative rights against the Subordinated Debtor of the Subordinated Creditor and creditors of the Subordinated Debtor other
than the Secured Parties. 
  

	 	3.6	Conflict in Agreements 

 If the subordination provisions of any instrument evidencing
Subordinated Debt conflict with the terms of this Subordination Agreement, this Subordination Agreement shall govern the relationship between Senior Creditors and Subordinated Creditor. For the avoidance of doubt, any subordination provisions with
respect to the Subordinated Debt set forth in any Senior Debt Instrument shall be applicable to such Subordinated Debt in addition to that set forth in this Subordination Agreement. 

 

	 	3.7	Further Assurances 

 The Subordinated Creditor, at its own cost, shall take any further
action as the Secured Parties may reasonably request in order to carry out more fully the intent and purpose of this Subordination Agreement. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Subordinated Debtor and the Subordinated Creditor shall ensure
that each and every note or other instrument evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall carry on its face a statement that such Subordinated Debt is subject to the terms and conditions of this Subordination Agreement. Failure by the Subordinated Debtor
and the Subordinated Creditor to comply with the requirement under this Section 3.7 shall in no way diminish the obligations and duties of the Subordinated Creditor hereunder nor the rights and privileges of the Secured Parties under this
Agreement. 

  
 I-1-7 

	 	3.8	Execution in Counterparts 

 This Subordination Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed
counterpart of a signature page of this Subordination Agreement by facsimile or in electronic format (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Subordination Agreement. 

 

	 	3.9	GOVERNING LAW 

 THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. 

 

	 	3.10	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 

 THE PARTIES TO THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED ON, OR PERTAINING TO, THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT. 
  

	 	3.11	Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process 

 (a) Each party: 

(i) hereby irrevocably consents and agrees for the benefit of the Secured Parties that the federal or state courts in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York in the State of New York shall have jurisdiction over any legal action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this
Subordination Agreement; 
 (ii) irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or
proceeding in any such court and any claim it may now or hereafter have that any action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum; and 

(iii) irrevocably consents and agrees that the submission to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York in the State of New York shall not limit the rights of the Senior Creditor Group Representatives (on behalf of the Senior Creditors) to bring any action or proceeding in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the
bringing of any action or the taking of any proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) limit such rights, in each case, to the extent permitted by applicable law. 

  
 I-1-8 

 (b) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the
Subordinated Creditor: 
 (i) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of the process will not invalidate the proceedings
concerned; 
 (ii) shall maintain a duly appointed and authorized agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the
federal or state courts in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York in the State of New York in connection with this Agreement and shall keep the Security Trustee advised of the identity and location of such agent; and 

(iii) hereby irrevocably authorizes the Security Trustee to appoint an agent for service of process on its behalf should it at any time fail
to maintain in full force and effect a process agent in accordance with this Section 3.11, and the Security Trustee shall promptly notify it of any such appointment. 
  

	 	3.12	Amendment 

 (a) This Subordination Agreement may not be amended or modified without the
prior written consent of the Security Trustee except as may be permitted under the Finance Documents. 
 (b) The consent contemplated in
clause (a) above of this Section 3.12 shall not be required for a successor Security Trustee to accede to this Subordination Agreement in accordance with Section 8.7(f) (Resignation, Removal and Replacement of Security Trustee)
of the Common Security and Account Agreement. 
  

	 	3.13	Successors and Assigns 

 This Subordination Agreement shall be binding and inure to the
benefit of the Subordinated Creditor, the Secured Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns irrespective of whether this Subordination Agreement or any similar agreement is executed by any other creditor of the Subordinated
Debtor. To the extent permitted by law, notice of acceptance by Senior Creditors of this Subordination Agreement or of reliance by Senior Creditors upon this Subordination Agreement is hereby waived by the Subordinated Creditor. This Subordination
Agreement is made by the Subordinated Creditor in its capacity as Subordinated Creditor and only in respect of its rights and obligations as Subordinated Creditor and shall not affect any other rights the Subordinated Creditor may have in respect of
the Subordinated Debtor, which do not relate to its capacity as Subordinated Creditor to the Senior Creditors under this Subordination Agreement. 
  

	 	3.14	Survival of Obligations 

 The provisions of Section 3.9 (GOVERNING LAW),
Section 3.10 (WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL) and Section 3.11 (Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process) shall survive the termination of this Subordination Agreement. 

  
 I-1-9 

	 	3.15	Effectiveness in Bankruptcy Proceedings. 

 This Subordination Agreement, which the
parties hereto expressly acknowledge is a “subordination agreement” under Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be effective before, during and after the commencement of a Bankruptcy Proceeding. 

[The rest of the page intentionally left blank] 

  
 I-1-10 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Subordination Agreement as of the date first above
written. 
  

			
	[●], as the Subordinated Debtor
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[●], as Subordinated Creditor
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as the Security Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 I-1-11 

 Exhibit I-2 Form of Obligor Subordination Agreement 

This Obligor Subordination Agreement (“Obligor Subordination Agreement”) is dated as of [insert date], among
SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as Security Trustee (the “Security Trustee”) under the Common Security and Account Agreement (as defined below) and Cheniere Corpus Christi Holdings, LLC (the
“Company”), Corpus Christi Liquefaction, LLC (“CCL”), Cheniere Corpus Christi Pipeline, L.P. (“CCP”) and Corpus Christi Pipeline GP, LLC (“CCP GP”) (each of CCL, CCP and CCP GP the
“Original Guarantors”). 
 A. The [Obligor][Subordinated Debtor], [the Guarantors][the Subordinated Debtor and the other
Guarantors], and The Bank of New York Mellon as Trustee, have entered into the Indenture, dated as of May 18, 2016 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”). 

B. The Company, the Original Guarantors, the Initial Senior Creditor Group Representatives, Société Générale as
Intercreditor Agent, Société Générale as Security Trustee and Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as Account Bank, have entered into the Common Security and Account Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2015 (as amended, amended and
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Common Security and Account Agreement”). 
 C.
Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, any Indebtedness that may from time to time be owed to any Obligor (the “Subordinated Creditor”) by any other Obligor (the “Subordinated Debtor”) (hereinafter the
“Obligor Subordinated Debt”) is required to be subordinated in right of payment to the irrevocable and unconditional payment or discharge in full of the Senior Debt Obligations and termination or expiration of any Senior Debt
Commitments (the “Discharge of the Senior Debt Obligations”), pursuant to and on the terms set forth in this Obligor Subordination Agreement. 

Accordingly, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and obligations herein set forth and for other good and valuable
consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows: 
  

	 	Section 1	General 

 (a) In this Obligor Subordination Agreement and the Schedules hereto, except as
otherwise expressly set forth herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in Section 1.3 of Schedule A (Common Definitions and Rules of Interpretation) of the Common Security and Account Agreement. 

  
 I-2-1 

 (b) In this Subordination Agreement and the Schedules hereto, except as otherwise expressly
provided, the interpretation provisions contained in the Indenture shall apply.2 
 (c)
This Obligor Subordination Agreement applies to any and all Obligor Subordinated Debt described in the definition thereof, which shall include any subrogation or other right any Guarantor may have against the Borrower as a result of its guarantee of
Senior Debt Obligations pursuant to Article 11 (Guarantees) of the Common Security and Account Agreement. 
  

	 	Section 2	Subordination 

  

	 	2.1	General 

 (a) Payment of the principal of and interest (and all premia and other amounts
payable on or in respect thereof) on Obligor Subordinated Debt shall be subject and subordinate in right of payment and exercise of remedies, to the extent and in the manner set forth herein, to the Discharge of Senior Debt Obligations. 

(b) Unless and until (i) a Security Enforcement Action has commenced and is Continuing and the Security Trustee provides written notice
to the Borrower requesting the cessation thereof or (ii) an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(c)(1) or other Bankruptcy-based Event of Default relating to the Obligors described in any other Senior Debt Instrument has occurred and
is Continuing, any Subordinated Debtor may make, and any Subordinated Creditor shall be entitled to accept and receive, Obligor Subordinated Debt payments to the extent not prohibited under the Finance Documents (excluding this Obligor Subordination
Agreement). 
 (c) Following the occurrence of the events contemplated in clause (b)(i) or (ii) above: (i) the Subordinated
Creditor may accelerate, make demand for or otherwise make due and payable prior to the original due date thereof the Obligor Subordinated Debt only in order to file or in connection with filing of, or proof of claim or other instrument of similar
character with respect to, the Obligor Subordinated Debt and (ii) the Subordinated Creditor directs the Subordinated Debtor to make, and the Subordinated Debtor agrees to make, payment to the Security Trustee for application to the Senior Debt
Obligations until the Discharge of the Senior Debt Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Obligor Subordination Agreement, including following the occurrence and Continuance of any of the events described in clause (b)(i) and
(b)(ii), in each case to the extent not prohibited under the Finance Documents or by the terms of any Security Enforcement Action (as notified by the Security Trustee to the Company), the Subordinated Debtor shall be permitted to make Obligor
Subordinated Debt payments to permit any Subordinated Creditor to pay any Indebtedness of the Subordinated Debtor permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture and to make each of the 

 

	2 	 If the Subordinated Creditor is not otherwise party to a Senior Debt Instrument that incorporates the
Indenture, upon request by the Subordinated Creditor, appropriate changes will be made to this Subordination Agreement by adding definitions and rules of interpretation from the Finance Documents.

  
 I-2-2 

 
payments contemplated by Section 4.06 of the Indenture and by the second sentence of the definition of “Restricted Payments” and any other payments from a Subordinated Debtor to a
Subordinated Creditor under any Material Project Agreement, under the CCP Pipeline Precedent Agreement or other payments in respect of the Corpus Christi Pipeline. 
  

	 	2.2	Payment Upon Dissolution, Etc. 

 In the event of Bankruptcy, the Secured Parties shall be
entitled to receive indefeasible payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all Senior Debt Obligations under the Senior Debt Instruments, the Common Security and Account Agreement or other Finance Documents before the
Subordinated Creditor shall be entitled to receive any payment on account of any Obligor Subordinated Debt (whether in respect of principal, interest, premia, fees, indemnities, commissions or otherwise) and to that end, any payment or distribution
of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities which may be payable or deliverable in respect of such Obligor Subordinated Debt from the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Subordinated Debtor, or otherwise in
any Bankruptcy Proceeding or other winding up of the Subordinated Debtor, that is not delivered directly to the Security Trustee in accordance with Section 2.1(a) (General) hereof, shall in each case instead be held in trust by the
Subordinated Creditor for the benefit of, and paid or delivered to the Security Trustee, in each case without set-off or counterclaim, for application to Senior Debt Obligations, whether or not due, until the Discharge of the Senior Debt
Obligations. If for any reason the trust fails or vests in the Subordinated Creditor, the Subordinated Creditor shall promptly pay to the Security Trustee an amount equal to the amount which would otherwise have been held in trust (or its value if
not cash). 
  

	 	2.3	No Payment When Senior Debt in Default 

 In the event and during the Continuation of an
Event of Default, unless and until such Event of Default shall have been remedied or waived, no payment shall be made by the Subordinated Debtor on or in respect of any Obligor Subordinated Debt, except for the payments described in
Section 2.1(b) and (c) (General) above to the extent such payments described therein are permitted thereunder. 
  

	 	2.4	Proceeding Against the Subordinated Debtor; No Collateral 

 Whether or not any default in
payment shall exist under any Senior Debt Instrument, the Subordinated Creditor shall not, without the prior written consent of the Security Trustee (a) commence any proceeding against the Subordinated Debtor, as applicable, with respect to
Obligor Subordinated Debt, (b) take any collateral security for any Obligor Subordinated Debt or (c) join with any creditor (unless Senior Creditors and the Security Trustee consent) in bringing any Bankruptcy Proceeding against the
Subordinated Debtor, or take possession of, sell or dispose of any Collateral, or exercise or enforce any right or remedy available to the Subordinated Creditors with respect to any such Collateral, unless and until the Discharge of the Senior Debt
Obligations and the related release by the Senior Creditors of their Liens on the Collateral in accordance with the Finance Documents; provided that the Subordinated Creditor may (i) file all claims or proofs of claim necessary to
enforce the obligations of the Subordinated Debtor in respect of any Obligor Subordinated Debt, (ii) file any 

  
 I-2-3 

 
necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of its
claims in respect of the Obligor Subordinated Debt and (iii) exercise rights and remedies as an unsecured creditor against the Subordinated Debtor in accordance with the terms of any Obligor Subordinated Debt and applicable law, in each case
solely to the extent such action is not inconsistent with, and could not result in a resolution inconsistent with, the terms of this Obligor Subordination Agreement and the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	2.5	Payment to Security Trustee of Certain Amounts Received by Subordinated Creditor 

 In the
event that the Subordinated Creditor receives on account or in respect of any Obligor Subordinated Debt any distribution of assets by the Subordinated Debtor or payment by or on behalf of the Subordinated Debtor of any kind or character, whether in
cash, securities or other property, other than as permitted under this Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor shall hold, or shall cause to be held, in trust (as property of the Security Trustee) for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and immediately
upon receipt thereof, shall pay over or deliver to the Security Trustee such distribution or payment in precisely the form received (except for the endorsement or assignment by the Subordinated Creditor where necessary) for application in accordance
with the applicable Senior Debt Instrument and the Common Security and Account Agreement. In the event of failure of the Subordinated Creditor to make any such endorsement or assignment, the Security Trustee irrevocably is authorized and empowered
by and on behalf of the Subordinated Creditor to make the same. 
  

	 	2.6	Authorizations to Secured Parties 

 The Subordinated Creditor (a) irrevocably
authorizes and empowers (without imposing any obligation or duty on) the Security Trustee as the attorney-in-fact for the Subordinated Creditor (which appointment is coupled with an interest) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and acknowledge
receipt for all payments and distributions on or in respect of its Obligor Subordinated Debt which are required to be paid or delivered to the Security Trustee, as provided herein, and to file and prove all claims therefor and take all such other
action, in the name of the Subordinated Creditor or otherwise, as the Security Trustee may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of these subordination provisions, all in accordance with the Common Security and Account
Agreement and the Senior Debt Instruments, (b) irrevocably authorizes and empowers (without imposing any obligation or duty on) the Security Trustee to vote its Obligor Subordinated Debt (including voting the Obligor Subordinated Debt in favor
of, or in opposition to, any matter which may come before any meeting of creditors of the Subordinated Debtor generally or in connection with, or in anticipation of, any Bankruptcy Proceeding relative to the Subordinated Debtor) in accordance with
the Common Security and Account Agreement and the Senior Debt Instruments and (c) agrees to execute and deliver to the Security Trustee all such further instruments confirming the above authorization, and all such powers of attorney, proofs of
claim, assignments of claim and other instruments, and to take all such other action, as may be requested by the Security Trustee in order to enable the Security Trustee to enforce all claims upon or in respect of the Obligor Subordinated Debt in
accordance with, and subject to, the terms hereof and applicable laws. 

  
 I-2-4 

	 	2.7	Subrogation 

 Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Subordinated Creditor
or the Subordinated Debtor or the exercise by the Security Trustee of any of the remedies provided under this Subordination Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor hereby waives any and all rights of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity
or otherwise it may now have or hereafter acquire as a result of the existence or performance of its obligations hereunder until the Discharge Date of the Senior Debt Obligations, and all such Obligor Subordinated Debt shall be subordinated pursuant
to the terms hereof. If any amount shall, in contravention of the foregoing, be paid to the Subordinated Creditor on account of (i) subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar right, or (ii) the Subordinated Obligations,
then the Subordinated Creditor agrees to act in accordance with Section 2.5 (Payment to Security Trustee of Certain Amounts Received by Subordinated Creditor) hereof. 

 

	 	2.8	Termination 

 Upon the payment or discharge in full in US Dollars of all obligations
under this Agreement, then, subject to reinstatement as provided below, this Agreement shall terminate and the Subordinated Creditor shall, at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver a termination statement. 

This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if (and only to the extent that) any payment or
performance of the obligations of the Subordinated Debtor hereunder is rescinded, avoided, voidable, liable to be set aside, reduced or otherwise not properly payable to, or must otherwise be returned or restored by the Subordinated Creditor as a
result of (i) Bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization with respect to the Subordinated Debtor or the Subordinated Creditor, (ii) upon dissolution of, or appointment of any intervenor, conservator, trustee or similar official for the
Subordinated Debtor or the Subordinated Creditor or for any substantial part of the Subordinated Debtor’s or Subordinated Creditor’s assets, (iii) as a result of any settlement or compromise with any Person (including the Subordinated
Creditor) in respect of such payment or otherwise, or (iv) any similar event or otherwise and, in such case, the provisions of Section 10.1 (Nature of Obligations) of the Common Security and Account Agreement shall apply hereto
mutatis mutandis. 
  

	 	2.9	Transfers 

 The Obligor Subordinated Debt may not be transferred, assigned or encumbered
by the Subordinated Creditor in any manner prohibited by a Finance Document. Without derogation of any other limitation or restriction contained in any other Finance Document, the Subordinated Creditor shall not make any transfer or assignment of
all or any part of its interest in any Obligor Subordinated Debt unless the proposed transferee or assignee shall have first delivered to the Security Trustee, as a condition to any such purported transfer or assignment, an agreement in writing, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Security Trustee Agent, acting reasonably, pursuant to which such proposed transferee or assignee agrees to be bound by, and accepts each of the terms and conditions contained in, this Subordination Agreement
or unless such proposed transferee or assignee shall have first delivered to the Security, an executed subordination agreement in the form attached to the Indenture with respect to such Obligor Subordinated Debt. 

  
 I-2-5 

	 	2.10	Ranking 

 All Obligor Subordinated Debt shall be unsecured and shall rank junior to the
Senior Debt Obligations. 
  

	 	Section 3	Miscellaneous 

  

	 	3.1	Notices 

 All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Subordinated Creditor shall be
effected in the manner provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture. 
  

	 	3.2	Severability 

 Any term or provision of this Obligor Subordination Agreement or the
application thereof to any circumstance that is illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable (to any extent) in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity, prohibition or
unenforceability, without invalidating or rendering unenforceable the remaining terms or provisions hereof or the application of such term or provision to circumstances other than those to which it is held illegal, invalid, prohibited or
unenforceable. Any such illegality, invalidity, prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction and the parties hereto shall enter into good faith
negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal, prohibited, or unenforceable term or provision with a view to obtaining the same commercial effect as this Obligor Subordination Agreement would have had if such term or provision had been legal, valid
and enforceable. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that renders any term or provision of this Obligor Subordination Agreement illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in any respect. 

 

	 	3.3	Entire Agreement 

 This Obligor Subordination Agreement (including Schedules), the
Security Documents and the other Finance Documents (together with any other agreements or documents referred to or incorporated by reference therein) constitute the entire agreement and understanding, and supersede all prior agreements and
understandings (both written and oral), between or among any of the parties hereto relating to the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. 
  

	 	3.4	No Waiver; Modification to Senior Debt 

 No failure on the part of the Secured Parties,
and no delay in exercising any right, remedy or power under this Obligor Subordination Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof by the Secured Parties, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy or power under this Obligor
Subordination Agreement preclude any other or future exercise by the Secured Parties of any other right, remedy or power. Each and every right, remedy and power 

  
 I-2-6 

 
granted to the Secured Parties, or allowed the Secured Parties by law or other agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive, and may be exercised by the Secured Parties from time to time.
Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, at any time, without the consent of or notice to the Subordinated Creditor, without incurring responsibility or liability to the Subordinated Creditor and without impairing or releasing
the subordination provided by, or the obligations of the Subordinated Creditor under, this Obligor Subordination Agreement, the Senior Creditor may do any one or more of the following: (a) change the manner, place or terms of payment of, or
extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt Obligations or any collateral security or guaranty thereof, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt Obligations or the Finance Documents; (b) sell, exchange,
release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt Obligations; (c) release any Person liable in any manner for the Senior Debt Obligations; and (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any
rights against the Subordinated Debtor and any other Person. The Subordinated Creditor unconditionally waives notice of the incurring of Senior Debt Obligations or any part thereof. 

 

	 	3.5	Benefit of Subordination Provisions 

 Nothing contained herein shall: 

(a) impair, as among the Subordinated Debtor, its creditors other than the Secured Parties and the Subordinated Creditor, the obligation of
the Subordinated Debtor, which is absolute and unconditional (and which, subject to the rights of the Secured Parties under this Obligor Subordination Agreement, is intended to rank equally with all other unsecured obligations of the Subordinated
Debtor), to pay the principal of and interest on the Obligor Subordinated Debt as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms thereof; or 

(b) affect the relative rights against the Subordinated Debtor of the Subordinated Creditor and creditors of the Subordinated Debtor other
than the Secured Parties. 
  

	 	3.6	Conflict in Agreements 

 If the subordination provisions of any instrument evidencing
Obligor Subordinated Debt conflict with the terms of this Obligor Subordination Agreement, this Obligor Subordination Agreement shall govern the relationship between Senior Creditors and Subordinated Creditor. For the avoidance of doubt, any
subordination provisions with respect to the Obligor Subordinated Debt set forth in any Senior Debt Instrument shall be applicable to such Obligor Subordinated Debt in addition to that set forth in this Obligor Subordination Agreement. 

 

	 	3.7	Further Assurances 

 The Subordinated Creditor, at its own cost, shall take any further
action as the Secured Parties may reasonably request in order to carry out more fully the intent and purpose of this Obligor Subordination Agreement. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Subordinated Debtor and the Subordinated Creditor shall
ensure that each and every note or other instrument evidencing any Obligor Subordinated Debt shall carry on its face a statement that Obligor 

  
 I-2-7 

 
Subordinated Debt is subject to the terms and conditions of this Subordination Agreement. Failure by the Subordinated Debtor and the Subordinated Creditor to comply with the requirement under
this Section 3.7 shall in no way diminish the obligations and duties of the Subordinated Creditor hereunder nor the rights and privileges of the Secured Parties under this Agreement and any other Finance Document. 

 

	 	3.8	Execution in Counterparts 

 This Obligor Subordination Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an
executed counterpart of a signature page of this Obligor Subordination Agreement by facsimile or in electronic format (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Obligor
Subordination Agreement. 
  

	 	3.9	GOVERNING LAW 

 THIS OBLIGOR SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. 

 

	 	3.10	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 

 THE PARTIES TO THIS OBLIGOR SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT WAIVE ANY
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED ON, OR PERTAINING TO, THE OBLIGOR SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT. 
  

	 	3.16	Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process 

 (a) Each party: 

(i) hereby irrevocably consents and agrees for the benefit of the Secured Parties that the federal or state courts in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York in the State of New York shall have jurisdiction over any legal action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this
Subordination Agreement; 
 (ii) irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or
proceeding in any such court and any claim it may now or hereafter have that any action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum; and 

(iii) irrevocably consents and agrees that the submission to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York in the State of New York shall not limit the rights of the Senior Creditor Group Representatives (on behalf of the Senior Creditors) to bring any action or proceeding in any other court of competent

  
 I-2-8 

 
jurisdiction nor shall the bringing of any action or the taking of any proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) limit such rights, in each case, to the extent permitted
by applicable law. 
  

	 	3.12	Amendment 

 (a) This Obligor Subordination Agreement may not be amended or modified
without the prior written consent of the Security Trustee except as may be permitted under the Finance Documents. 
 (b) The consent
contemplated in clause (a) above of this Section 3.12 shall not be required for a successor Security Trustee to accede to this Obligor Subordination Agreement in accordance with Section 8.7(f) (Resignation, Removal and Replacement
of Security Trustee) of the Common Security and Account Agreement. 
  

	 	3.13	Successors and Assigns 

 This Obligor Subordination Agreement shall be binding and inure
to the benefit of the Subordinated Creditor, the Secured Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns irrespective of whether this Obligor Subordination Agreement or any similar agreement is executed by any other creditor of the
Subordinated Debtor. To the extent permitted by law, notice of acceptance by Senior Creditors of this Obligor Subordination Agreement or of reliance by Senior Creditors upon this Obligor Subordination Agreement is hereby waived by the Subordinated
Creditor. This Obligor Subordination Agreement is made by the Subordinated Creditor in its capacity as Subordinated Creditor and only in respect of its rights and obligations as Subordinated Creditor and shall not affect any other rights the
Subordinated Creditor may have in respect of the Subordinated Debtor or Senior Creditors, which do not relate to its capacity as Subordinated Creditor to the Senior Creditors under this Obligor Subordination Agreement. 

 

	 	3.14	Survival of Obligations 

 The provisions of Section 3.9 (GOVERNING LAW),
Section 3.10 (WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL) and Section 3.11 (Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process) shall survive the termination of this Obligor Subordination Agreement. 

 

	 	3.15	Effectiveness in Bankruptcy Proceedings. 

 This Subordination Agreement, which the
parties hereto expressly acknowledge is a “subordination agreement” under Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be effective before, during and after the commencement of a Bankruptcy Proceeding. 

[The rest of the page intentionally left blank] 

  
 I-2-9 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Obligor Subordination Agreement as of the date first
above written. 
  

			
	CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CORPUS CHRISTI LIQUEFACTION, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CHENIERE CORPUS CHRISTI PIPELINE, L.P.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CORPUS CHRISTI PIPELINE GP, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as the Security Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 I-2-10

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00258-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00258-of-00352.parquet"}]]